Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Tiếng Anh Lớp 8 Cả Năm - Global Success - Năm 2024 - Có File Nghe (Bản Hs-gv) (Bài 1-8)

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH
GLOBAL SUCCESS
vectorstock.com/7952556
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

eBook Collection
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 CẢ

NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM 2024 - CÓ
FILE NGHE (BẢN HS-GV) (BÀI 1-8)
WORD VERSION | 2023 EDITION
ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL
TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM
Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Phát triển kênh bởi
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú
Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật :
Nguyen Thanh Tu Group
Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon
Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
UNIT 1 LEISURE TIME
PRONOUNCIATION
Short Vowel /ʊ/ Long vowel /u:/
Sugar /'ʃʊgər/ Bamboo /bæmˈbuː/

Identify the vowels which are pronounced /ʊ/
(Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là /ʊ/)
1. "o" được phát âm là /ʊ/ trong một số trường hợp
wolf /wʊlf/ chó sói
woman /'wʊmən/ đàn bà
2. "oo" thường được phát âm là /ʊ/
book /bʊk/ sách
good /gʊd/ tốt
look /lʊk/ nhìn
wool /wʊl/ len
cook /kʊk/ nấu ăn
foot /fʊt/ chân
wood /wʊd/ gỗ
took /tʊk/ quá khứ của take
3. "ou" được phát âm là /ʊ/ trong một số trường hợp :
could /kʊd/ có thể
should /ʃʊd/ phải, nên

would /wʊd/ sẽ, muốn
Identify the vowels which are pronounced /uː/ (Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là /uː/)
1. "o" thường được phát âm là /uː/ trong một vài từ thông dụng có tận cùng bằng o hay o với
phụ âm.
do /duː/ làm
move /muːv/ cử động
lose /luːz/ mất, đánh mất
prove /pruːv/ chứng minh
tomb /tuːm/ mộ, mồ
remove /rɪ'muːv/ bỏ đi, làm mất đi
2. "u" còn được phát âm là /uː/

blue /bluː/ màu xanh lam
brute /bruːt/ con vật, người thô bạo
flute /fluːt/ ống sáo
brutal /'bruːtl/ thô bạo, dã man
lunar /ˈluːnə/ thuộc về mặt trăng
salute /səˈluːt/ sự chào mừng
lunacy /ˈluːnəsɪ/ sự điên rồ
lunatic /ˈluːnətɪk/ người điên rồ
lubricant /ˈluːbrɪkənt/ chất dầu mỡ
3. "oo" còn được phát âm là /uː/
cool /kuːl/ mát mẻ
food fuːd/ đồ ăn, thực phẩm
too /tuː/ cũng
pool /puːl/ bể bơi
goose /guːs/ con ngỗng
spoon /spuːn/ cái thìa
tool /tuːl/ đồ dùng
tooth /tuːθ/ cái răng
sooth /suːθ/ sự thật
soothe /suːð/ làm dịu, làm bớt đau
booby /'buːbɪ/ người đần độn, khờ khạo
booty /'buːtɪ/ chiến lợi phẩm
bamboo /bæm'buː/ cây tre
boohoo /bu'huː/ khóc huhu

cuckoo /'kʊkuː/ con chim cu
googly /'guːglɪ/ bóng dội ngược
doomsday /'duːmzdeɪ/ ngày tận thế
4. "ou" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp

croup /kruːp/ bệnh đau cổ họng
group /gruːp/ một nhóm, một đám
troupe /truːp/ gánh hát
douche /duːʃ/ vòi hoa sen
wounded /'wuːndɪd/ bị thương
croupier /'kruːpɪə/ người hồ lì (ở sòng bạc)
5. "ui" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp

bruise /bruːz/ vết thương, vết bầm tím da
bruit /bruːt/ tin đồn, tiếng đồn
fruit /fruːt/ trái cây
juice /dʒuːs/ nước cốt, nước trái cây
cruise /kruːz/ cuộc đi chơi trên biển
cruiser /ˈkruːzə/ tuần dương hạm
recruit /rɪˈkruːt/ mộ binh, tuyển lính
Ngoại lệ:
fluid /ˈfluːɪd/ chất lỏng, lỏng
ruin /ˈruːɪn/ sự đổ nát, vết tích đổ nát
Task 1. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. choose B. cool C. good D. tool

2. A. June B. bull C. truth D. flu
3. A. woman B. who C. move D. lose
4. A. pudding B. push C. cushion D. include
5. A. wood B. moon C. soon D. loose
6. A. ruin B. fluid C. recruit D. cuckoo
7. A. tool B. noon C. door ` D. school
8. A. wolf B. move C. tomb D. do
9. A. juice B. group C. fruit D. lunar
10. A. door B. booby C. cuckoo D. cool
Task 3: Find the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. football B. windsurfing C. badminton D. aerobics

2. A. volleyball B. weather C. winter D. vacation
3. A. climbing B. canoeing C. cricket D. cycling
4. A. leisure B. diving C. origami D. movie
5. A. adore B. enjoy C. fancy D. detest
6. A. bookstore B. improve C. goldfish D. novel
7. A. satisfy B. average C. volunteer D. cultural
8. A. origami B. delicious C. community D. technology
9. A. detest B. discuss C. adore D. addict
10. A. teenager B. negative C. solution D. benefit
11. A. satisfied B. socialize C. volunteer D. exercise
12. A. information B. technology C. community D. activity
13. A. library B. museum C. melody D. favourite
14. A. protection B. addicted C. computer D. goldfish
15. A. skateboard B. sticker C. adore D. leisure
VOCABULARY
WORD PRONUNCIATION MEANING
balance (n) /ˈbæləns/ sự thăng bằng, sự cân bằng
bracelet (n) /ˈbreɪslət/ vòng đeo tay
crazy (adj) rất thích, quá say mê
cruel (adj) /ˈkruːəl/ độc ác
detest (v) căm ghét
DIY (do-it-yourself) (n) hoạt động tự làm ra, sửa chữa hoặc
(/ˌduː ɪt jəˈself/) trang trí đồ vật tại nhà
fancy (v) /ˈfænsi/ mến, thích
fold (v) /fəʊld/ gấp, gập
fond (adj) /fɒnd/ mến, thích
keen (adj) /kiːn/ say mê, ham thích
keep in touch giữ liên lạc (với ai)
kit (n) bộ đồ nghề
leisure (n) /ˈleʒə/ thời gian rảnh rỗi
message (v) /ˈmesɪdʒ/ gửi tin nhắn
muscle (n) /ˈmʌsl/ cơ bắp
origami (n) /ˌɒrɪˈɡɑːmi/ nghệ thuật gấp giấy Nhật Bản
outdoors (adv) /ˌaʊtˈdɔːz/ ngoài trời
prefer (v) /prɪˈfɜː/ thích hơn
puzzle (n) /ˈpʌzl/ trò chơi câu đố / giải đố
resort (n) /rɪˈzɔːt/ khu nghỉ dưỡng

snowboarding (n) /ˈsnəʊbɔːdɪŋ/ trượt tuyết bằng ván
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.
relaxing snowboarding doing DIY doing puzzle

making crafts making origami messaging
1. ………………… 2. ………………… 3. ………………… 4. …………………
5. ………………… 6. ………………… 7. ………………… 8. …………………
Task 2. Fill in blanks with the words given.
like working watching football loves collecting like eating adore playing
detests looking fancies doing detests doing fancies being fancy singing
1. My younger sister................................dolls.
2. My friend Peter and I................................board games.
3.I don’t ...... at the weekend. I like spending time with myfamily instead.
4. My dad.................in the kitchen and preparing food for my family.
5. Nancy............................... housework such as washing the dishes.
6 .My sister doesn’t...............
7. Joey enjoys................................but he detests playing football.
8. My sister................................voluntary activities. She has travelled to 15countries to do
voluntary work.
9. I don’t ............................... onion. I hate onion.
10. Minh hates me. He even............................... at me.
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the words in the box
hooked relaxing fun

1. It is very ________ to lie on the beach, and listen to the sound of the waves.
2. That’s __________ - I thought I’d left my keys on the table but they’re not there.
3. Many teens are __________ on social networks like Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.
4. The website allows you to take a tour of the art gallery.
5. He was not with the camera, so he took it back to the store.
6. Bird-watching is an increasingly popular activity.
7. Hanging out with friends is . I really enjoy it.
8. Are you______________ to Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, or Instagram.
Task 4. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.
1. I like cooking in my free time. It makes me feel ______ (RELAX)

2. My sister doesn’t like surfing the Internet, she says it is _ ___. (BORE)
3. Skateboarding is her hobby. It is also one of the (POPULARITY)
most___________sports of the teenagers in this town.
4. My close friend gave me a _ __________ present on my birthday. I (WONDER)
like it so much.
5. My brother works as a volunteer for an animal protection _ (ORGANIZE)
________. He really loves his job.
6. People in my country are very warm and __________ (FRIEND)
7. L.A Hill is a writer. (HUMOR)
8. I’m sorry for the delay. (EXTREME)
9. Are you _ ____ about the new Gears Of War games? (EXCITE)
10. She listens to classical music for _ ________ (RELAX)
GRAMMAR
Verbs of liking + V-Ing/ to-infinitlve.

Khi một động từ theo sau một động từ chỉ ý thích, động từ đi theo sau đó phải ở dạng V-ing
hoặc to V.
Verb Meaning
enjoy thích
fancy thích
like thích
love yêu thích
adore mê, thích mê
detest ghét
dislike không thích
hate ghét
Ví dụ:
He loves watching football. (Anh ấy thích xem bóng đá.)
John is keen on getting together. (John thích tụ tập bạn bè.)
Loan enjoys reading book so much. (Loan rất thích đọc sách.)
- Bạn cần phân biệt 2 dạng câu sau:
- Like + V+ing: chỉ 1 hành động thuộc về sở thích, có tính chất lâu dài, theo thói quen
Ví dụ:
I like doing exercises at midnight. (Tôi thích làm bài tập vào lúc nửa đêm.)
- Like to – infinitive: chỉ 1 hành động thích/ muốn ....làm gì đó có tính chất bộc phát, tạm thời.
Ví dụ:
I like to swim this Saturday. (Thứ bảy này tôi muốn đi bơi.)
Chú ý:
Một số động từ có thể được dùng với cả V-ing hoặc V-infinitive mà không có sự
thay đổi nhiều về ý nghĩa.
Ví dụ:
I love playing football with my friends.
= I love to play football with my friends.
Task 1. Complete the sentences, using the -ing form of the given verbs.
do stay travel take do

collect plant go eat watch
1. We enjoy.........................for a walk around the lake every evening.
2. My friend Jenifer loves ......................... unique things.
3. Most of my friends don’t like..... .....................homework at the weekend.
4. Do you like.........................flowers in the balcony?
5. I hate......................... outdoors in the summer. It’s so hot.
6. I don’t like ......................... challenging sports like ice skating or surfing.
7. My cousin David adores ................. photos. He has got an expensive camera.
8. Who dislikes..........................films on TV?
9. Does Laura hate......................... noodles?
10. My mother detests ............... by bus because she can be carsick.
Task 2. Complete the sentences with the to-infinitive or -ing form of the verbs in brackets.
I have enjoyed (meet) you. Hope (see) you again soon.

My father is not keen on coffee. He prefers _____(drink) tea.
I am a little busy. Would you mind (wait) a little longer?
Mobile games are great, but I don’t like _________(play) them for too long.
If I can choose, I prefer _ (stay) at home to (play) sport.
Tonight I’d like_ (go) out, but I have to do my homework.
Sue loves (make) origami. She can fold some animals, birds and flowers.
I detested (spend) two hours every day travelling to work and back.
He started (surf) the net hours ago. Has he stopped (surf) yet?
I tried hard (concentrate), but my mind kept (wander).
Task 3. Complete the correct answer a, b, c or d.
1. My students enjoy English very much.

A. learn B. learnt C. learning D. to learn
2. Mai enjoys ________ to music, especially pop music in her free time.
A. hearing B. playing C. listening D. talking
3. My grandparents love __________ very much. There are a lot of beautiful flowers and fresh
vegetables in their garden.
A. doing garden B. doing gardening
C. do gardening D. to do garden
4. You should avoid ______ too much TV. It’s not good for your eyes.
A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. glancing
5. Nga likes ________ with her close friend on Saturday evenings.
A. window shop B. window to shop
C. window shops D. window shopping
6. Lan used to love _____ front of the computer for hours but now she doesn’t. She takes part in a
judo club.
A. using B. sitting C. doing D. having
7. Minh is very hard-working boy. He doesn’t mind ______ a lot of homework in the evenings.
A. making B. reading C. seeing D. doing
8. Do you fancy _____ around the West Lake with me this Sunday morning?
A. going B. having C. staying D. moving
9. I don’t like _______ up early in the winter days. I love ______ in bed late.
A. getting / stay B. get / stay
C. getting / staying D. get / staying
10. Why don’t we ____ our parents with some DIY project? T think it is useful.
A. help B. do C. make D. give
Task 4. Complete the sentences in Mai’s email with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
Hi, Susan!
Well, I’m here in Ha Noi, now. I see quite a lot of my cousin Hoa because we (1)
(enjoy/ do) _ ______the same things. I have some new friends called David and John. David is very
good at computers and he (2) (not mind/ help)__ _______ me so that’s good. John is really nice too.
He (3) (play) _ ____basketball and he (4) (go/ skateboard) __ ______quite a lot. His brother
Toby is 18 and he’s really cool but he (5) (prefer/ play) _ ______football. I (6) (do) _____
_____ gymnastics once a week and Hoa (7) (do)_ ________ karate. She prefers indoor sports because
she (8) (not like/ get)________ cold!
Write soon!
Task 5. There are five grammar mistakes in this passage. Find and correct them.
.
Like most people, I turn on my laptop play as well as to study.
At weekends, I go to my favourite chat rooms and I chat.
Sometimes I spend hours online and I often make new friends.
My mum doesn’t go shop anymore. She likes buy everything
online. My sister likes music and she has join a rock group
which she found on a webpage at her university.
When I want to improving my English, there are a lot of great
website with vocabulary games and practice exercises. I usually
score more points than my sister!
Task 6. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it.
1. Having leisure activities are truly important to the elderly.

A B C D
2. Although she wanted to go to the museum, she decided staying at home.
A B C D
3. Parents are concerned that their kids may be spending too many time on screens.
A B C D
4. Collecting coins is exciting, but it can also be relaxed.
A B C D
5. Cloud watching sound weird, but Hang adores it.
A B C D
6. For some young people, enjoyment involves sitting in front a computer playing games.
A B C D
7. His parents are thinking of banning him on using the computer.
A B C D
8. When you game online, be carefully when making friends with strangers.
A B C D
9. I detest to have to get up when it’s dark outside.
A B C D
10. Do you fancy to come on a day trip to Bath next Saturday?
A B C D
11. Would you mind to open the window?
A B C D
12. Why are they encouraged to learning English?
A B C D
13. I preferred comics in my free time.
A B C D
14. Mai enjoys to make crafts, especially cloth dolls.
A B C D
15. For some people, training pets are hard work.
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and complete the sentences. (Track 03)
1. Tuan likes ...................... the Internet in

his free time.
2. Webpages load ...................... with a
high-speed connection.
3. Tuan usually ...................... his
email.
4. Tuan sometimes orders products
or ..... ................. online.
5. Using the Internet can be fun
and ......................
Task 2:Listen and decide if the statements are True( T) or False( F)
1. Tuan likes surfing the Internet in his free time. _____________

2. When Tuan gets home from work, he goes to bed. _____________
3. He can download files quicker thanks to high-speed connection. _____________
4. He never reads news on the Internet. _____________
5. He orders products online to save money. _____________
SPEAKING
Task 1. Match the questions and answers. Then practice.
1. What do you enjoy doing in your A. I don’t know ... doing sport or playing
spare time? a musical instrument.
2. How much time do you have each week B. I want to improve my speaking skill.
for socializing with friends?
3. What do you think is the best leisure C. I prefer to spend my free time with my
activity for teens? family and friends.
4. Why do you join English club? D. I’m not sure. I might watch a video at
home.
5. Do you prefer to spend your free time E. For relaxation, I prefer listening to soft
alone or with other people? music.
6. What do you do to relax yourself? F. Every day to consume face book
updates from friends and family.
7. How often do you use social media? G. About five hours or fewer
8. Do you have any plans for next H. I love reading and spend as
weekend? much time as I can doing
that.
Task 2. Write the question for the underline part.
1. A:?
B: My mother watches films every afternoon.
2. A: ?
B: They went to the movies yesterday evening.
3. A: ?
B: I love hanging out with my best friend Helen.
4. A: ?
B: I don’t give my personal information to websites because it’s easy to be stolen.
5. A: ?
Children should spend less than 2 hours a day on screens.
6. A: ______?
B: Do-it-yourself (DIY) is the most popular pastime in my country.
7. A: ?
B: The art of paper folding originated in China.
8. A: ___?
B: 1 vs 100 game show lasts ninety minutes.
READING
Task 1. Read and answer the questions.
I live in a village by Mekong River. Every day, like most of my friends, I walk to
school. It is three kilometers away. After class, I often help my mother to collect water
from the river and feed the chickens. At the weekend, the villagers often gather at the
community hall where there is a TV. The adults watch TV, but more often they talk
about their farm work and exchange news. The children run around playing games
and shouting merrily. Laughter is heard everywhere.
My father sometimes takes me to the market town nearby where he sells our home
products like vegetables, fruits, eggs... He then buys me an ice cream and lets me take
a ride on the electric train in the town square. I love those trips.
On starry nights, we children lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each
other to find the Milky Way. We dream of faraway places.
1. How does the boy go to school every day?

.........................................................................................................
2. What does he do after classes?
.........................................................................................................
3. Does the boy like riding on the electric train in the town square?
4. What do the children do on starry nights?

.........................................................................................................
5. Do you like to live in the countryside or in the city? Why?
Task 2. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.
I go on the Internet every day, but I’ve never (1) ______ more than an hour at a time online. I’ve
got laptop and also a smartphone, so I can (2) _________ the internet anywhere. Today, for
instance, I’ve been (3) ______ three times.
Mainly I just (4) _________ my friends. I read online magazines and I look (5) ______
information, too. I also compare prices of thing, (6) __________ I’ve never bought anything online
because I don’t think it’s safe.
I’m not an Internet addict, but some of my friends (7) _________. One friend of mine
always looks (8) ________ because he spends all night online. Although he’s got a bad marks for
the exams, he hasn’t (9) _____ his habits.
In my experience, it’s very useful for people who use the Internet(10) _______.
1. A. spend B. spending C. spent
2. A. have B. use C. play
3. A. online B. internet C. computer
4. A. write B. email C. send
5. A. at B. in C. for
6. A. because B. but C. although
7. A. is B. were C. are
8. A. tired B. hard C. happily
9. A. change B. to change C. changed
10. A. sensible B. sensibly C. sensibleness
Task 3. Read the passage and choose the correct answers.
Most people watch TV in their leisure time. A television is considered essential in every
household. It can be the source of entertainment for all members in the family. There are always
programmes suitable for different ages, genders and interests… Watching TV is a great way to
spend time and bond with your family. Besides the entertainment value, TV shows can also be
educational with cooking programmes, documentaries…TV is also a way to expand your mind and
see places you couldn’t in real life. However, spending too much time in front of the TV makes
you a couch potato, lazy person who watches TV a lot. It can negatively affect your physical health
because you are less likely to exercise. You creativity and imagination can also be limited because
of television.
1. Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?
A. Television and Household.
B. Entertainment for family members.
C. Advantages and Disadvantages of watching TV.
D. Imagination from Television.
2. What proves that television serves all members in the family?
A. TV programmes are designed for different genders.
B. TV programmes are designed for all ages.
C. TV programmes are designed for various interests.
D. All are correct.
3. According to the writer, what are the advantages of watching TV?
A. Connecting family members. C. Opening your mind.
B. Providing knowledge. D. All are correct.
4. According to the writer, what are the disadvantages of watching TV?
A. Improving your physical health. C. A and B are incorrect.
B. Encouraging your imagination. D. A and B are correct.
5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. It costs much money to own a television.
B. People watch TV for entertaining.
C. A couch potato may had bad physical health.
D. There are cooking programmes and documentaries on TV
Task 4. Fill in the blank with the words in the box.
Advantages of watching television

advisers motivate expensive cultures educational
I love watching TV and I think watching TV brings lots of benefits.

In this busy, (1) …....... life, television is an easy and cheap source of entertainment.
By watching international news, we are kept informed and up-to-date with breaking news around
the world.
Some shows and channels (like PBS and Discovery) offer (2) ............. programs that can increase
our knowledge and make us more aware of the world around us.
Do-it-yourself shows give us easy access to all kinds of information: Cooking channels offer new
recipes and methods, home improvement shows introduce us to many money-saving DIY tips, and
financial (3) .................... give advice for managing finances and investing money, for example.
Television can also be a good way to help people learn a different language.
Some shows can (4) ..................... people who are interested in that field and help them to pursue
their dreams.
TV can expand your mind. Some shows let you travel vicariously and teach you about different
people, (5) ....................., ideas, and places you might never encounter in real life. Watching a
variety of shows might give us a broader understanding of the world we live in and expose us to
things we might otherwise never come across in our own lives.
WRITING
Task 1. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
1. to/ you/ listening/ like/ music?/ Do

________________________________________________
2. in/ My/ flowers/ mother/ the/ planting/ garden./ loves
________________________________________________
3. swimming/ the/ parents/ enjoy/ My/ in/ sea./ really
________________________________________________
4. cycling/ Do/ fancy/ now?/ you
________________________________________________
5. and/ I/ My/ playing/ adore/ chess./ brother
________________________________________________
6. collecting/ dislikes/ stamps./ Rose
________________________________________________
7. taking/ I/ a/ don’t/ in/ winter./ shower/ like
________________________________________________.
8. detests/ Laura/ pottery./ making
________________________________________________
9. laboratory/ Minh Nam and I/ spending/ love/ a/ do/ hours/ to/ an experiment./ in
________________________________________________
10. interested in/ I/ fishing/ cold/ am not/ weather./ in/ this
________________________________________________
Task 2. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.
1. It takes us more than two hours to see the film “Avatar”.

The film “Avatar” ________________________________________________
2. She likes to hang out with friends on Saturday evening.
She’s interested ________________________________________________
3. She only allows her children to watch television at weekends.
She only lets. ______________________________________________________
4. Could you help me with this box?
Would you ___________________________________________________________
5. DIY skills aren’t as hard to learn as I think.
DIY skills are __ ________________________________________________
6. Who will take care of the garden while you are away?
Who will look________________________________________________
7. How about going window-shopping this afternoon?
Shall ________________________________________________
8. What leisure activity do you like most?
What’s_ ________________________________________________
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about your favourite leisure activity
What do you enjoy doing in your ……………………………………………………………..

leisure time?
What is your favourite leisure
activity?
Why do you enjoy doing it?
How did you start doing it at first?
How often do you practice it?
Who do you often practise it with?
Do your Mum/ Dad/ friend(s) also
like it?
What free-time activities would you
like to try in the future?
TESST FOR UNIT 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each
question.
1. A. spoon B.wool C. cook D. took
Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each question.
4. A. generous B. electrical C. appliance D. nomadic
5. A. disturb B. local C. pasture D. grassland
Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.
6.__________ differences between the two social groups can be reflected in theway their people
________ with each other.
A. culture - communication C. culture - communicate
B. cultural - communication D. cultural - communicate
7. After spending the whole afternoon with her DIY project, she’s still not _________
A. satisfy B. satisfied C. satisfying D. satisfactory
8. Local of this island include seafood_________ and coconut products.
A. specialty B. specialties C. specialisation D. specialisations
9. The_________ of his paper craft brought him the first prize in his school’s competition.
A. unique B. uniquely C. uniqueness D. uniqueiity
10. Nam_________ the Internet a lot to find useful information for his studying.
A. Surfs B. types C. checks D. look ups
11. The Internet allows us to communicate _________friends from different parts of the world.
A. To B. with C. for D. of
12. _________aerobics 30 minutes a day will improve your full-body flexibility and strengthen
your bones.
A. Doing B. Making C. Taking D. Using
13. The children are so excited to learn how to_______ crafts using waste paper and ice-cream sticks.
A. invent B. recycle C. make D. draw
14. _________in team sports benefits children’s development in many different ways.
A. Trying B. Getting C. Taking D. Participating
15. Nowadays, many teenagers chat with each other on Facebook, Twitter and other
social networking sites using _____________.
A. netlingo B. idiom C. phrase D. code
Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the part in each of the following
sentences.
16. Mary enjoys reading book and cooking at the weekend .
A. hates B. adores C. dislikes D. prefers
17. He is hooked on football so much that he goes to every match of his favourite team.
A. is interested in B. is fed up with C. is tired of D. is in favour of
18. What do you like doing in your leisure time! - I often listen to music and play basketball with
my friends.
A. working time B. holiday time C. free time D. break time
Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underline part in each of the
following sentences.
19. She’s a sociable child who loves to talk to anyone.
A. outgoing B. anti-social C. talkative D. unfriendly
20. Many children do not understand that many leisure activities are dangerous such as free solo
climbing, bull running,...
A. suitable B. interesting C. safe D. well-educated
Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence below.

21. My grandma enjoys ________ woolly hats in her free time.
A. to make B. make C. making D. made
22. Johnny ________ to play computer games.
A. is addicting to B. is addited to C. addicts to D. addicted to
23. My sisters________ Korean drama________ Indian drama.
A. prefers - to B. prefers than C. prefer to D. prefer than
24. Mickey loves ________his parents________ DIY projects.
A. help - in B. help - with C. to help in D. to help with
25. Do you fancy ________ with friends?
A. to socialise B. socialising C. socialise D. socialised
26. He’d like________ the Louvre museum with his family this weekend.
A. to visite B. visiting C. visit D. visited
27. Dogs adore _________with fresh meat
A. to feed B. feeding C. to be fed D. being fed
28. He is 18 years old now. He hates________ like a small kid.
A. treat B. treating C. treated D. being treated
29.During their summer holiday, they would prefer______ with local people rather than _______in
a five-star hotel
A. to stay - to stay B. staying - staying C. staying – to stay D. to stay - stay
30. In my free time, I would rather________ than ________.
A. to go to the cinema - to visit the museum B. go to the cinema - visit the museum
C. going to the cinema - visiting the museum D. went to the cinema - visited the museum
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentences below.
31.Books can be used (A) as a tool opening (B) up (C) new worlds for (D) children.
32.Spend (A)time with family can always be (B) the most precious(C)experience (D) to anyone.
33. According to a research, sending(A) text messages or using (B) Facebook while doing (C)
homework reduce (D) students’ overall GPA.
34. It is important for (A) parents to teach (B) their children how using (C)soci. media wisely (D).
35. Each (A) person have (B)different ways (C)to relax (D) in their free time.
Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True (T) or False (F)
A hobby is a regular activity that is done for enjoyment, typically during one’leisure time.
Hobbies can include collecting themed items and objects, engaging i creative and artistic pursuits,
playing sports, or pursuing other amusements. B continually participating in a particular hobby,
one can acquire substantial skill and knowledge in that area. Hobby is something that a person
develops from childhood, more specifically during primary school, to late life. We can never
predict when we develop interests in new things and have a likeness towards it.
In this busy daily schedule, we all get so busy in our life routine that sometime we forget to
give out time for our hobbies. Indulging in a hobby is actually good for a sound health. We all need
a time of leisure for ourselves and that partícula time is when we like to do something that gives us
immense happiness.
(Source: Adapted from Tip Top Lifestyle)
T F
36. A hobby is often done in one’s free time.
37. People can gain skills and knowledge through taking up a hobby.
38. A hobby is mostly developed from the age of two to three.
39. It’s difficult to predict one’s new hobby development.
40. Involving in a hobby negatively affects one’s health.
Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or B) that best answers each of the
questions below.
One of the most obvious negative aspects of social networking is losing face- to-face contact
with other people. Teens are sitting around with their phone in their hands all day long, tapping
messages onto screens instead of communicating with real people. Many teenagers feel more
comfortable with virtual friends than with real ones. The majority think that it is easier to chat on
the Internet because they lack communication skills.
It is also true that parents often have no knowledge about what their kids do with their phones or
computer. Crosby says that, "While kids are plugged in to social media, only about 40% of parents
are involved themselves." And because parents don't know the full picture, they also don't know
how to deal with a teenager's potential overuse of social media and might not even be aware that a
problem exists. Therefore, social networking can be much more immediately engaging with the
teenager's life than parents are, and this fact makes virtual communication feels more "real" than
face-to-face communication.
(Source: Adapted from We have kids)
41. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Parents should use social networks more to understand their children.
B. Students are using social networks too much.
C. Social networking brings negative effects to student’s face-to-face communication.
D. Virtual life is easier than real life.
42. What do most teenagers think about chatting on the Internet?
A. Chatting on the Internet is easier than talking with real people.
B. Chatting on the Internet is more difficult than talking with real people.
C. Chatting on the Internet is funnier than talking with real people.
D. Chatting on the Internet is more boring than talking with real people.
43. The percentage of 40% refers to
A. The number of parents who let their children use social media.
B. The number of parents who do not want their children to use media.
C. The number of parents who use social media.
D. The number of parents who do not use social media.
44.Which sentence is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. The majority of teenagers find it easier to communicate with virtual friend
B. The majority of teenagers lacks communication skill.
C. The majority of parents know how to use social media with their children
D. The majority of parents do not know how to deal with their children overuse of social media.
45. Which of the following best explains the word “overuse” in the passage?
A. using something overnight
B. using something too much
C. using something without thinking
D. using something with carelessness
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or best
combines the two given sentences.
46. It is not a good idea to spend too much time on social networking sites.
A. Spending too much time on social networking sites is not too bad.
B. It’s advisable not to spend less time on social networking sites.
C. It’s better to avoid spending less time on social networking sites.
D. It’s better to avoid spending too much time on social networking sites.
47. Playing board games is very interesting.
A. It is very interested in playing board games.
B. It is very interested to play board games.
C. It is very interesting playing board games.
D. It is very interesting to play board games.
48. My parents insist me on learning another language.
A. My parents want me to learn another language.
B. My parents start learning another language with me.
C. My parents help me in learning another language.
D. My parents assist me in learning another language.
49. Julie finds making crafts boring.
A. Julie enjoys making crafts.
B. Julie’s crafts are not boring.
C.To Julie, making craft is not interesting.
D. Julie cannot find an interesting craft to play with.
50. I’d rather surf the Internet than play computer games.
A. I prefer surfing the Internet to playing computer games.
B. I prefer playing computer games surfing the Internet.
C. I like playing computer games more than surfing the Internet.
D. I dislike surfing the Internet, but I like playing computer games.
_____The end____
UNIT 1 LEISURE TIME
PRONOUNCIATION
Short Vowel /ʊ/ Long vowel /u:/
Sugar /'ʃʊgər/ Bamboo /bæmˈbuː/
Identify the vowels which are pronounced /ʊ/

(Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là /ʊ/)
1. "o" được phát âm là /ʊ/ trong một số trường hợp
wolf /wʊlf/ chó sói
woman /'wʊmən/ đàn bà
2. "oo" thường được phát âm là /ʊ/
book /bʊk/ sách
good /gʊd/ tốt
look /lʊk/ nhìn
wool /wʊl/ len
cook /kʊk/ nấu ăn
foot /fʊt/ chân
wood /wʊd/ gỗ
took /tʊk/ quá khứ của take
3. "ou" được phát âm là /ʊ/ trong một số trường hợp :
could /kʊd/ có thể
should /ʃʊd/ phải, nên
would /wʊd/ sẽ, muốn
Identify the vowels which are pronounced /uː/ (Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là /uː/)
1. "o" thường được phát âm là /uː/ trong một vài từ thông dụng có tận cùng bằng o hay o với
phụ âm.
do /duː/ làm
move /muːv/ cử động
lose /luːz/ mất, đánh mất
prove /pruːv/ chứng minh
tomb /tuːm/ mộ, mồ
remove /rɪ'muːv/ bỏ đi, làm mất đi
2. "u" còn được phát âm là /uː/
blue /bluː/ màu xanh lam
brute /bruːt/ con vật, người thô bạo
flute /fluːt/ ống sáo
brutal /'bruːtl/ thô bạo, dã man
lunar /ˈluːnə/ thuộc về mặt trăng
salute /səˈluːt/ sự chào mừng
lunacy /ˈluːnəsɪ/ sự điên rồ
lunatic /ˈluːnətɪk/ người điên rồ
lubricant /ˈluːbrɪkənt/ chất dầu mỡ
3. "oo" còn được phát âm là /uː/
cool /kuːl/ mát mẻ
food fuːd/ đồ ăn, thực phẩm
too /tuː/ cũng
pool /puːl/ bể bơi
goose /guːs/ con ngỗng
spoon /spuːn/ cái thìa

tool /tuːl/ đồ dùng
tooth /tuːθ/ cái răng
sooth /suːθ/ sự thật
soothe /suːð/ làm dịu, làm bớt đau
booby /'buːbɪ/ người đần độn, khờ khạo
booty /'buːtɪ/ chiến lợi phẩm
bamboo /bæm'buː/ cây tre
boohoo /bu'huː/ khóc huhu
cuckoo /'kʊkuː/ con chim cu
googly /'guːglɪ/ bóng dội ngược
doomsday /'duːmzdeɪ/ ngày tận thế
4. "ou" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp
croup /kruːp/ bệnh đau cổ họng
group /gruːp/ một nhóm, một đám
troupe /truːp/ gánh hát
douche /duːʃ/ vòi hoa sen
wounded /'wuːndɪd/ bị thương
croupier /'kruːpɪə/ người hồ lì (ở sòng bạc)
5. "ui" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp
bruise /bruːz/ vết thương, vết bầm tím da
bruit /bruːt/ tin đồn, tiếng đồn
fruit /fruːt/ trái cây
juice /dʒuːs/ nước cốt, nước trái cây
cruise /kruːz/ cuộc đi chơi trên biển

cruiser /ˈkruːzə/ tuần dương hạm
recruit /rɪˈkruːt/ mộ binh, tuyển lính
Ngoại lệ:
fluid /ˈfluːɪd/ chất lỏng, lỏng
ruin /ˈruːɪn/ sự đổ nát, vết tích đổ nát
1. A. choose B. cool C. good D. tool

2. A. June B. bull C. truth D. flu
3. A. woman B. who C. move D. lose
5. A. wood B. moon C. soon D. loose
6. A. ruin B. fluid C. recruit D. cuckoo
8. A. wolf B. move C. tomb D. do
9. A. juice B. group C. fruit D. lunar
10. A. door B. booby C. cuckoo D. cool
1. A. football B. windsurfing C. badminton D. aerobics

2. A. volleyball B. weather C. winter D. vacation
3. A. climbing B. canoeing C. cricket D. cycling
4. A. leisure B. diving C. origami D. movie
5. A. adore B. enjoy C. fancy D. detest
6. A. bookstore B. improve C. goldfish D. novel
7. A. satisfy B. average C. volunteer D. cultural
8. A. origami B. delicious C. community D. technology
9. A. detest B. discuss C. adore D. addict
10. A. teenager B. negative C. solution D. benefit
11. A. satisfied B. socialize C. volunteer D. exercise
12. A. information B. technology C. community D. activity
13. A. library B. museum C. melody D. favourite
14. A. protection B. addicted C. computer D. goldfish
15. A. skateboard B. sticker C. adore D. leisure
VOCABULARY
DIY (do-it-yourself) (n) hoạt động tự làm ra, sửa chữa hoặc
(/ˌduː ɪt jəˈself/) trang trí đồ vật tại nhà

like working watching football loves collecting like eating adore playing
detests looking fancies doing detests doing fancies being fancy singing
1. My younger sister.... loves collecting............................dolls.
2. My friend Peter and I..... adore playing...........................board games.
3.I don’t ..... like working. at the weekend. I like spending time with myfamily instead.
4. My dad... fancies being..............in the kitchen and preparing food for my family.
5. Nancy..... detests doing.......................... housework such as washing the dishes.
6 .My sister doesn’t....... fancy singing
7. Joey enjoys...... watching football..........................but he detests playing football.
8. My sister..... fancies doing...........................voluntary activities. She has travelled to
15countries to do voluntary work.
9. I don’t ....... like eating........................ onion. I hate onion.
10. Minh hates me. He even..... detests looking.......................... at me.
hooked relaxing fun

It is very relaxing to lie on the beach, and listen to the sound of the waves.
That’s weird - I thought I’d left my keys on the table but they’re not there.
Many teens are hooked on social networks like Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.
The website allows you to take a virtual tour of the art gallery.
He was not satisfied with the camera, so he took it back to the store.
Bird-watching is an increasingly popular leisure activity.
Hanging out with friends is fun . I really enjoy it.
Are you addicted to Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, or Instagram.
1. I like cooking in my free time. It makes me feel _ relaxed _ (RELAX)

2. My sister doesn’t like surfing the Internet, she says it is _ boring (BORE)
___.
3.Skateboarding is her hobby. It is also one of the most_ popular (POPULARITY)
_sports of the teenagers in this town.
4.My close friend gave me a _ wonderful __________ present on my (WONDER)
birthday. I like it so much.
5.My brother works as a volunteer for an animal protection _ (ORGANIZE)
organization ________. He really loves his job.
6. People in my country are very warm and friendly____ (FRIEND)
7. L.A Hill is a humorous writer. (HUMOR)
8. I’m extremely sorry for the delay. (EXTREME)
9. Are you _ excited ____ about the new Gears Of War games? (EXCITE)
10. She listens to classical music for _ relaxation ________ (RELAX)
GRAMMAR
Verbs of liking + V-Ing/ to-infinitlve.

Khi một động từ theo sau một động từ chỉ ý thích, động từ đi theo sau đó phải ở dạng V-ing
hoặc to V.
Verb Meaning
enjoy thích
fancy thích
like thích
love yêu thích
adore mê, thích mê
detest ghét
dislike không thích
hate ghét
Ví dụ:
He loves watching football. (Anh ấy thích xem bóng đá.)
John is keen on getting together. (John thích tụ tập bạn bè.)
Loan enjoys reading book so much. (Loan rất thích đọc sách.)
- Bạn cần phân biệt 2 dạng câu sau:
- Like + V+ing: chỉ 1 hành động thuộc về sở thích, có tính chất lâu dài, theo thói quen
Ví dụ:
I like doing exercises at midnight. (Tôi thích làm bài tập vào lúc nửa đêm.)
- Like to – infinitive: chỉ 1 hành động thích/ muốn ....làm gì đó có tính chất bộc phát, tạm thời.
Ví dụ:
I like to swim this Saturday. (Thứ bảy này tôi muốn đi bơi.)
Chú ý:
Một số động từ có thể được dùng với cả V-ing hoặc V-infinitive mà không có sự
thay đổi nhiều về ý nghĩa.
Ví dụ:
I love playing football with my friends.
= I love to play football with my friends.
Task 1. Complete the sentences, using the -ing form of the given verbs.
do stay travel take do
collect plant go eat watch
1. We enjoy...... going....................for a walk around the lake every evening.

2. My friend Jenifer loves .... collecting..................... unique things.
3. Most of my friends don’t like..... doing.....................homework at the weekend.
4. Do you like.. planting........................flowers in the balcony?
5. I hate..... staying.................... outdoors in the summer. It’s so hot.
6. I don’t like . doing........................ challenging sports like ice skating or surfing.
7. My cousin David adores .... taking............. photos. He has got an expensive camera.
8. Who dislikes..... watching.....................films on TV?
9. Does Laura hate..... eating.................... noodles?
10. My mother detests ...........travelling.... by bus because she can be carsick.
Task 2. Complete the sentences with the to-infinitive or -ing form of the verbs in brackets.
I have enjoyed meeting (meet) you. Hope to see (see) you again
soon.
My father is not keen on coffee. He prefers to drink / drinking (drink) tea.
I am a little busy. Would you mind waiting (wait) a little longer?
Mobile games are great, but I don’t like playing/ to play (play) them for too long.
If I can choose, I prefer _ staying (stay) at home to playing (play) sport.
Tonight I’d like to go (go) out, but I have to do my homework.
Sue loves making/ to make (make) origami. She can fold some animals, birds and
flowers.
I detested spending (spend) two hours every day travelling to work and back.
He started to surf/ surfing (surf) the net hours ago. Has he stopped surfing
(surf) yet?
I tried hard to concentrate (concentrate), but my mind kept wandering
(wander).
Task 3. Complete the correct answer a, b, c or d.

1. My students enjoy English very much.
A. learn B. learnt C. learning D. to learn
2. Mai enjoys ________ to music, especially pop music in her free time.
A. hearing B. playing C. listening D. talking
3. My grandparents love __________ very much. There are a lot of beautiful flowers and fresh
vegetables in their garden.
A. doing garden B. doing gardening
C. do gardening D. to do garden
4. You should avoid ______ too much TV. It’s not good for your eyes.
A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. glancing
5. Nga likes ________ with her close friend on Saturday evenings.
A. window shop B. window to shop
C. window shops D. window shopping
6. Lan used to love _____ front of the computer for hours but now she doesn’t. She takes part in a
judo club.
A. using B. sitting C. doing D. having
7. Minh is very hard-working boy. He doesn’t mind ______ a lot of homework in the evenings.
A. making B. reading C. seeing D. doing
8. Do you fancy _____ around the West Lake with me this Sunday morning?
A. going B. having C. staying D. moving
9. I don’t like _______ up early in the winter days. I love ______ in bed late.
A. getting / stay B. get / stay
C. getting / staying D. get / staying
10. Why don’t we ____ our parents with some DIY project? T think it is useful.
A. help B. do C. make D. give
Task 4. Complete the sentences in Mai’s email with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
Hi, Susan!
Well, I’m here in Ha Noi, now. I see quite a lot of my cousin Hoa because we (1)
(enjoy/ do) _ enjoy doing ______the same things. I have some new friends called David and John.
David is very good at computers and he (2) (not mind/ help)__ doesn’t mind helping _______ me so
that’s good. John is really nice too. He (3) (play) _. plays ____basketball and he (4) (go/
skateboard) __ goes skateboarding ______quite a lot. His brother Toby is 18 and he’s really cool but he
(5) (prefer/ play) _ prefer to play ______football. I (6) (do) _____ do _____ gymnastics once a
week and Hoa (7) (do)_ does ________ karate. She prefers indoor sports because she (8) (not like/ get)_
doesn’t like getting _______ cold!
Write soon!
.
Like most people, I turn on my laptop play as well as to study. 1. play -> to play
At weekends, I go to my favourite chat rooms and I chat.
Sometimes I spend hours online and I often make new friends.
My mum doesn’t go shop anymore. She likes buy everything 2. shop-> shopping
online. My sister likes music and she has join a rock group 3. buy -> buying
which she found on a webpage at her university. 4. join -> joined
When I want to improving my English, there are a lot of great
website with vocabulary games and practice exercises. I usually 5. improving-> improve
score more points than my sister!
1. Having leisure activities are truly important to the elderly.

A B C D
2. Although she wanted to go to the museum, she decided staying at home.
A B C D
3. Parents are concerned that their kids may be spending too many time on screens.
A B C D
4. Collecting coins is exciting, but it can also be relaxed.
A B C D
5. Cloud watching sound weird, but Hang adores it.
A B C D
6. For some young people, enjoyment involves sitting in front a computer playing games.
A B C D
7. His parents are thinking of banning him on using the computer.
A B C D
8. When you game online, be carefully when making friends with strangers.
A B C D
9. I detest to have to get up when it’s dark outside.
A B C D
10. Do you fancy to come on a day trip to Bath next Saturday?
A B C D
11. Would you mind to open the window?
A B C D
12. Why are they encouraged to learning English?
A B C D
13. I preferred comics in my free time.
A B C D
14. Mai enjoys to make crafts, especially cloth dolls.
A B C D
15. For some people, training pets are hard work.
A B C D
LISTENING
1. Tuan likes . surfing..................... the

Internet in his free time.
2. Webpages load . faster.....................
with a high-speed connection.
3. Tuan usually .. checks.................... his
email.
4. Tuan sometimes orders products or .....
services................. online.
5. Using the Internet can be fun and ....
convenient..................
1. Tuan likes surfing the Internet in his free time. _____F________

2. When Tuan gets home from work, he goes to bed. ____T_________
3. He can download files quicker thanks to high-speed connection._____F________
4. He never reads news on the Internet. ____T_________
5. He orders products online to save money. ______F_______
UNIT 1: My name is Tuan. In my free time, I really like surfing the Internet. When I get home
from work, I turn on my computer, wait until it boots up completely, and then I go online. I still
have a dial-up connection, but I’m switching to a broadband Internet service soon. It costs more
a month, but Webpages load faster with a high-speed connection, I can upload and download
files quicker. I usually check my email first and write a few messages to family and friends. I
sometimes scan the local news headlines at my favorite news Website and read up on the latest
local and international news. This Website often provides video news clips that you can view
online. I sometimes order products or services online to save money and time instead of going to
a store and buying what I’m looking for. For example, I ordered a digital camera online the other
day and saved about $50. Whatever I do, I realize that there are problems with using the Internet
including scams, identity theft, and viruses, so I’m very careful not to give out my personal
information. Furthermore, I don’t download or open files I don’t recognize. Using the Internet
can be fun and convenient way of shopping and finding out new information, but you just need
to be careful.
SPEAKING
1. What do you enjoy doing in your 1-h A. I don’t know ... doing sport or playing
spare time? a musical instrument.
2. How much time do you have each week 2-g B. I want to improve my speaking skill.
for socializing with friends?
3. What do you think is the best leisure 3-a C. I prefer to spend my free time with my
activity for teens? family and friends.
4. Why do you join English club? 4-b D. I’m not sure. I might watch a video at
home.
5. Do you prefer to spend your free time 5-c E. For relaxation, I prefer listening to soft
alone or with other people? music.
6. What do you do to relax yourself? 6-e F. Every day to consume face book
updates from friends and family.
7. How often do you use social media? 7-f G. About five hours or fewer
8. Do you have any plans for next 8-d H. I love reading and spend as
weekend? much time as I can doing
that.

Write questions for the underlined parts.
1. A: How often does your mother watch films?
B: My mother watches films every afternoon.
2. A: When did they go to the movies?
B: They went to the movies yesterday evening.
3. A: Who do you love hanging out with?
B: I love hanging out with my best friend Helen.
4. A: Why don’t you give your personal information to websites?
B: I don’t give my personal information to websites because it’s easy to be stolen.

5. A: How much time a day should children spend on screens?
Children should spend less than 2 hours a day on screens.
6. A: What is the most popular pastime in your country?
B: Do-it-yourself (DIY) is the most popular pastime in my country.
7. A: Where did the art of paper folding originate?
B: The art of paper folding originated in China.
8. A: How long does 1 vs 100 game show last?
B: 1 vs 100 game show lasts ninety minutes.
READING
I live in a village by Mekong River. Every day, like most of my friends, I walk to
school. It is three kilometers away. After class, I often help my mother to collect water
from the river and feed the chickens. At the weekend, the villagers often gather at the
community hall where there is a TV. The adults watch TV, but more often they talk
about their farm work and exchange news. The children run around playing games
and shouting merrily. Laughter is heard everywhere.
My father sometimes takes me to the market town nearby where he sells our home
products like vegetables, fruits, eggs... He then buys me an ice cream and lets me take
a ride on the electric train in the town square. I love those trips.
On starry nights, we children lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each
other to find the Milky Way. We dream of faraway places.
1. How does the boy go to school every day?

He walks to school every day..........................................................
2. What does he do after classes?
After class, He often helps his mother to collect water from the river and feed the chickens
3. Does the boy like riding on the electric train in the town square?
Yes. He loves it.
4. What do the children do on starry nights?
Children lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each other to find the Milky Way
5. Do you like to live in the countryside or in the city? Why?

No, I don’t./ Yes, I do. Because….
I go on the Internet every day, but I’ve never (1) ______ more than an hour at a time online. I’ve got
laptop and also a smartphone, so I can (2) _________ the internet anywhere. Today, for instance,
I’ve been (3) ______ three times.
Mainly I just (4) _________ my friends. I read online magazines and I look (5) ______
information, too. I also compare prices of thing, (6) __________ I’ve never bought anything online
because I don’t think it’s safe.
I’m not an Internet addict, but some of my friends (7) _________. One friend of mine
always looks (8) ________ because he spends all night online. Although he’s got a bad marks for the
exams, he hasn’t (9) _____ his habits.
In my experience, it’s very useful for people who use the Internet(10) _______.
1. A. spend B. spending C. spent
2. A. have B. use C. play
3. A. online B. internet C. computer
4. A. write B. email C. send
5. A. at B. in C. for
6. A. because B. but C. although
7. A. is B. were C. are
8. A. tired B. hard C. happily
9. A. change B. to change C. changed
10. A. sensible B. sensibly C. sensibleness
Most people watch TV in their leisure time. A television is considered essential in every
household. It can be the source of entertainment for all members in the family. There are always
programmes suitable for different ages, genders and interests… Watching TV is a great way to spend
time and bond with your family. Besides the entertainment value, TV shows can also be educational
with cooking programmes, documentaries…TV is also a way to expand your mind and see places
you couldn’t in real life. However, spending too much time in front of the TV makes you a couch
potato, lazy person who watches TV a lot. It can negatively affect your physical health because you
are less likely to exercise. You creativity and imagination can also be limited because of television.
1. Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?
A. Television and Household.
B. Entertainment for family members.
C. Advantages and Disadvantages of watching TV.
D. Imagination from Television.
2. What proves that television serves all members in the family?
A. TV programmes are designed for different genders.
B. TV programmes are designed for all ages.
C. TV programmes are designed for various interests.
D. All are correct.
3. According to the writer, what are the advantages of watching TV?
A. Connecting family members. C. Opening your mind.
B. Providing knowledge. D. All are correct.
4. According to the writer, what are the disadvantages of watching TV?
A. Improving your physical health. C. A and B are incorrect.
B. Encouraging your imagination. D. A and B are correct.
5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. It costs much money to own a television.
B. People watch TV for entertaining.
C. A couch potato may had bad physical health.
D. There are cooking programmes and documentaries on TV
Advantages of watching television
advisers motivate expensive cultures educational
I love watching TV and I think watching TV brings lots of benefits.

In this busy, (1) . expensive...... life, television is an easy and cheap source of entertainment.
By watching international news, we are kept informed and up-to-date with breaking news around
the world.
Some shows and channels (like PBS and Discovery) offer (2) ..... educational........ programs that
can increase our knowledge and make us more aware of the world around us.
Do-it-yourself shows give us easy access to all kinds of information: Cooking channels offer new
recipes and methods, home improvement shows introduce us to many money-saving DIY tips,
and financial (3) ... advisers................. give advice for managing finances and investing money,
for example. Television can also be a good way to help people learn a different language.
Some shows can (4) ..... motivate................ people who are interested in that field and help them
to pursue their dreams.
TV can expand your mind. Some shows let you travel vicariously and teach you about different
people, (5) .... cultures................., ideas, and places you might never encounter in real life.
Watching a variety of shows might give us a broader understanding of the world we live in and
expose us to things we might otherwise never come across in our own lives.
WRITING
1. to/ you/ listening/ like/ music?/ Do

Do you like listening to music?
2. in/ My/ flowers/ mother/ the/ planting/ garden./ loves
My mother loves planting flowers in the garden._
3. swimming/ the/ parents/ enjoy/ My/ in/ sea./ really
My parents really enjoy swimming in the sea.
4. cycling/ Do/ fancy/ now?/ you
Do you fancy cycling now?
5. and/ I/ My/ playing/ adore/ chess./ brother
My brother and I adore playing chess.
6. collecting/ dislikes/ stamps./ Rose
Rose dislikes collecting stamps. Rose dislikes collecting stamps.
7. taking/ I/ a/ don’t/ in/ winter./ shower/ like
I don’t like taking a shower in winter .
8. detests/ Laura/ pottery./ making
Laura detests making pottery.
9. laboratory/ Minh Nam and I/ spending/ love/ a/ do/ hours/ to/ an experiment./ in
Minh Nam and I love spending hours in a laboratory to do an experiment.
10. interested in/ I/ fishing/ cold/ am not/ weather./ in/ this
I am not interested in fishing in this cold weather.
1. It takes us more than two hours to see the film “Avatar”.

The film “Avatar” lasts more than two hours.
2. She likes to hang out with friends on Saturday evening.
She’s interested in hanging out with friends on Saturday evening.
3. She only allows her children to watch television at weekends.
She only lets her children watch television at weekends. _______________________
4. Could you help me with this box?
Would you mind helping me with this box? _________________________________
5. DIY skills aren’t as hard to learn as I think.
DIY skills are __ easier to learn than I think._____
6. Who will take care of the garden while you are away?
Who will look after the garden while you are away?
7. How about going window-shopping this afternoon?
Shall we go window-shopping this afternoon?
8. What leisure activity do you like most?
What’s_ your favorite leisure activity?
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about your favourite leisure activity
What do you enjoy doing in your leisure ……………………………………………………………..

time?
What is your favourite leisure activity?
Why do you enjoy doing it?
How did you start doing it at first?
How often do you practice it?
Who do you often practise it with?
Do your Mum/ Dad/ friend(s) also like
it?
What free-time activities would you like
to try in the future?
TESST FOR UNIT 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each
question.
1. A. spoon B.wool C. cook D. took
4. A. generous B. electrical C. appliance D. nomadic
5. A. disturb B. local C. pasture D. grassland
6.__________ differences between the two social groups can be reflected in theway their people
________ with each other.
A. culture - communication C. culture - communicate
B. cultural - communication D. cultural - communicate
7. After spending the whole afternoon with her DIY project, she’s still not _________
A. satisfy B. satisfied C. satisfying D. satisfactory
8. Local of this island include seafood_________ and coconut products.
A. specialty B. specialties C. specialisation D. specialisations
9. The_________ of his paper craft brought him the first prize in his school’s competition.
A. unique B. uniquely C. uniqueness D. uniqueiity
10. Nam_________ the Internet a lot to find useful information for his studying.
A. Surfs B. types C. checks D. look ups
11. The Internet allows us to communicate _________friends from different parts of the world.
A. To B. with C. for D. of
12. _________aerobics 30 minutes a day will improve your full-body flexibility and strengthen your
bones.
A. Doing B. Making C. Taking D. Using
13. The children are so excited to learn how to_______ crafts using waste paper and ice-cream sticks.
A. invent B. recycle C. make D. draw
14. _________in team sports benefits children’s development in many different ways.
A. Trying B. Getting C. Taking D. Participating
15. Nowadays, many teenagers chat with each other on Facebook, Twitter and other
social networking sites using _____________.
A. netlingo B. idiom C. phrase D. code
Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the part in each of the following
sentences.
16. Mary enjoys reading book and cooking at the weekend .
A. hates B. adores C. dislikes D. prefers
17. He is hooked on football so much that he goes to every match of his favourite team.
A. is interested in B. is fed up with C. is tired of D. is in favour of
18. What do you like doing in your leisure time! - I often listen to music and play basketball with my
friends.
A. working time B. holiday time C. free time D. break time
A. outgoing B. anti-social C. talkative D. unfriendly
20. Many children do not understand that many leisure activities are dangerous such as free solo
climbing, bull running,...
A. suitable B. interesting C. safe D. well-educated
Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence below.

21. My grandma enjoys ________ woolly hats in her free time.
A. to make B. make C. making D. made
22. Johnny ________ to play computer games.
A. is addicting to B. is addited to C. addicts to D. addicted to
23. My sisters________ Korean drama________ Indian drama.
A. prefers - to B. prefers than C. prefer to D. prefer than
24. Mickey loves ________his parents________ DIY projects.
A. help - in B. help - with C. to help in D. to help with
25. Do you fancy ________ with friends?
A. to socialise B. socialising C. socialise D. socialised
26. He’d like________ the Louvre museum with his family this weekend.
A. to visite B. visiting C. visit D. visited
27. Dogs adore _________with fresh meat
A. to feed B. feeding C. to be fed D. being fed
28. He is 18 years old now. He hates________ like a small kid.
A. treat B. treating C. treated D. being treated
29.During their summer holiday, they would prefer______ with local people rather than _______in a
five-star hotel
A. to stay - to stay B. staying - staying C. staying – to stay D. to stay - stay
30. In my free time, I would rather________ than ________.
A. to go to the cinema - to visit the museum B. go to the cinema - visit the museum
C. going to the cinema - visiting the museum D. went to the cinema - visited the museum
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentences below.
31.Books can be used (A) as a tool opening (B) up (C) new worlds for (D) children. =>to open
32.Spend (A)time with family can always be (B) the most precious(C)experience (D) to
anyone.=>spending
33. According to a research, sending(A) text messages or using (B) Facebook while doing (C)
homework reduce (D) students’ overall GPA.=>reduces
34. It is important for (A) parents to teach (B) their children how using (C)soci. media wisely
(D).=>touse
35. Each (A) person have (B)different ways (C)to relax (D) in their free time.=>has
A hobby is a regular activity that is done for enjoyment, typically during one’leisure time.
Hobbies can include collecting themed items and objects, engaging i creative and artistic pursuits,
playing sports, or pursuing other amusements. B continually participating in a particular hobby, one
can acquire substantial skill and knowledge in that area. Hobby is something that a person develops
from childhood, more specifically during primary school, to late life. We can never predict when we
develop interests in new things and have a likeness towards it.
In this busy daily schedule, we all get so busy in our life routine that sometime we forget to
give out time for our hobbies. Indulging in a hobby is actually good for a sound health. We all need a
time of leisure for ourselves and that partícula time is when we like to do something that gives us
immense happiness.
(Source: Adapted from Tip Top Lifestyle)
T F
36. A hobby is often done in one’s free time. T
37. People can gain skills and knowledge through taking up a hobby. T
38. A hobby is mostly developed from the age of two to three. F
39. It’s difficult to predict one’s new hobby development. T
40. Involving in a hobby negatively affects one’s health. F
questions below.
One of the most obvious negative aspects of social networking is losing face- to-face contact
with other people. Teens are sitting around with their phone in their hands all day long, tapping
messages onto screens instead of communicating with real people. Many teenagers feel more
comfortable with virtual friends than with real ones. The majority think that it is easier to chat on the
Internet because they lack communication skills.
It is also true that parents often have no knowledge about what their kids do with their phones or
computer. Crosby says that, "While kids are plugged in to social media, only about 40% of parents
are involved themselves." And because parents don't know the full picture, they also don't know how
to deal with a teenager's potential overuse of social media and might not even be aware that a
problem exists. Therefore, social networking can be much more immediately engaging with the
teenager's life than parents are, and this fact makes virtual communication feels more "real" than
face-to-face communication.
(Source: Adapted from We have kids)
A. Parents should use social networks more to understand their children.
B. Students are using social networks too much.
C. Social networking brings negative effects to student’s face-to-face communication.
D. Virtual life is easier than real life.
42. What do most teenagers think about chatting on the Internet?
A. Chatting on the Internet is easier than talking with real people.
B. Chatting on the Internet is more difficult than talking with real people.
C. Chatting on the Internet is funnier than talking with real people.
D. Chatting on the Internet is more boring than talking with real people.
43. The percentage of 40% refers to
A. The number of parents who let their children use social media.
B. The number of parents who do not want their children to use media.
C. The number of parents who use social media.
D. The number of parents who do not use social media.
44.Which sentence is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. The majority of teenagers find it easier to communicate with virtual friend
B. The majority of teenagers lacks communication skill.
C. The majority of parents know how to use social media with their children
D. The majority of parents do not know how to deal with their children overuse of social media.
45. Which of the following best explains the word “overuse” in the passage?
A. using something overnight
B. using something too much
C. using something without thinking
D. using something with carelessness
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or best combines
the two given sentences.
46. It is not a good idea to spend too much time on social networking sites.
A. Spending too much time on social networking sites is not too bad.
B. It’s advisable not to spend less time on social networking sites.
C. It’s better to avoid spending less time on social networking sites.
D. It’s better to avoid spending too much time on social networking sites.
47. Playing board games is very interesting.
A. It is very interested in playing board games.
B. It is very interested to play board games.
C. It is very interesting playing board games.
D. It is very interesting to play board games.
48. My parents insist me on learning another language.
A. My parents want me to learn another language.
B. My parents start learning another language with me.
C. My parents help me in learning another language.
D. My parents assist me in learning another language.
49. Julie finds making crafts boring.
A. Julie enjoys making crafts.
B. Julie’s crafts are not boring.
C.To Julie, making craft is not interesting.
D. Julie cannot find an interesting craft to play with.
50. I’d rather surf the Internet than play computer games.
A. I prefer surfing the Internet to playing computer games.
B. I prefer playing computer games surfing the Internet.
C. I like playing computer games more than surfing the Internet.
D. I dislike surfing the Internet, but I like playing computer games.
UNIT 2 LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE
I. VOCABULARY
Word Type Pronunciation Meaning
catch v /kætʃ/ đánh được, câu được (cá
Ex: How many fish did you catch? Bạn đã câu được bao nhiêu con cá?
cattle n /ˈkætl gia súc
Ex: There is a herd of cattle in the pasture. Có một đàn gia súc trên đồng cỏ.
combine harvester n /ˈkɒmbaɪn ˈhɑːrvɪstər/ máy gặt liên hợp
Ex: It's time to experience the latest generation combine harvesters. Đã đến lúc trải nghiêm máy
gặt đập liên hợp thế hệ mới nhất.
crop n /krɒp/ vụ, mùa
Ex: We had a very good crop of apples last year. Chúng tôi đã có một vụ táo bội thu vào năm ngoái.
cultivate v /ˈkʌltɪveɪt/ trồng trọt
Ex: The people here cultivate mainly rice and beans. Người dân ở đây trồng lúa và đậu là chủ yếu.
dry v /draɪ/ phơi khô, sấy khô
Ex: The little boy is drying rice. Cậu bé đang phơi lúa.
feed v /fi:d/ cho ăn
Ex: Have you fed the cat yet? Bạn đã cho mèo ăn chưa?
ferry n /ferɪ/ phá
Ex: We caught the ferry across the river. Chúng tôi bắt phà qua sông.
harvest n, v /ˈhɑːrvɪst/ vụ thu hoạch, vụ gặt, thu
hoặc, gặt hái
Ex: We are extremely busy during the harvest. Chúng tôi vô cùng hận rộn trong mùa thu hoạch.
herd v /hɜːrd/ chăn giữ vật nuôi
Ex: He is herding the buffalo. Anh ta đang đi chăn trâu.
hospitable adj /hɒˈspɪtəbl/ mến khách, hiếu khách
Ex: The local people are very hospitable. Người dân địa phương rất hiếu khách.
lighthouse n /ˈlaɪthaʊs/ đèn biển, hải đăng
Ex: A lighthouse marks the entrance to the harbour. Một ngọn hải đăng đánh dấu lối vào bến cảng.
load v /ləʊd/ chất, chở
Ex: The farmers are loading rice to the village. Những người nông dân đang chở lúa về làng.
milk n, v /mɪlk/ sữa, vắt sữa
Ex: Mr. Dan milks the cow every morning. Ông Dan vắt sữa bò mỗi sáng.
orchard n /ˈɔːrtʃərd/ vườn cây ăn quả
Ex: There is an apple orchard nearby. Có một vườn táo gần đó.
paddy field n /ˈpædɪ fi:ld/ ruộng lúa
Ex: The farmer is working in the paddy field. Người nông dân đang làm việc ở ruộng lúa.
picturesque adj /ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/ đẹp, hấp dẫn (phong cảnh)
Ex: We came to a picturesque cottage. Chúng tôi đến một ngôi nhà đẹp như tranh vẽ.
plough v /plaʊ/ cày (thửa ruộng)
Ex: After months without rain, the ground was too hard to plough. Sau nhiều tháng không có mưa,
mặt đất trở nên quá cứng để cày xới.
specialty n /ˌspeʃiˈæləti/ đặc sản
Ex: Seafood is a specialty on the island. Hải sản là một đặc sàn ở trên đảo.
stretch v /stretʃ/ kéo dài ra
Ex: Stop stretching your sleeves like that! Đừng kéo dài tay ảo của con ra như the!
unload v /ˌʌnˈləʊd/ dỡ hàng
Ex: The truck driver was waiting to unload. Tài xế xe tải đang chờ để dỡ hàng.
vast adj /vɑːst/ ruộng lớn, mênh mông, bao la
Ex: It's a vast land. Đó là một vùng đất rộng lớn.
well-trained adj /wel treind/ lành nghề, có tay nghề
Ex: He is a well-trained craftsman. Anh ấy là một người thợ thủ công lành nghề.
II. WORD FORM

Word Related words Transcription Meaning
collect (v) collection (n) /kəˈlekʃn/ sự thu gom, sự sưu tầm
thu gom, lấy collective (adj) /kəˈlektɪv/ tập thể, chung
collector (n) /kəˈlektər/ người sưu tầm, người thu gom
collectively (adv) /kəˈlektɪvli/ chung, tập thể
cultivate (v) cultivable (adj) /ˈkʌltɪvəbl/ có thể canh tác
trồng trọt cultivated (adj) /ˈkʌltɪveɪtɪd/ có học thức, tu dưỡng
cultivation (n) /ˌkʌltɪˈveɪʃn/ sự canh tác
disturb (v) disturbance (n) /dɪˈstɜːrbəns/ sự quấy rầy, làm phiền
làm phiền disturbing (adj) /dɪˈstɜːrbɪŋ/ nhiễu loạn
disturbed (adj) /dɪˈstɜːrbd/ bối rối, lúng túng, bị nhiễu
convenient (adj) convenience (n) /kənˈviːniəns/ sự thuận tiện, tiện lợi
thuận tiện
V. PRACTICE
Exercise 1. Complete the sentence with the words in the box.
boring nomadic hard peaceful colourful
vast slow inconvenient brave friendly
1. Life in the city is fast but life in the countryside is ______________.
2. The old city around the cathedral is the most ______________ part of town.
3. Our neighbors have always been very ______________.
4. I’m sure that people are ______________ to strangers in my village.
5. My father is a ______________ soldier.
6. The film was so ______________ that I fell asleep.
7. It will be very ______________for me to have no car.
8. The ______________ majority of pupils attend state-funded schools here.
9. She hoped the different ethnic groups in the area could live together in ______________ co-
existence.
10. A ______________ life is hard but interesting.
Exercise 2. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets.
1. Iceland is considered the most ______________ country in the word. (peace)
2. A ______________ lifestyle has its advantages and disadvantages. (nomad)
3. My brother has been a stamp ______________ for several years. (collect)
4. It is a/an ______________ place to hold a picnic because it is too far from the road. (convenience)
5. Drinking water in some areas may be ______________. (safe)
6. During my stay in the village, I was ______________ with several local farmers. (friend)
7. Encouraging children to eat and drink ______________ is very important. (health)
8. Local people in the village often wear their ______________ costumes during the festivals.
(tradition)
9. Please give ______________ to that charity to help the homeless after the flood. (generous)
10. The baby slept very ______________ because the bed was really comfortable. (sound)
Exercise 3. Fill each blank with a word/phrase in the box.
busiest time herding noisier buffalo buffalo-drawn carts
colorful rice fantastic countryside harvest time
1. At the ______________, my brother always helps my parents load the rice onto the truck and drives
it home.
2. I often help my parents dry the ______________ in the yard in front of my house.
3. Some farmers in my village still use ______________ to transport rice home.
4. He usually goes ______________ the buffaloes with other boys in his village.
5. My pen pal says he would like to visit my ______________ at harvest time to see what farmers do.
6. My friend has never ridden a ______________ so he would like to try once.
7. Harvest time is the ______________ of the year in the countryside.
8. Our garden is ______________ in spring when almost flowers bloom.
9. I like looking at the stars on starry nights. It's ______________.
10. My uncle lives in the city. He says it’s ______________ than my village.
Exercise 4. Put the adverbs ill the comparative form.
Adverbs Comparative form Adverbs Comparative form Adverbs
1. badly 11. late 1. badly
2. conveniently 12. smartly 2. conveniently
3. early 13. responsibly 3. early
4. far 14. patiently 4. far
5. fast 15. generously 5. fast
6. fluently 16. cleverly 6. fluently
7. happily 17. quickly 7. happily
8. hard 18. suitably 8. hard
9. slowly 19. beautifully 9. slowly
10. well 20. strongly 10. well
Exercise 5. Fill in the blank with the correct comparative form of the adverbs.
E.g: He is singing more loudly than the other singers. (loudly)
1. He arrived _________________ expected. (early)
2. We walked _________________ the rest of the people. (slowly)
3. They called us _________________ in the afternoon. (late)
4. My mother and my sister talked _________________ the other guests. (loudly)
5. He hit his arm _________________ before. (hard)
6. The Spanish athlete ran _________________ the other runners. (fast)
7. Jim threw the ball _________________ Peter. (far)
8. We answered all the questions _________________ the other students. (well)
9. Our new teacher explains the exercises _________________ our old teacher. (badly)
10. The new mechanic checked the car _________________ the old mechanic. (thoroughly)
Exercise 6. Fill in the blanks with suitable comparative forms of the words provided.
1. Towns are ____________ than village. (big)
2. A sofa is ____________ than a chair. (comfortable)
3. Does an ox run ____________ than a horse? (slowly)
4. Laura sings ____________ than her sister. (well)
5. My house is ____________ from Ha Noi than Nam s house. (far)
6. Minh plays the flute ____________ than Quang. (badly)
7. Traffic in the city is always ____________ than that in the countryside. (busy)
8. This year the farmers work ____________ than they did last year. (hard)
9. Villages are ____________ than towns. (quiet)
10. People in this area live ____________ than those in other areas. (happily)
Exercise 7. Underline the mistake in each sentence and correct it.
1. Their life has been more comfortably since they moved to the city. ____________
2. She looks more pretty in this white dress. ____________
3. The manager wants us to work more hardly. ____________
4. This week you look more healthily than last week. ____________
5. Everyone in my town is looking for more better crop this year. ____________
6. Jim runs more fastly than his friends. ____________
7. I think a settle life is more better than a nomadic life. ____________
8. Today Jim performs more confident than usual. ____________
9. The heavy rain makes it more difficultly to drive. ____________
10. Their team preformed much more well than our team. ____________
Exercise 8. Fill in the blanks with suitable comparative forms of the words provided.
1. I speak English ____________ now than last year. (fluently)
2. They smiled ____________ than before. (happily)
3. Tom arrived ____________ than I expected. (early)
4. We will meet ____________ in the afternoon. (late)
5. Mary dances ____________ than anyone else. (gracefully)
6. Could you speak ____________? (loud)
7. Jim could do the test ____________ than Jane. (well)
8. We walked ____________ than other people. (slowly)
9. Planes can fly ____________ than birds. (high)
10. I can throw the ball ____________ than anyone else in my team. (far)
11. James drives ____________ than his wife. (carefully)
12. I visit my grandmother ____________ than my brother. (often)
13. No one can run ____________ than John. (fast)
14. My sister cooks ____________ than I. (badly)
15. Everyone in the company is working ____________ than ever before. (hard)
Exercise 9. Complete the sentences with the correct form of adjectives or adverbs in brackets.
1. Some people think that health is ____________ than money. (important).
2. The pollution in our city is much ____________ than it used to be. (bad)
3. My new teacher explained the lessons ____________ than my old teacher. (clear)
4. He doesn't play volleyball as ____________ as his brother. (good)
5. Get rid of the sorrow! You will do it ____________ next time. (good)
6. Communication is a lot ____________ than it was 50 years ago. (easy)
7. People in rural areas wear ____________ than those in cities. (simple)
8. Robert arrived at the meeting ____________ than Francis. (late)
9. These trousers are too wide. Do you have any that are ____________? (narrow)
10. My mother always gets up ____________ than everybody else in the house. (early)
11. Trang speaks ____________ than the other ESL students in the class. (fluent)
12. Can't you think of anything ____________ to say? (intelligent)
13. I think his new book is much ____________ than his last one. (boring)
14. Max finished his homework ____________ than anyone else in the class. (fast)
15. He doesn't look as ____________ as he used to. (happy)
Exercise 10. Read the passage and choose the correct option to fill in the blank. :
Life is changing rapidly in the large cities of England. However, life in other areas remains
much the (1) ____________ as it has been for centuries. Factories have brought huge population
increases to the cities, and city life boomed.
City residents have discovered a new (2) ____________ of life, but in country villages the
traditional lifestyle has remained nearly (3) ____________. There have been a few changes,
particularly the new steam-powered machinery. It made farm production more (4) ____________. But
for the people who remain in the countryside, daily life continues much as it had before the (5)
____________ revolution. Life in country villages continues to (6) ____________ at a slow pace. The
daily schedule depends on the times that the sun rose and set and on the weather. In a typical village,
the (7) ____________ number of workers is still employed in agriculture or in domestic service. A
smaller number of people work in various trades. Even (8) ____________ work in the professions.
1. A. similar B. same C. different D. both A & B
2. A. method B. walk C. way D. path
3. A. changeful B. changeable C. unchanged D. Change
4. A. efficient B. efficiently C. efficiency D. inefficient
5. A. Industry B. Industrial C. Industrialize D. Industrialized
6. A. run B. walk C. move D. drive
7. A. largest B. biggest C. highest D. all are correct
8. A. more B. less C. few D. fewer
Exercise 11. Read the text and choose the correct answer.
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in
reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages.
There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. First, you can enjoy peace and
quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is
safer for young children.
However, there are certain disadvantages or drawbacks to life outside the city. First, because
there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find,
particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services means that it is
hard to find jobs.
In short, it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the
whole, it is often the best for those who are retired or who have young children. In contrast, young
people who have a career are better provided in the city.
1. According to the passage, living in the country has ____________.
A. only good points B. only bad points
C. both good and bad points D. no disadvantages
2. How many advantages does living in the country have?
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. No
3. Living in the country is safer for young children because ____________.
A. there is less traffic B. there are few shops
C. there are fewer people D. there are few services
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. People in the country tend to be friendlier than people in the city.
B. It's hard to find entertainment in the country.
C. There are fewer shops and services in the country.
D. The country is only suitable for retired people.
5. Having few friends is ____________.
A. one of drawbacks to life in the country
B. the only disadvantage to living in the country
C. one of certain drawbacks to life outside the city
D. one of certain advantages to life outside the city
Exercise 12. Read the text and answer the questions below.
Last week Nick and some of his classmates went to the countryside. They went to visit a farm of
Nick's uncle.
They left early in the morning and went there by bus. Nick's uncle, Mr. Brown met them at the
bus stop and took them to his farm. On the way, Uncle Brown showed them the field of wheat and
vegetables where some tractors were running up and down, ploughing and breaking soil, distributing
manure and planting potatoes. ,...
After lunch, they all went for a walk. In the large yard of the farm, they saw some farm
machines. Among them is the biggest machine which is called a combine harvester. They were told that
this machine can cut and thresh com at the same time.
In the afternoon, they went to the place where cattle such as horses, sheep and cows were raised.
They were very excited to see how cows were milked by the workers there. Uncle Brown also spoke
about many interesting things in the countryside. After having some fruits and cakes, they said goodbye
and went home.
1. How did Nick and his classmates go to Uncle Brown's farm?
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. What does his uncle grow on his farm?
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. What can a tractor do?
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. What is typical of a combine harvester?
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Which kinds of cattle are raised on Uncle Brown's farm?
__________________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 13. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings. Use the right
comparative forms of the words in brackets.
1. Hung drives more carefully than his brother. (carefully)
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. The laboratory in my school is now better equipped than some years ago. (badly)
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Nam works more lazily so he often gets worse marks than Quang. (hard, good)
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Trung drives more carefully than Minh so he has rarely had an accident. (carelessly)
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Going by taxi is faster than going by bus but it costs more than a bus. (slow, little)
__________________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 14. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings. Use the
comparative form with less.
E.g: Ann speaks French more fluently than James.
‡ James speaks French less fluently than Ann.
1. This summer I go to the beach more often than last summer.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. This cake is more freshly made than that one.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. Jim behaves more politely than his younger brother.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Teenagers act more violently these days than in the past.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. Your mother is more patient than my mother.
__________________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 15. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings.
E.g: This exercise is easier than that one.
That exercise is more difficult than this one.
1. Mr. Smith is wealthier than Mr. Brown.
‡ Mr. Brown
2. My house is smaller than my parent's house.
‡ My parent's house
3. The black dress is more expensive than the red one.
‡ The red dress
4. Today it is colder than yesterday.
‡ Yesterday
5. I don't think you are taller than me.
‡ I don't think I
6. Is Jim worse at Math than John?
‡ Is John
7. Jim looks much younger than his classmates.
‡ Jim's classmates
8. Your hair is longer than mine.
‡ My hair
9. My sister speaks more quickly than me.
‡ I speak
10. Mary drives more carefully than Tony.
‡ Tony drives
UNIT 2 LIFE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE
PRONOUNCIATION
Short vowel /ə/ Short vowel /ɪ/
Banana /bəˈnænə/ Dinner /ˈdɪnər/

1. "a" được phát âm là /ə/
Examples Transcription Listen Meaning
banana /bəˈnænə/ quả chuối
sofa /ˈsəʊfə/ ghế bành
apartment /əˈpɑːtmənt/ căn hộ
separate /ˈsepərət/ chia rẽ
changeable /ˈtʃeɪndʒəbļ/ có thể thay đổi được
balance /ˈbæləns/ cân bằng
explanation /ˌekspləˈneɪʃən/ sự giải thích
capacity /kəˈpæsəti/ sức chứa
national /ˈnæʃnəl/ thuộc về quốc gia
magnanimity /ˌmæɡnəˈnɪməti/ lòng quảng đại
2. "e" được phát âm là /ə/
answer /ˈænsər/ trả lời
mother /ˈmʌðə(r)/ mẹ
silent /ˈsaɪlənt/ im lặng
open /ˈəʊpən/ mở ra
prudent /ˈpruːdənt/ thận trọng

generous /ˈdʒenərəs/ quảng đại, độ lượng
different /ˈdɪfərənt/ khác nhau
sentence /ˈsentəns/ câu văn
punishment /ˈpʌnɪʃmənt/ trừng phạt
3. "o" được phát âm là /ə/
atom /ˈætəm/ nguyên tử
bosom /ˈbʊzəm/ lòng, tâm trí
compare /kəmˈpeə(r)/ so sánh
control /kənˈtrəʊl/ kiểm soát
continue /kənˈtɪnjuː/ tiếp tục
freedom /ˈfriːdəm/ sự tự do
handsome /ˈhænsəm/ lịch sự, hào hoa
random /ˈrændəm/ tình cờ, ngẫu nhiên
rancorous /ˈræŋkərəs/ hay thù oán, hiềm khích
pardon /ˈpɑːdən/ sự tha lỗi
cordon /ˈkɔːdən/ vòng đai, vòng cấm địa
4. "u" được phát âm là /ə/
upon /əˈpɒn/ bên trên
picture /ˈpɪktʃə(r)/ bức tranh
suggest /səˈdʒest/ gợi ý
surprise /səˈpraɪz/ ngạc nhiên
5. "ou" được phát âm là /ə/
famous /ˈfeɪməs/ nổi tiếng

dangerous /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/ nguy hiểm
anxious /ˈæŋkʃəs/ lo âu
Những trường hợp phát âm là /ɪ/

1. “a” được phát âm là /ɪ/ khi đối với những danh từ có hai âm tiết và có tận cùng bằng "age"
village /’vɪlɪdʒ/ làng xã
cottage /’kɔtɪdʒ/ nhà tranh, lều tranh
shortage /’ʃɔːtɪdʒ/ tình trạng thiếu hụt
baggage /’bægɪdʒ/ hành lý trang bị cầm tay
courage /’kʌrɪdʒ/ lòng cam đảm
damage /’dæmɪdʒ/ sự thiệt hại
luggage /’lʌgɪdʒ/ hành lý
message /’mesɪdʒ/ thông điệp
voyage /'vɔɪɪdʒ/ cuộc du lịch
passage /’pæsɪdʒ/ sự đi qua, thông qua
2. “e” được phát âm là /ɪ/ trong tiếp đầu ngữ “be”, “de” và “re”
begin /bɪ’gɪn/ bắt đầu
become /bɪ’kʌm/ trở nên
behave /bɪˈheɪv/ cư xử
decide /dɪ’saɪd/ quyết định
dethrone /dɪ’θroun/ phế vị, truất phế
renew /rɪ’njuː/ đổi mới
return /rɪˈtɜːrn/ trở về, hoàn lại
remind /rɪˈmaɪnd/ gợi nhớ

3. “i” được phát âm là /ɪ/ trong từ có một âm tiết và tận cùng bằng một hoặc hai phụ âm i +
phụ âm
win /wɪn/ chiến thắng
miss /mɪs/ nhớ
ship /ʃɪp/ thuyền, tầu
bit /bɪt/ miếng nhỏ, một mẩu
sit /sɪt/ ngồi
kit /kɪt/ đồ đạc, quần áo
din /dɪn/ tiếng ồn ào (cười nói)
dim /dɪm/ mờ ảo, không rõ
grin /grɪn/ cười toe toét
him /hɪm/ nó, ông ấy
twin /twɪn/ sinh đôi
4. "ui" được phát âm là /ɪ/
build /bɪld/ xây cất
guilt /gɪlt/ tội lỗi
guinea /’gɪni/ đồng tiền Anh (21 shillings)
guitar /gɪ'tɑːr/ đàn ghi ta
quilt /kwɪlt/ nệm bông
quixotic /kwɪk’sɔtɪk/ có tính anh hùng rơm
equivalent /ɪˈkwɪvələnt/ tương đương
colloquial /kə'ləʊkwɪəl/ thuộc về đối thoại
1. A. fruit B. building C. juice D. suitable

2. A. village B. cottage C. marriage D. massage
3. A. about B. today C. apart D. alive
4. A. although B. plough C. country D. though
5. A. architect B. change C. children D. watch
6. A. country B. cloud C. loudly D. mouse
7. A. camel B. cattle C. paddy D. buffalo
8. A. populated B. loaded C. harvested D. lived
9. A. fields B. flowers C. lemons D. parks
10. A. normal B. visitor C. transport D. chore
1. A. hotel B. swallow C. improve D. survive

2. A. eventual B. devastate C. admirable D. different
3. A. brother B. machine C. mother D. beauty
4. A. decorate B. family C. festival D. tradition
5. A. blanket B. invite C. replace D. exchange
6. A. cultivate B. develop C. celebrate D. decorate
7. A. competition B. invitation C. nation D. conservation
8. A. librarian B. bamboo C. develop D. cultural
9. A. festival B. resource C. station D. history
10. A. statue B. important C. devote D. begin
VOCABULARY
catch (v) /kætʃ/ đánh được, câu được (cá)
cattle (n) /ˈkætl/ gia súc
combine harvester /ˈkɒmbaɪn ˈhɑːvɪstə/ máy gặt đập liên hợp
crop (n) /krɒp/ vụ, mùa

cultivate (v) trồng trọt
dry (v) phơi khô, sấy khô
feed (v) /fːd/ cho ăn
ferry (n) /ˈferi/ phà
harvest (n, v) vụ thu hoạch, vụ gặt, gặt hái, thu hoạch
herd (v) /hɜːd/ chăn giữ vật nuôi
hospitable (adj) /ˈhɒspɪtəbl/, mến khách, hiếu khách

/hɒˈspɪtəbl/
lighthouse (n) /ˈlaɪthaʊs/ đèn biển, hải đăng
load (v) /ləʊd/ chất, chở
milk (v) vắt sữa
orchard (n) /ˈɔːtʃəd/ vườn cây ăn quả
paddy field (n) /ˈpædi ˌfːld/ ruộng lúa
picturesque (adj) /ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/ đẹp, hấp dẫn (phong cảnh)
plough (v) /plaʊ/ cày (thửa ruộng)
speciality (n) /ˌspeʃiˈæləti/ đặc sản
stretch (v) /stretʃ/ kéo dài ra
milking cow combine harvester lighthouse orchard
paddy field ploughing a field cattle buffalo-drawn cart
combine harvester lighthouse orchard

milking cow
paddy field ploughing a field cattle buffalo-drawn cart
Task 2. Match the word or phrase with its definition.
1. buffalo drawn cart 1-C A. pleased to welcome guests, generous and

friendly to visitors.
2. harvest time 2-H B. land covered with grass where sheep, cows,
horses, etc
3. paddy field 3_G C. a vehicle with two or four wheels pulled by

buffalo
4. cattle 4-E D. extremely large in area, size,…
5. pasture 5_B E. cows and bulls that are kept as farm animals
6. hospitable 6_A F. a high mountainous area of a country
7. vast 7-D G. a field in which rice is grown
8. highlands 8-F H. the time of year when crops are cut and collected
from the fields
9. dairy products 9-J I. having received good or thorough training
10. well- trained 10-I J. food made from milk, such as butter and cheese
buffalo drawn cart harvest time pasture beehive dairy products

paddy field cattle orchard highlands picturesque
If you want to gather honey, don’t kick over the _ beehive .

Horses are grazing in the pasture .
He helped his uncle load hay onto a buffalo drawn cart .
Mongolia’s nomads live in a traditional tent called ger .
We saw lots of lush rice paddy fields on the way to the village.
In the countryside, farmers live by growing trees are picking fruits in the
orchard.
A boy was driving the herd of cattle to the pasture.
It is harvest time , and all the farmers are very busy.
The area aroud the village is famous for its _picturesque landscape.
The doctor told me to eat less red meat and dairy products
Task 4. Put the words in the box in the correct rows
strawbrries a fence sheep flowers rice straw

a tent a building cattle
a bike roses buffaloes a motorcycle cows lettuces a poster stamps goats
ride herd collect pick put up

a donkey, a sheep, cattle, hay, rice straw, strawberries, a fence, a tent, a
horse, a camel, a buffaloes, cows, grass, rainwater, flowers, grapes, building, a
bike, a goats stamps roses, lettuces memorial, a
motorcycle poster
1. Iceland is considered the most peaceful (PEACE)

country in the world.
2.My brother has been a stamp collector for several (COLLECT)
years.
3. Drinking water in some areas may be unsafe (SAFE)
4. During my stay in the village, I was friendly with (FRIEND)
several local farmers.
5. Encouraging children to eat and drink healthily (HEATH)
is very important.
6. Local people in the village often wear their traditional (TRADITION)
costumer during the festivals.
7. Please give generously to that charity to help the homeless (GENEROUS)
after the flood.
8. People in my country are very open and friendly _____. I like to (FRIEND)
go there when I have free time.
9. Some people say that the country is more _ suitable ____ for the (SUIT)
people who are retired.
10.Natural disasters can _ early _____ destroy a harvest and leave (EASY)
the farmers with little or no money until the following year.
GRAMMAR
1. Comparative form of adjectives or adverbs (Dạng so sánh hơn của tính từ hoặc trạng từ)
1.1. Đối với tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn
Tính từ/ trạng từ ngắn là những tính từ/ trạng chỉ có 1 âm tiết hoặc những tính từ/ trạng từ
có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là y, er, ow, et.
S + be/ V + adj+er/ adv+er + than + ...
Ví dụ:
Winter is colder than summer.
Mùa đông lạnh hơn mùa hè.
They are happier than their friends.
Họ hạnh phúc hơn bạn của họ.
She runs faster than her friend.
Cô ấy chạy nhanh hơn bạn của cô ấy.
Chú ý:
Cách thêm đuôi er vào sau adj/adv ngắn

•Những tính từ/ trạng từ tận cùng là “e” thì ta chỉ thêm “r”: larger,
wider...
• Những tính từ/ trạng từ có tận cùng là 1 phụ âm mà trước đó là 1
nguyên âm thì ta gấp đôi phụ âm cuối:
Ví dụ: hotter, bigger...
•Những tính từ/ trạng từ tận cùng là “y” mà trước đó là 1 phụ âm
thì chuyển “y” thành “ier”:
Ví dụ: happier, noisier
1.2. Đối với những tính từ/ trạng từ dài

Tính từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên trừ những trường hợp ngoại lệ ở trên được coi là tính từ dài.
S + be/ V + more + adj/ adv + than + ...
This hotel is more beautiful than that hotel.

Khách sạn này đẹp hơn khách sạn kia.
Your pen is more expensive than my pen.
Cây bút của bạn đắt tiền hơn cây bút của tớ.
She dances more beautifully than me.
Cô ấy nhảy đẹp hơn tôi.
Một số trạng từ ngắn có cách viết giống hệt tính từ như: long,
Chú ý:fast, low, late, hard, wide, high, early
close,
Dạng so sánh bất quy tắc
No. Adjective/ adverb Comparative
1. good/ well better
2. bad/ badly worse
3. much/ many more
4. far farther/ further
5. little less
Task 1. Choose the correct answers.
1. This exam was easier/ more easy than old one.

2. Vung Tau is interesting/ more interesting than Nha Trang.
3. She is prettier/ more pretty than Nina.
4. She is lazier/ more lazy than I am.
5. The well is deeper/ more deep than I think.
6. I love this bag because it is comfortabler/ more comfortable.
7. This film is boringer/ more boring than I expect.
8. He is taller/ more tall than I am.
9. Bikes are cheaper/ more cheap than cars.
10. A new house is expensiver / more expensive than an old one.
Task 2. Underline the correct form of the word.
We’ve all been working very hard / hardly and now we’re tired
Our school Internet connection is really slow / slowly.
What’s the matter with him? He looks angry / angrily.
The children are playing quiet / quietly in the garden.
Rural areas are common / commonly known as the countryside or a village.
Nomadic children are very brave / bravely to learn to ride a horse at the age of five.
The sun is shining bright / brightly through the trees.
We all find living in the city very stressful / stressfully.
Don’t talk so fast / fastly– I can’t understand what you’re saying.
John was a kindly and generous / generously man.
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the comparative form of adverbs in the box. Add ‘than’ where
necessary
carefully hard quietly slowly healthily well badly quickly far fast
.
The teacher spoke . more slowly to help us to understand.
She answered all the questions better than the other students and she got a very
good mark.
The Spanish athlete ran _ faster than the other runners, so he won the race.
Jim threw the ball farther than Peter.
This street is crowded and narrow. Couldn’t you drive a bit more carefully ?
These days we are eating more healthily than ever before.
I did __ worse ________on the test than Mark did. He got an A+ and I just got an A.
Machines can help farmers harvest more quickly
Does more money make you work harder ?
You’re talking so loudly. Could you speak a bit more quietly , please?
Task 4. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form.
1.John adores playing (play) badminton in the winter

2.My father sometimes goes hunting (hunt) in the forests. He’d liketo find some more
food for our family.
3.The boy picked (pick) up a stone and threw it in to the river.
4.He collected (collect) stamps from many countries since he - was (be) eight.
5.Which sports do you like playing / to play (play)?
6. Hoa’s teacher wants her (spend) to spend more time on math.
7.I promise I (try) will try my best next semester.
8.Sandra needs (improve) to improve her English writing.
9.You should (underline) underline the word you want (learn) - to learn .
10. Can you help me (move) move/ to move this table?
11. Nam always (get) gets – grade A in Physics, but last semester he (get) got
B.
12. They were proud of (be) being so successful.
Task 5. There are ten mistakes in this passage. Find and correct them.
Last summer Tuan invited me go to his village in Thai Binh 1. Go -> to go

Province with his father.
It’s harvest time, so all people there were very busy. The villagers
got up very early and go to the field to cut rice, load it onto 2. Go ->went
buffalo-drawn carts or tractor and drove it home. Tuan’s father
helped his parents on the farm work. Tuan and I followed his father
3. On -> with
to go to the fields. There was so many space and I love the vast open
space, the fresh air and the feel of freedom in the countryside. We
4. Many -> much
would run around the fields and shout out loudly without disturbing
5. Feel ->Feeling
anybody. I have never saw any interesting place like this. In the
afternoon, some of Tuan’s cousins take us to the fields to fly kites – 6. Saw -> seen
It’s was so exciting!
In the next morning , Tuan and I went to the market with his 7. Take -> took
grandmother. There were many interesting thing there. Locals seld 8. Thing -> things
their home –made products and many fresh fruits such as bananas, 9. Sell -> sold
oranges, apples and they also sold animals such as chickens, geese,
ducks, cats, dogs and pigs. I enjoyed the atmosphere there.
The trip to the countryside gave me my first experience of farm 10. Dry -> drying
work: cutting rice, dry rice, planting vegetables, collecting potatoes.
It’s really unforgettable!
1. Farzana did poor on her algebra quiz because she couldn’t concentrate well.
A B C D
2. The test was more difficult than I expected. I could finish it at least 20 minutes early.
A B C D
3. Although the island has no clean water and electric, it attracts lots of tourists.
A B C D
4. The bee can easy sting anyone coming close to their beehives.
A B C D
5. I love farm work, such as digging holes, sowing seeds and I pick fruit.
A B C D
6. She is boring with the silent surrounding because she used to live in a big city.
A B C D
7. Life in the countryside is much peaceful and the life is also slower.
A B C D
8. Nomadic children learn riding a horse when they are very small.
A B C D
9. After a few weeks of lessons I could dance gracefully than before.
A B C D
10. Steve works more happy than he used to.
A B C D
1.B (poorly) 6. A (bored with)
2. A (less) 7. B (more)
3. C (electricity) 8. B (to ride)
4. A (easily) 9. C (more gracefully)
5. D (picking fruit) 10. B (happier)
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen to a woman sharing her thoughts about seasons in the countryside. Answer the
questions below:
1. What does she think about the

seasons in the countryside?
………… wonderful
2. Where does she think city dwellers
spend half their lives?
…… indoors or underground …
3. Are there a lot of changes from day to
day in the countryside?
……
Yes, there are
4. When do the farmers harvest the
crops?
……… before autumn
5. What does she say about the seasonal
food?
……………… tasty …………

1. City people are also interested in season changes in the countryside.F ...............
2. City people spend half their lives indoors or underground. T.............
3. The crops developed the fastest in spring and summer. F .............
4. Not everything changes when a new season comes. F .............
5. One wonderful thing about seasons is the seasonal food. T.............
Listening transcript:
I’m not sure how many people ever stop to think how wonderful four seasons are. I think
people who live in cities don’t care about the seasons. City people spend half their lives indoors
or underground. I live in the country and I love watching the seasons come and go. Every day is
different in the countryside. I love watching the crops grow in the fields. I watch them push
their way up from the ground in the spring and then grow tall in the summer sun. Just before
autumn arrives, the farmers harvest them and then winter comes. Seasons means it’s like living
in a new place every four months. Everything changes. One wonderful thing about seasons is
the seasonal food you get. There’s always something tasty that’s just come in season.
SPEAKING
1.Which is better, city life or rural life? 1-e a. Yes, there are some.
2.From whom did you learn to make kites? 2-c b. At harvest time
3.Where can you fly a kite in your village? 3-g c. My father.
4.Why do you store the hay? 4-f d. Its peacefulness.
5.Do you think country people are friendlier? 5-h e. Both have pros and cons.
6.When would you like to visit the 6-b f. To feed our cattle
countryside?
7.Are there any street markets in your 7-a g. In dry paddy fields.
hometown?
8. What do you love most about countryside? 8-d h. Yes. They’re also happier
Task 2. Complete the conversation with the sentences from the box.
Thang: Thang speaking.
Tony: (1) Hi Thang. It’s Tony. How is your stay there?
Thang: Hi Tony! It’s very exciting here. I’m having a wonderful time.
Tony: (2) What are you doing?
Thang: Lots of interesting things. Yesterday we went swimming in a river.
Tony: (3) Really? Who did you go swimming with?
Thang: My cousins and their friends. We played and swam for 2 hours.
Tony: (4) Two hours? Wow! It must be fun?
Thang: Yeah. Then we rode a buffalo cart to home. Fantastic!
Tony: (5) I’m so envious of you! I wish I could ride that cart.
Thang: Tomorrow afternoon we’re going to fly kites together. It’s even more exciting, I
think.
Tony: Sure. (6) Have you got lots of new friends there?
Thang: Yes. I made friends with many local boys. They’re very friendly.
Tony: (7) But where can you fly kites?
Thang: There are lots of open fields nearby. They’re great places to fly a
kite.
Tony: (8) Sounds great! I wish I could join...
Thang: Well, I wish you were here Tony.
READING
1. Where does the writer come from?

The writer comes from a small village............................................
2. Does he like living in a big city?
No, he doesn’t..................................................................................
3. Why does he prefer village life?
He prefers village life because it’s very quiet. ................................
4. How does he think about the people in his village?
He thinks the people in his village are friendly. ..............................
5. According to the writer, what is the disadvantage of living in the village?
The disadvantage of living in the village is transport. ....................
Many people enjoy living in a big city because they think life is more exciting there.
However, I come from a small village and in my view, there are lots of benefits. The main
reason I prefer village life is because it’s very quiet, so I always feel calm when I’m here.
Another reason is that the air is so fresh and clean. We have more green spaces and
bigger gardens, too. In addition, I think the people here are friendlier. Personally, I’m
interested in wildlife photography, so the countryside is perfect for me.
The only downside is transport. I have an early start for a long Journey to school in Faro
and the school bus is always stopping to pick up more people. Also, it’s boring sometimes,
but I enjoy chatting to my friends. Fortunately, I’m learning to ride a moped. On balance,
I disagree that city life is better, as I think my village lifestyle is healthier and more relaxing.
In spite of that, some of my friends couldn’t cope with life in the country, so it comes down
to personal opinion
Task 2. Choose the correct answer for each gap to complete the following passage.
My parents are farmers. They work very (1) ______ on the paddy fields. They usually get (2)
______Very early in the morning. After (3) _____ breakfast, they feed the buffaloes, pigs,
chickens, ducks and they (4) _____ the eggs. From about eight, they work on the field. They (5)
______ rice but their (6) ______ is vegetables. From eleven thirty to one thirty, they rest and have
lunch. They continue to work until five in the afternoon then they come back home. My mother (7)
______the animals again while my father (8)______ the buffalo shed and the chicken coop. They
usually finish their work at about six thirty. Twice a week, my mother (9) _______the vegetables
and eggs to the town market to sell them then she often buys the things we need for our daily life.
She also (10) _____ me a small present each time.
1. A. hard B. hardly C. harder D. hardest
2. A. on B. off C. up D. in
3. A. to have B. having C. have D. had
4. A. take B. see C. have D. collect
5. A. plant B. water C. grow D. cut
6. A. period B. crop C. time D. harvest
7. A. leads B. feeds C. gives D. calls
8. A. cleans B. washes C. polishes D. clears
9. A. makes B. takes C. carries D. brings
10. A. buying B. buys C. to buy D. bought
Task 3. Fill in 11.

each blank with a word from the box
outdoor around peaceful boring isolated possible polluted
Nowadays, some people choose to live and work in the countryside. New ways of
working, such as online working, have made it (1) possible for more people to live
there. There are both advantages and disadvantages to living in the countryside.
On the one hand, life in the countryside is very (2) peaceful . There are less cars and thatmeans
that there is less noise, and that it is less (3) polluted. Furthermore, there is more land available in
the countryside, and people can often live in bigger houses or flats than in cities. Finally, it is easier
to do a lotof (4) outdoor
activities such as walking or cycling if youlive in the countryside. On the other hand, life in
the countryside can be (5) boring . There are fewer restaurants,
cinemas and shops to go to. Moreover, there is little public transport, which makes it
difficult to get (6) around if you don’t have a car. Finally, you can feel (7)
isolated if you live a long way from other people.
In (8) conclusion , there are both pros and cons to living in the countryside. However,
in my opinion, the peacefulness of the countryside makes it a very attractive option
Task 4. Read the passage. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
If you had your own apple orchard, it means you have a busy, year-around job. Apple
growers schedule tasks all year long in order to have a good harvest in the fall and to get the apples to
your grocery store while they are still fresh. Early in the spring, you will be out in the orchard fertilizing
the trees and planting new trees. Maybe you are just replacing a few old trees that no longer produce
many apples, or maybe you are adding rows of trees to enlarge your orchard or to try a new variety of
apples. Soon the trees begin to show their pink and white blooms. Don’t spend too much time admiring
the flowers! You need to rent some bee hives to pollinate all of your trees. You don’t want your trees to
grow lots of tiny apples. You want to grow nice big ones, so after the blooms fade you start checking
your trees to see if the buds need to be thinned. Maybe you will thin them by hand, or maybe you will
use chemicals to do the job.
1. Apple growers always have things to do with their apple orchard. F .........................
2. Apples are harvested in the fall and brought to the stores after that season.T ..........................
3. Apple growers use fertilizers for apples trees. F .........................
4. After each harvest season, all apple trees are replaced with new ones. T.........................
5. Thinning the buds will bring about big apple trees. F .........................
WRITING
Task 1. Rewrite the sentences of comparison
1. Her old house is bigger than her new one.

[ Her new house is smaller than the old house.
2. No one in my class is taller than Peter.
[ Peter is the tallest person in my class. .............................................................
3. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.
[ The white dress is cheaper than the black one.................................................
4. According to me, English is easier than Maths.
[ According to me, Maths is more difficult than English...................................
5. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary.
[ Mary is the most intelligent person in my group.............................................
6. No river in the world is longer than the Nile.
[ The Nile is the longest river in the world. .......................................................
7. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
[ No mountain in the world is as high as Mount Everest. ..................................
8. This is the first time I have ever met such a pretty girl.
[ She is the prettiest girl I have ever met............................................................
9. He works much. He feels tired.
[ The more he works, the more tired he feels.....................................................
10. This computer works better than that one.
[ That computer doesn’t work as well as this computer.....................................
Task 2. Put the words or phrases in the correct order.
1. I say/ people/ it / is/ Some/ for/ better/ children/ that/ in the city/ to/ than/ grow up/ in the
countryside.
Some people say that it is better for children to grow up in the city than in the countryside.
2. in/ Is/ the country/ living/ healthier/ living/ much/ in/ than/ the city?
Is living in the country much healthier than living in the city?
3. because/ the air/ People/ living/ fresh/ the villages/ enjoy/ is/ clean/ in/ and.
People enjoy living in the villages because the air is clean and fresh.
4. We/ onto / load/ helped/ buffalo drawn carts/ the farmers/ the rice.
We helped the farmers load the rice onto buffalo drawn carts.
5. changed/ in/ has/ a lot/ ten/ over/ Life/ the/ countryside/ past/ the/ years.
Life in the countryside has changed a lot over the past ten years.
6. In/ children/ the city/ play/ the countryside/ freely/ than/ more/ in.
In the countryside, children play more freely than in the city.
7. learn/ a/ Nomadic/ horse/ when/ to/ children/ they/ small/ are/ ride.
Nomadic children learn to ride a horse when they are small.
8. jobs/ many/ formers/ Unlike/ depend/ other/ the/ heavily/ weather/ on.
Unlike many other jobs, farmers depend heavily on the weather.
Task 2. Write a paragraph about how the countryside has changed from the past.
You should base on the suggestions below:

Think about the changes in terms of:
- Farming practices - Environment
- Housing & Infrastructure - Traditions
- Traffic - Recreation life
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
TEST FOR UNIT 2

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each
question.
1. A. adore B. addict C. bracelet D. leisure
2. A. event B. weird C. netlingo D. detest
3. A. virtual B. unique C. steal D. waterwheel
4. A. speciality B. activity C. satisfactory D. creativity
5. A. Internet B. cultural C. socialise D. communicate
6. Collecting honey from the __________ requires a lot of skills.
A. beehive B. beenest C. beehouse D. beehome
7. We are very sorry for any ________ caused by our late delivery.
A. convenient B. convenience C. inconvenient D. inconvenience
8. In some rural areas, it’s difficult to find _______ in a house.
A. electric appliances B. electricity appliances
C. electrical appliances D. electrician appliances
9. The villager’s _______ saved the travellers from starving.
A. generosity B. generosy C. generousity D. generousness
10. Do not __________! They are doing a very important project.
A. disturb B. annoy C. play D. make fun
11. People living a __________ life have to move a lot.
A. moving B. stable C. nomadic D. commuting
12. __________ fruits in a farm is one of the most popular part-time job among students studying
abroad.
A. Picking B. Doing C. Taking D. Finding
13. Children in the countryside are used to _________ cattle in the field.
A. walking B. herding C. following D. raising
14. A/An ___________ area of that forest – about more than 1000 hectares – was destroyed in the
fire.
A. vast B. tiny C. small D. inconsiderable
15. __________ kite is one of the most popular outdoor activities among children in the
countryside.
A. Doing B. Singing C. Flying D. Using
Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the part in eac of the following
sentences.
16. It easy to get on well with neighbourhood in the countryside. People are all friendly and willing
to help each other.
A. to work together with B. to be a helpful friend of
C. to have a friendly relationship with D. to exchange goods with
17. The baby is sleeping sound in her mother’s arms.
A. deeply and peacefully B. easily to wake up C. sensibly D. safely
18. People in this village are all skilful craftsmen. Their products are qualified for the European
market.
A. professional B. amateur C. intelligent D. fast
A. outgoing B. anti-social C. lovely D. unfriendly
20. The King was not brave enough to protect his kingdom and let the monster take the Princess
away.
A. courageous B. confident C. strong D. coward
21. Sunny sings the song __________ than Jessie does.
A. more well B. better C. more good D. best
22. Today, Ly came to class _________ than she did yesterday.
A. earlier B. more earlily C.more early D. too earlier
23. Is living in the countryside _________ than living in the city?
A. much convenient B. more convenient
C. most convenient D. too convenient
24. The storm is becoming __________ than it was yesterday.
A. severe B. severely C. more severe D.more severely
25. The cake tastes ___________ than we expected
A. delicious B. more delicious C. deliciously D.more deliciously
26. She is trying to work _________ for her upcoming exam.
A. more hardly B. hardly C. hardlier D. harder
27. It seems to be _________ idea so far
A. most brilliant B. more brilliant
C. the most brilliant D. the more brilliant
28. Tiffany dances so _________ that nobody thinks that she’s actually a vocalist.
A. well B. good C. badly D. bad
29. Girls’ Generation is considered one of the ______ Asian girl groups in the 21st century.
A. successful B.more successful C. most successful D. the most successful
30. Goldfish band looks cute but they sing live much _________ than I thought.
A. bad B. badly C. worse D. more badly
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
31. The stage was lighted (A) brighter (B) than it was (C) according (D) to the plan
brighter (B) => more brightly
32. Farmers nowadays apply (A) more (B) modern techniques on the farm so that their work
becomes less (C) harder (D) than before.
Harder (D) => hard
33. My dad has been(A) a(B) stamp collection (C) for more (D) than 20 years.
Collection (C) => collector
34. Traditional (A) people in this mountainous (B) area live (C) a nomadic (D) life.
Traditional (A) => Traditionally
35. After the harvesting (A) time, the farmers load (B) the drawn-buffalo (C) cart with(D) hay.=>
buffalo – draw
City life has its advantages and disadvantages and so does country life; however, there
seems to be an increased interest in the country, especially among young families. If you are
thinking about moving to the country as well but are not sure if it is a good idea, it may help to
look at the benefits of country life. In the country, you are woken up by the singing of the birds
rather by the noise from the traffic. Homes in the countryside are surrounded by nature which has a
shooting effect on both the mind and the body. Due to virtual absence of cars and factories, you
will not be breathing any potentially toxic fumes in the country. Clean air is one of the main
advantages of country life over city dwelling. In the country, everyone knows everyone and people
actually say ‘hello’. Communities in the country are much smaller but they are more connected and
open. People in the country are really friendlier and are prepared to help without asking anything in
return.
(Source: Adapted
from Country life)
T F
36. More and more young families like living in the countryside. T
37. Communities in the city are much smaller than those in the city. F
38. In the countryside, birds’ singing is very noisy. F
39. There are not many cars and factories in the countryside. T
40. In the countryside, you shouldn’t pay money when being helped. F
questions below.
With the habit of working in teams and being helpful to one other, villagers usually earn
their living from farming, raising livestock and making handicrafts. They live in a small
community with a temple or a communal cultural house where great events, such as festivals
worshipping the village god and traditional games are organized. Villagers in the Southern usually
live in houses lined up along central road and built on stilts to keep above flood waters. Along the
coastal lines, fishermen depend on the sea as a means of livelihood. In the Central of Vietnam, a
place suffering lots of natural disasters all the year round, citizens tend to be more studious and
hard-working than those in regions with favourable conditions. People in the central highlands and
the northern mountains live by growing rice, rubber trees coffee and tea as well as hunting.
(Source:
Adapted from Vietnam Travel Center)
41. Which can be the topic of the passage?
A. Villagers across the country B. Villagers around the world
C. Vietnamese life in the countryside D. Vietnamese life in the city
42. Which activity is NOT MENTIONED as a way for villagers to earn their livings?
A. Farming B. Fishing C. Studying D. Hunting
43. Why do Southern villagers need to build their houses on stilt?
A. To protect the house from being attacked by wild animals
B. To protect the house from being flooded
C. To protect the house from earthquakes
D. To protect the house from evil things
44. Which sentence is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. There are many disasters in the Central of Vietnam
B. Houses in the Southern part of Vietnam often
C. People in the Northern Mountainous earn their livings by hunting
D. Villagers often work individually
45. Which explanation has the closest meaning to the word “studious” in the passage?
A. spending a lot of time studying B. lacking of academic knowledge
C. being lazy in studying D. being very intelligent
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) which has closest meaning to the one given.
46. Have you got any better hat than this one?
A. Is this one the worse hat you’ve got?
B. Is this one the best hat you’ve got?
C. Is this one the better hat than this one?
D. Is that one the better hat than this one?
47. This is the most luxurious house I’ve ever seen.
A. I’ve never seen a more luxurious than this.
B. I’ve never seen the most luxurious house than this.
C. I’ve seen a more luxurious house than this.
D. I’ve seen a more luxurious house than this.
48. He was the cleverest thief of all times.
A. All thieves are cleverer than him.
B. All thieves are less clever than him.
C. No thieves are clever except for him.
D. No thieves are less clever than him.
49. Nam is more attractive story teller than Mai.
A. Nam tells stories more attractively than Mai.
B. Nam tells more attractive stories than Mai does.
C. Mai tells more attractive stories than Nam does.
D. Mai tells stories less attractively than Nam does.
50. Ronaldo plays better than anybody in the team.
A. Ronaldo is good at playing in team.
B. Ronaldo is the best player in the team.
C. No one plays worse than Ronaldo in the team.
D. Everybody plays better than Ronaldo in the team.
_____The end_____
.
UNIT 3 TEENAGERS
PRONOUNCIATION
/ʊə/) /ɔɪ/
tʊərɪst/ / ɔɪnt/
Identify the vowels which are pronounced /ʊə/ (Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là
/ʊə/)
1. "oo" được phát âm là /ʊə/ trong những từ có một âm tiết mà tận cùng bằng"r"
Examples Transcription Meaning
boor /bʊə(r)/ người cục mịch, thô lỗ
moor /mʊə(r)/ buộc, cột (tàu thuyền)
poor /pʊə(r)/ nghèo
spoor /spʊə(r)/ dấu vết
2. "ou" có thể được phát âm là /ʊə/

tour /tʊə(r)/ cuộc du lịch
tourist / t ər st/ khách du lịch
tournament / t ənəmənt/ cuộc đấu thương trên ngựa
II .Identify the vowels which are pronounced /ɔɪ/(Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát âm là
/ɔɪ/)
"oi" và "oy" thường được phát âm là /ɔɪ/.
boy cậu bé, chàng trai

coin đồng tiền
foil /f l/ lá (kim loại)
toil /t l/ công việc khó nhọc
voice giọng nói
enjoy / / thích thú, hưởng thụ
oil / l/ dầu
boil sôi, sự sôi
toy đồ chơi
joy sự vui mừng, hân hoan
point điểm, vấn đề
destroy phá hủy
hoist nhấc bổng lên, thang máy
Task 1. e contai g /ɔɪ/ or / / i correct col
ensure destroy secure plural boy

coin mature toilet enjoy boil
tourist loyalty usually detour tour
point rural endure punctual employer
voice spoil poison obscure poor
noise maturity furious rejoice disappointed
/ʊə/ /ɔɪ/
…………………………………… …………………………………
………………………… ……………………………
…………………………………… …………………………………
………………………… ……………………………
…………………………………… …………………………………
……………………….. ………………
……………………………………
1 A. notice B. surface C. contact D. effect

2 A. humid B. airmail C. discuss D. pancake
3 A. area B. comfort C. market D. concern
4 A. customer B. delicious C. grocery D. resident
5 A. organize B. discussion C. restaurant D. neighbor
6 A. buffalo B. recognize C. convenient D. cultural
7 A. community B. identify C. expensive D. socialize
8 A. primary B. practical C. official D. tropical
9 A. active B. commune C. diverse D. heritage
10 A. leisure B. minority C. exciting D. traditional
VOCABULARY
account (n) tài khoản
browse (v) /braʊz/ đọc lướt, tìm (trên mạng)
bully (v) / li/
bullying (n) sự bắt nạt
concentrate (v) / ntr / tập trung (vào)
connect (v) /kəˈnekt/ kết nối
craft (n) /krɑːft/ (nghề, đồ, kĩ nghệ) thủ công
enjoyable (adj) thú vị, gây hứng thú
expectation (n) / ekspek t sự mong chờ, kì vọng
focused (adj) / fə kəst/ chuyên tâm, tập trung
forum (n) / f rəm/ diễn đàn
log (on to) (v) /lɒɡ (ən tə)/ đăng nhập
mature (adj) chín chắn, trưởng thành
media (n) / midiə/ (phương tiện) truyền thông
midterm (adj) /m m/ giữa kì
notification (n) /ˌnəʊtɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/ sự thông báo

peer (n) /pɪə/ người ngang hàng, bạn đồng lứa
pressure (n) /ˈpreʃə/ áp lực
schoolwork (n) /ˈskuːlwɜːk/ bài làm trên lớp
session (n) /ˈseʃn/ tiết học
stress (n) /ˈstres/ căng thẳng
1… …… 2……. ….. 3……. ………….. 4. ………………..
5. . …….….…… 6………………. 7…………………. 8………………..
9…………..…… 10. …..…….. 11… …… 12. … …….…

pressure browsed logs forum bully
uploaded checked connects concentrate expectations
1. Our class has a(n) __ ______ , and we often post questions there to discuss.
2. I ______ the school website and found pictures of school activities.
3. He is a big __ and scares his weaker classmates.
4. Our teacher__a video of our last meeting in our forum for everyone to see.
5. We have __ _____ from our exams, peers, and parents. This makes us feel very stressed.
6. She with some old friends at the English club.
7. She was _chatting_ with her friends, so she couldn't_ _on the lesson.
8. Tom _ the notifications and saw some new posts.
9. Mi often_ _on to her Instagram account to chat with her friends.
10.We try to meet our parents’_________, but it is hard
A. an event or medium where people can exchange

1. leader
opinions and ideas on a particular issue
2. connect B. difficulties and worries that are caused by the need

to achieve or to behave in a particular way
C. the act of looking through a book, newspaper,

3. forum website, etc. without reading everything
D. to join together two or more things; to be joined

4. social media together
E. a person who uses their strength or power to

5. website frighten or hurt weaker people
6. teamwork F. the activity of working well together as a team
G.websites and software programs used for social

7. concentrate networking
H. a set of pages on the internet, where a company or

an organization, or an individual person, puts
8. pressure information
9. browse I. give all your attention to something and not think

about anything else
J. a person who leads a group of people, especially

10. bully the head of a country, an organization, etc.
1. Nga eats more than Tung does because she (HEALTHY)

likes fast food.
2. To meet her parents’ , she spends five hours practising the piano (EXPECT)
every day.
3. Viet Nam is a country with different (CULTURAL)

peoples, religions and traditions.
4. Most of the Central Highlands is . (MOUNTAIN)
5. I play chess to relax, and I'm now confident enough to enter (COMPETE)
_______.
6. The houses of many ethnic groups are used to worship (COMMUNE)

the ancestors.
7. To become friendlier, you should ___ with your (SOCIALISATION)

teammates.
8. I'm interested in ________ in some club activities. (PARTICIPATE )
9. Tom checked the ________ and saw some new posts (NOTICE)
10. Teenagers need _________ from their parents, but not all (ENCOURAGE)
parents are willing to encourage their children.
GRAMMAR
Simple sentence and Compound Sentences: Câu đơn và câu phức

Câu (sentence) là một đơn vị ngữ pháp gồm một nhóm các từ, ngữ có ý nghĩa hoàn chỉnh, thường
chứa chủ ngữ và vị ngữ, bao gồm một mệnh đề chính và đôi khi là một hoặc nhiều mệnh đề phụ.
Example:
- I go to school everyday.
-Ann watches videos on YouTube.
- I love Instagram.
Unit 3: Teenagers
1. Câu đơn (Simple sentence)
Câu đơn là cấu trúc câu đơn giản nhất trong tiếng Anh, bao gồm chỉ một chủ ngữ (subject) và chỉ
một vị ngữ (predicate).
Example:
-My brother ate a sandwich.
- Tom uses Facebook to connect with friends.
+ Câu đơn có thể có nhiều hơn một chủ từ hoặc nhiều hơn một động từ, nhưng chỉ diễn đạt
một ý chính duy nhất.
Example:
-John and Mary were sad.
-Smith ate noodles and drank coffee.
Khi viết tiếng Anh, chúng ta nên hạn chế dùng một chuỗi các câu đơn liên tiếp vì điều này sẽ làm
người đọc khó chịu, trừ khi người viết có chủ ý.
- Mary and Tom are playing tennis.
- John always goes jogging early in the morning.
2. Câu ghép – Compound Sentences
Câu ghép, hay còn gọi là câu tập hợp, là câu gồm hai hay nhiều mệnh đề độc lập có liên quan về
mặt ý nghĩa, được kết nối với nhau bằng một liên từ (conjunction) hoặc bằng một dấu chấm phẩy
(semicolon).
Có 3 cách để có thể kết nối các mệnh đề độc lập thành câu ghép
∑ Sử dụng 1 liên từ nối
- I enjoy playing tennis, but my sister enjoys playing badminton.
∑ Sử dụng một trạng từ nối
- I enjoy playing tennis; however, I hate playing badminton.
∑ Sử dụng dấu chấm phẩy (;)
- I enjoy playing tennis; I hate playing badminton
2.1 Câu ghép là câu được hình thành bởi hai hay nhiều mệnh đề độc lập. Các mệnh đề này được
nối với nhau bằng liên từ (FOR, AND, NOR, BUT, OR, YET).
Example:
+ I talked and he listened.
+ She plays chess very well, and she won the first prize last year.
+ Tom is a club member, but he never participates in any of the activities.
+ You should eat less fast or you can put on weight.
+ My mother does exercise every day, so she looks very young and fit.
** Chúng ta cần phải sử dụng dấu "," trước liên từ so, còn với các liên từ and / or but thì có thể có
dấu phẩy hoặc không.
-Helen is good at English, so she wants to become an English teacher.
-John loves going to the beach, however, he never plans on learning how to swim.
-The dog is barking and (the dog is) chasing after the theft.
-Claire and Amy sing and (Claire and Amy) dance.
*Các từ nối câu thường dùng:
1. For (vì): từ chỉ nguyên nhân.
- He drinks much water, for he is thirsty.
2. And (và): nối câu bổ sung ý nghĩa cho nhau.
- I like playing the guitar and I often go to the guitar club.
3. Nor (không...cũng không):
- Students don’t do homework, nor do they learn vocabulary.
4. But (nhưng): chỉ sự mâu thuẫn
- He is handsome but he is not smart.
5. Or (hoặc) chỉ sự lựa chọn
-You should study harder, or you will not pass the next exam.
6. So (vì vậy): chỉ kết quả của hành động trước đó
- He is sick, so he doesn't go to work today.
7. Yet (nhưng):
- He is rich, yet he isn’t mean.
2.2. Dùng trạng từ nối (conjunctive adverb): However; therefore, otherwise...
Dùng trạng từ nối để nối hai mệnh đề tạo thành câu ghép tiếng Anh cũng được khá nhiều người lựa
chọn hiện nay. Các trạng từ này thường đứng sau dấu phẩy và trước dấu chấm phẩy.
Example:
+ I enjoy playing tennis; however, I hate playing badminton.
+ I should be in a hurry; otherwise, you will be late.
+ She wanted to prepare for the exam; therefore, she turned off her mobile phone. .
Example:
Mark is hard-working; therefore, he usually gets high scores on exams.
2.3. Dùng dấu chấm phẩy
Khi hai mệnh đề để tạo nên câu ghép có quan hệ gần gũi với nhau, có thể tách riêng, đứng độc lập
thì chúng ta có thể liên kết chúng bằng dấu chấm phẩy (;)
Example:
+My sister is cooking; my mother is reading newspaper.
Lưu ý: Ta hoàn toàn không được dùng dấu phẩy để nối hai mệnh đề trong câu ghép khi không có
từ nối.
Task 1. Choose the correct words.
1. Some teenagers never join in any forums for help, (so / because) they prefer talking to their parents
about their problems.
2. In some forums teens can get advice from peers; (therefore / however), my friends often use those
forums to share their problems.
3. Many teenagers want to support needy people, (but/ so) they join community service projects.
4. Our students can participate in any club they like, (but /or) they shouldn’t try to join all the school
clubs at the same time.
5. Minh told his teachers about the school bullies; (therefore / otherwise), the bullies wouldn’t leave
him alone.
6. Parents should give teens some freedom, (but / so) they should also set limits.
7. We don't cheat on exams, (for / and) it is a wrong thing to do.
8. Lan wants to join the school music club;( however,/ therefore) she can't sing or play any
9. She wanted to prepare for the exam;( therefore,/ however,)she turned off her mobile phone.
10. He isn't a member of the chess club; ( therefore,/ otherwise,)He won't join the chess competition.
Task 2. Complete each sentence with a suitable word: and/ but/ or/ so/ for
1. I feel tired, ____I feel weak.

2. The Japanese eat healthily, _ ____they live for a long time.
3. I have flu, __ ___I don't feel very tired.
4. You should eat less fast food, _ ____you can put on weight.
5. You can go and see the doctor, ___ __you can go to bed now and rest.
6. The Japanese eat a lot of rice, _ ____they eat lots of fish, too.
7. I want to eat ice-cream, _____I have a sore throat
8. You should eat less fast food, ___ __you can put on weight.
9. The Americans often eat fast food, __ ___ many of them are overweight.
10. You can walk, _ ____ you can ride a bike to get there.
Task 3. Combine sentences, using appropriate coordinating conjunction in the box.
1. You may have an allergy. Be careful with what you eat and drink. (so)
…………………………………………………………………………….
2. Tom has a temperature. Tom has a sore throat. (and)
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. I want to buy other car. I have no money. (but)
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. It’s raining. I will stay at home and sleep. (so)
…………………………………………………………………………..
5. I pass the test. My parents took me to the cinema. (therefore)
……………………………………………………………………………..
6. I feel sleepy. I must finish the report. (however).
…………………………………………………………………………….
7. His shoes are worn. He has no socks. (for)
……………………………………………………………………………….
8. I wanted to buy a set of Lego. I started to save my money. (so)
……………………………………………………………………………….
9. I enjoy visiting many different countries. I wouldn’t want to live overseas. (yet)
……………………………………………………………………………….
10. I couldn’t go to your party. I was tired. (for)
……………………………………………………………………………………
Task 4. Write S for simple sentences and C for compound sentences
S/ C
1. We work together on different projects.
2. Teens need good friends and tolerant teachers at schools.
3. Teenagers are often very active and talkative.
4. He often chats with his friends on Facebook Messenger.
5. She is a smart student, and she is an active member of our club.
6. She plays chess very well, and she won the first prize last year.
7. Sports activities at school help me relax.
8. Teens should learn teamwork, and they should also have communication
skills.
9. My friends and I joined a sports competition last year.
10. He is a club member, but he never participates in any of the activities.
Task 5. Complete each sentence with a suitable word (However, Nevertheless, Therefore, …. )
1. He was getting late; , he managed to be on time.

2. John is rude; , nobody talks to him.
3. Some children didn’t get the sweets; , they enjoyed a lot.
4. He was badly hurt; _ , he recovered fast.
5. They scolded him for his choice; , he was a little sad.
6. He studies well; , he scores well.
7. Jack has much on hands experience; , he was not into the panel.
8. Students were not allowed to dance; , they enjoyed a lot.
9. Everybody wants to succeed; _, not everyone puts in the required effort.
10. Charlie must be driving back to home; , he is not receiving your call.
11.
Task 6. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it
1. We’ve listed lots of better things to do instead of surf the inernet.

A B C D
2. The clothing of one group is quite differently from that of other groups.
A B C D
3. When you play game online, be careful when you make friends to strangers.
A B C D
4. She goes to the dance club with her friends every evening Sunday.
A B C D
5. Han lives in an cottage house in Cuc Phuong national park.
A B C D
6. Playing team sports gives you much fun than individual sports.
A B C D
7. They found the games more difficulty to win than they had expected.
A B C D
8. Wonderful family days out are some of most special memories
A B C D
9. Co Tu people love to share with guests about their live and tradition.
A B C D
10. Do you know that an average person check Facebook over 30 hours a week?
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and decide if the statements below are true (T) or false (F).
1. Today's teenagers are growing up more slowly than previous generations……..….

2. The researchers said today's teenagers are taking shorter to do things their parents and
grandparents did……. …….
3.They are older when they go on their first date. ………..…………..
4. Less teenagers are spending longer living with their parents instead of renting their own
room or apartment. ………………..
4.The Internet is keeping teens on social media, looking at videos or playing games
instead of living in the "real world". ….…….
Task 2: Listen and fill in the blanks.
Our teenage years are __ difficult of our lives. This is the _______ childhood into
adulthood. So many things are happening to us. Our bodies change, _ _____and our whole life
changes. We have to learn to be independent, mature and responsible ____ years. We have to
take exams, get a job and perhaps start a family. That must __ shock for most teenagers.
____ independence is teenage behaviour. This is probably the most difficult part of parents’
lives. ____ all that sulking. It can _______ family life. People always think they really want
babies and children; no one ever says “I want a teenager”.
SPEAKING
A B
1. Can you play the guitar? 1- A. Really? You must be a fan of her
2. Look! My idol is coming. 2- B. Yes, I am.
3- C. The concert didn’t happen. I stayed at
3. I’ve bought many of her albums.
home.
4. He has won several awards, including 4-
D. A lot. I can’t count them now.
the Grammy.
5. What’s he good at? 5- E. Yes, a little. But I’m still learning it.
6. They show this program on TV five 6- F. Let’s go to the cinema.
times a day.
7- G. Yeah, I know. But you don’t have to
7. You’re a fan of jazz, aren’t you?
shout like that.
8. When did you get to the concert? 8- H. Wow! Did he go to music school?
9. I don’t know what to do this weekend. 9- I. Five times? That’s too much.
A. It meets on Thursdays, from 5:30 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.

B. I'm a member of the chess club.
C. Yes, that's one reason. Playing chess also teaches me to stay calm and solve problems.
D. It meets in the school hall, on the second floor.
E. Mr Tan. He was a chess champion at the national chess competition last year
Minh: Kate, so what club are you a member of?

Kate: (1)…………………………………………………………………
Minh: Great! I'd love to join it too. So, what time does it meet?
Kate: (2). )…………………………………………………………………
Minh: Where does it meet?
Kate: (3) )…………………………………………………………………
Minh: Who is the coach?
Kate: (4). )…………………………………………………………………
Minh: Is that the reason why you like to join this club?
Kate: (5) )…………………………………………………………………
READING
Social networking is a technology that is becoming more and more (1) —thesedays because of how
user-friendly it is. Social media websites like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and others (2)
_________ people to communicate with one another across distances. When we look at social
media's positive aspects, there (3)_______ several advantages. Despite these clear benefits, social
networking is viewed as one of society's most damaging forces. (4) _____ social media is not used
responsibly, it can have detrimental effects on a person who is using it. In conclusion, social
networking has both advantages and disadvantages. Social Media is (5). when used excessively but
useful if used____productively.
1. A. excited B.unpopular C. popular D. interesting
2. A. enable B. connects C. connecting D. cannot
3. A. is B. are C. isn’t D. aren’t
4. A. because B. Although C. If D. While
5.A. harmless B. better C. benefits D. harmful
Task 2. Read the passage. Circle the best answer A, B, or C to each of the questions
With approximately 2.96 billion users as of 2022, Facebook is undoubtedly one of the favoured
social networking sites in the globe. As for students, they use Facebook for different purposes,
social networking sites in the globe. As for students, they use Facebook for different purposes,
including entertainment or academic learning. First, it is a relaxing channel where students
comfortably tend to vent their negative thoughts on their school life via a status, share
unforgettable memories, or watch multiple funny clips to relieve stress. Additionally, they can
easily connect with those who have the same interests through various Facebook pages where they
enjoy reading top comments or discussing hot topics with each other. Second, Facebook, regarded
as the biggest knowledge platform, enables learners to get access to an array of free learning
materials and even ask for specialised knowledge from other friendly users. Besides, it's very
convenient for students to create a Facebook group chat on Facebook Messenger to upload and
share lectures, prepare for class presentations as well as do assignments together.
In short, Facebook can contribute to students' academic achievements if they take full advantage of
it in an appropriate way.
1. What is the passage mainly about?
1. The drawbacks of Facebook in student’s learning.
2. The benefits of Facebook in student’s learning.
3. The development of Facebook in student’s learning.
2. What does the word it in line 4 mean?
A. Facebook B.Entertainment C.School life
3. According to the passage, where can students find like-minded ones?
A. Facebook Messenger B. Facebook comments C. Facebook pages
4. Why is Facebook called the biggest knowledge platform?
A. Because students can gain a large number of free learning materials.
B. Because students can enjoy a large number of English videos.
C. Because students can talk to a large number of knowledgeable users there.
5. Which of the following is NOT the main purpose when students form a learning group
chat?
A. Preparing for class presentations.
B. Venting their negative thoughts on their school life.
C. Discussing hot topics with each other.
Task 3. Read the following passage and answer the questions.
Teen stress
Teenagers today live in a very competitive world. It is more important than ever to succeed at
school if you hope to have a chance in the job market afterwards. It's no wonder that many young
people worry about letting down their parents, their peers and themselves. To try to please
everyone, they take on too many tasks until it becomes harder and harder to balag e homework
assignments, parties, sports activities and friends result is that young people suffer from stress.
There are different ways of dealing with stress. Everyone knows that caffeine, in the form of coffee
or soft drinks, keeps you awake and a But caffeine is a drug which become addictive. In the end,
like other drugs, caffeine only leads ore stress. There are better ways to deal with stress: physical
exercise is a good release for stress, because it increases certain chemicals in the brain which calm
you down. You have to get enough sleep to avoid stress and to stay healthy and full of energy.
Another way to void stress is to manage your time effectively. It is better to do a few tasks really
well, than lots of tasks badly. Know your limits and try not to take on top much. Finally, if it all
gets beyond your control, don't panic or get hysterical. Find the time to sit down quietly and
breathe deeply for ten to twenty minutes. Do this regularly, and it will help you calm down and put
things into perspective.
1. Why do young people suffer from stress?
…………………………………………………………………..
2. Is caffeine only in the form of coffee?
…………………………………………………………………..
3. What does physical exercise increase in the brain?
…………………………………………………………………..
4. What is the benefit of getting enough sleep?
…………………………………………………………………..
5. How much time do you need to sit down quietly and breathe deeply?
………………………………………
Task 4. Read the passage decided if the statement is true (T) or false (F)
Stress is a normal part of teens' life; however, too much stress can be dangerous. When you face
stress, use some of these strategies to manage it.
Getting a good night's sleep: Teens need eight to ten hours of sleep a day, so get enough sleep. To
make it easier, keep your smartphone away from your bed.
Doing exercise: Doing enough physical exercise is important for teens. You should exercise for at
least 60 minutes a day.
Talking it out: Talk about your stress to an adult. This person can be your teacher, parent, or
someone you trust.
Writing about it: You can reduce your stress by writing down your problems. You can also write
about times you felt good and soon you will start to feel better.
Going outside: You will feel more relaxed if you spend some time in nature. Places with green
trees and fresh air will make you feel better.
1. The passage is about strategies to deal with stress. ----------------
2. Teens need ten to twelve hours of sleep a day A. 6 to 8. ----------------
3. Teens should spend no more than 60 minutes on daily exercise? ---------------
4. Teens may talk about their problems to someone they trust. ----------------
5. Teens can feel better when they get closer to nature. ---------------
WRITING
Task 1. Make sentences using the words and phrases below. You can add necessary words.
1.Teenagers/should/play/sport/keep fit
……………………………………………………………………………….
2. Teens/ may feel / stressed/when/ classmates / do better/ than them/school.
………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Some teens / participate / school clubs/make/new/ friends.
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. I/be/ interested/joining/ some club/ activities
…………………………………………………………………………………
5. Although / I play chess/relax, I/ be/ now/ confident enough/enter/competitions.
……………………………………………………………………………………
6. Some teens / feel / pressure / because / they/want/fit/ a group.
……………………………………………………………………………………
7. main causes / teen stress/include/peer pressure/ schoolwork pressure/pressure from parents.
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. Teenagers/ join the Teen Line/forum/ because/ enjoy/chat/ other teens.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
9. Teens/ not know/ how/ avoid bullies, but / they not want/ tell / their teachers.
……………………………………………………………………………………
10. You should/stop/ spend so much/time/play/ video games;/ otherwise, /you/ get addicted.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
Task 2. Use the conjunctions provided to connect the sentences.
1. Mai is the head of the music club. She knows the members very well. (SO)
……………………………………………………………………………..
2. Lan wanted to go to the party. She couldn't choose a suitable dress. (BUT)
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. Tom felt stressed. He tried to finish his homework. (HOWEVER)
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. We will have a short holiday. We will feel very stressed. (OTHERWISE)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Schoolwork causes teens a lot of pressure. They also feel pressure from their parents.
(AND)
…………………………………………………………………………………..
6. He is sick. He didn't attend the meeting. (THEREFORE)
……………………………………………………………………………..
7. He is a good student. He was also active in sports. (THEREFORE)
…………………………………………………………………………………
8. She loved children. She had no time to play with them. (HOWEVER)
……………………………………………………………………………….
9. Teachers should always talk to a sad child. He might need help. (FOR)
………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Ann is very tired. She helps her mother with the housework. (HOWEVER)
………………………………………………………………………………………………
Task 3. Use the suggested ideas. Write a short paragraph (80-100 words) about how your
classmates should deal with stress.
1. Turn off computers and smartphones.

2. Go to bed early and get enough sleep.
3. Talk with friends and teachers.
4. Do more exercise, ...
5. Avoid classmates that annoy them.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
TEST FOR UNIT 3
question.
1. A. buffalo B. village C. cottage D. shortage
2. A. ensure B. insure C. picture D. surely
3. A. avoid B. doing C. choice D. join
4. A. teenagers B. enoyment C. discus D. focus
5. A. stressful B. midterm C. pressure D. leader
6. The teacher asks the whole class to-----------------on studying
A. advise B. focus C. connect. D. coach
7. Most teenagers today have at least one social media -----------for entertainment and study
A. account B. leader C. midterm D. teenager
8. Ally tries to overcome the-------------- from her family by studying hard to get the best results.
A. media B. teamwork C. website D. pressure
9. According to many surveys, teenagers now find it interesting to----------- their short videos on
Tik Tok.
A. post B. Avoid C go D. check
10. Most of the students are associated with-------------------- or sports teams.
A. school clubs B. stress C. account D. pressure
11. After school, we sometimes post a few questions on the-------------- for discussion
A. bully B. forum C. competition D. notification
12. I log----------- to my Facebook account to post my photos and chat with everyone.
A. on B. about C.with D. at
13. It’s not a problem for the contestants to work under .
A. relax B. resting C. pressure D. pastime
14. To meet her parents’ , she spends five hours practising the piano every day.
B. meeting B. hopeless C. expectations D. wishes
15.Mai dislikes her pictures to Facebook. She prefers not to show them to others.
A. to uploadB. uploading C. upload D. download
Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the
16. When someone tries to log into some of your social accounts, the system will send you a
notification.
A. notice B. media C. midterm test D. stress
17. The pressure from my parents and friends makes me feel very stressed.
A. stress B. competition C. schoolwork D. leader
18. Many teenagers find themselves unable to go a few minutes without checking their social
media accounts, resulting in a compulsive behavior that negatively impacts their daily lives.
A. men B. youths C. children D. boys
Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the
19. When I log on to my computer, the first thin I do is open my Facebook account to catch up on
the latest updates from my friends and family.
A. log out B. cross over C. focus on D. keep up with
20. Teen social media addiction can negatively impact offline relationships, as teens may become
socially isolated and have difficulty engaging in face-to-face interactions due to their
preoccupation with online
interactions.
A. impressively B. positively C. attractively D. collective
21. My father is an engineer, he often has to work away from home.
A. and B. or C. but D. so
22. This year the Mid-Autumn Festival falls on the next Sunday, I can go home and
reunite with my family.
23. Social media websites help teenagers find and discuss information much faster;
_,it can be bad if it is overused.
A. moreover B. so C. because D.However
24. Tom decided to participate in a chess club, he loves playing chess.
A. because B. for C.but D. and
25. Teenagers need encouragement from their parents, not all parents are willing to encourage
their children.
A. for B.and C.but D.so
26. Many girls worry about their appearance, they often look at themselves in a mirror.
A. but B.so C.or D.for
27. Social media help teens connect with others; _ , they also cause teens to feel lonely.
A. however B. therefore C. otherwise D. although
28. They spend a lot of time surfing the net; they have little time to read books.
A. however B. therefore C. although D. otherwise
29. Do you like communicate in English_______ your local one?
A. or B. otherwise C. so D. therefore
30. Take a sit ______ you can go round and have a look. It’s up to you.
31. Mi loves playing sport, so his brother hates it.
A B C D.
32. Farmers should plough their fields carefully ; however, they will not have a bumper crop.
A B C D.
33. If you don’t do your homework more careful, you won’t get good marks.
A B C D
34. In his free time, my grandpa enjoys to catch fish and feeding pigs.
A B C D
35. She hates use Facebook Messenger to discuss schoolwork.
A B C D
Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True (T) or False (F).
WHAT IS IT LIKE BEING A TEENAGER IN BRITAIN?

School
British teenagers spend most of their time at school. Students in Britain can leave school at sixteen
(grade 11). This is also the age when most students take their first important exams, the GCSE
(General Certificate of Secondary Education). Most teens take between 5-10 subjects, which
means a lot of studying. They are spending more time on homework than teenagers ever before.
Forget watching TV, teenagers in Britain now spend 2-3 hours on homework after school.
School uniform
Visit almost any school in Britain and the first thing you'll notice is the school uniform. Although
school uniform has its advantages, when they are: 15 or 16 most teenagers are tired of wearing it.
When there is more than one school in a town, school uniforms can highlight differences between
schools. In London there are many cases of bullying and fighting between pupils from different
schools.
In Britain, some teens judge you by the shirt or trainers you are wearing, is 40% of British
teenagers believe its important to wear designer labels. If you want to follow the crowd, you need
to wear trendy labels. Teenagers in Britain wear fashionable trainers and the more expensive, the
better.
36. Most students in Britain take the GCSE when
A. they are 11 years old C. they finish grade 10
B. they are 16 years old D. they begin grade 11
37. What is the first thing you'll notice when you visit almost any school in Britain?
A. the school logo B. the school gate
C. the school playground D. the school uniform
38. What do most teenagers in Britain prefer to wear?
A. trendy label C. fashionable hats
B. expensive uniforms D. economical trainers
39. The word 'highlight' in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to_
A. confuse B. remark C. emphasized D.decrease
40. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Students in Britain can take 8 subjects at the GCSE.
B. Most British teenagers spend 2-3 hours watching TV after school.
C. Most 16-year-old students in Britain don't like school uniforms,
D. Many British teenagers judge their friends by their shirt or trainers.
Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the
questions below.
Social media is a tool that is becoming quite (41)……………these days because of its
user-friendly features. Social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and more are
giving people a chance (42)……………with each other across distances. In other words, the whole
world is at our fingertips all thanks to social media. The youth is especially one of the
(43)…………. dominant users of social media. All this makes you wonder that something so
powerful and with such a (44)_............... reach cannot be all good. Like how there are always two
sides to a coin, the same goes for social media. Subsequently, different people have different
(45)……………… on this debatable topic. So, when we use Social Media, we will have the
advantages and disadvantages of social media.
41. A. excited B. popular C. boring D. interesting

42. A. connected B. connecting C. connect D. to connect
43. A. more B. many C. most D. much
44. A. massive B. small C. better D. popular
45. A. communication B. think C. opinions D. conclusion
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) which is the best question for the underlined part or has the
closest meaning to the one provided.
46. I'm interested in participating in some club activities.
A. Joining in some club activities is not my interest.
B. My interest is to joining in some club activities.
C. I'm interested in joining in some club activities.
D. Club activities are what I am interested in.
47. I play chess to relax, but I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
A. Although I play chess to relax, but I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
B. Although I play chess to relax, I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
C. I'm now confident enough to enter competitions in spite of being relaxed.
D. I play chess to relax, and I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
48. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum as they enjoy chatting with other teens.
A. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum, so they enjoy chatting with other teens.
B. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum although they enjoy chatting with other teens.
C. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum, but they enjoy chatting with other teens.
D. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum because they enjoy chatting with other teens.
49. Although teens don't know how to avoid bullies, they don't want to tell their teachers.
A. If teens knew how to avoid bullies, they would not tell their teachers.
B. Teens don't know how to avoid bullies, but they don't want to tell their teachers.
C. Teens will tell their teachers although they know how to avoid bullies.
D. Teens know how to avoid bullies; however, they will tell their teachers.
50. If you don't stop spending so much time playing video games, you will get addicted.
A. You should stop spending so much time playing video games; otherwise, you will get addicted.
B. You should stop spending so much time playing video games; however, you will get addicted.
C. Stop spending so much time playing video games, so you will get addicted.
D. Although you stop spending so much time playing video games, you will get addicted.
_____The end____
UNIT 3 TEENAGERS
PRONOUNCIATION
/ʊə/) /ɔɪ/)
tourist/ˈtʊərɪst/ point/pɔɪnt/
I. Identify the vowels which are pronounced /ʊə/ (Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát
âm là /ʊə/)
1. "oo" được phát âm là /ʊə/ trong những từ có một âm tiết mà tận cùng bằng "r"
boor /bʊə(r)/ người cục mịch, thô lỗ
moor /mʊə(r)/ buộc, cột (tàu thuyền)
poor /pʊə(r)/ nghèo
spoor /spʊə(r)/ dấu vết
2. "ou" có thể được phát âm là /ʊə/
tour /tʊə(r)/ cuộc du lịch
tourist /ˈtʊərɪst/ khách du lịch
tournament /ˈtʊənəmənt/ cuộc đấu thương trên ngựa
II. dentify the vowels which are pronounced /ɔɪ/(Nhận biết các nguyên âm được phát
âm là /ɔɪ/)
"oi" và "oy" thường được phát âm là /ɔɪ/. (Xem ví dụ trên)
Examples
boy /bɔɪ/ cậu bé, chàng trai
coin /kɔɪn/ đồng tiền
foil /fɔɪl/ lá (kim loại)

toil /tɔɪl/ công việc khó nhọc
voice /vɔɪs/ giọng nói
enjoy /ɪnˈdʒɔɪ/ thích thú, hưởng thụ
oil /ɔɪl/ dầu
boil /bɔɪl/ sôi, sự sôi
toy /tɔɪ/ đồ chơi
joy /dʒɔɪ/ sự vui mừng, hân hoan
point /pɔɪnt/ điểm, vấn đề
destroy /dɪˈstrɔɪ/ phá hủy
hoist /hɔɪst/ nhấc bổng lên, thang máy
Task 1. : Put the words containing /ɔɪ/ or /ʊə/ in correct columns.
ensure destroy secure plural boy

coin mature toilet enjoy boil
tourist loyalty usually detour tour
point rural endure punctual employer
voice spoil poison obscure poor
noise maturity furious rejoice disappointed
/ɔɪ/
/ʊə/
Coin…point…voice…noise…….
Ensure…tourist…mature……
destroy…loyalty…spoil…boy….
rural…maturity…tour…poor
boil…employer…disappointed…
secure…usually…endure……
toilet…poison…rejoice…enjoy…
furious…obscure…punctual
…………………………………
detour…plural………………
……………………………………
…………………………………
…………………………………….
……
1 A. notice B. surface C. contact D. effect
2 A. humid B. airmail C. discuss D. pancake
3 A. area B. comfort C. market D. concern
4 A. customer B. delicious C. grocery D. resident
5 A. organize B. discussion C. restaurant D. neighbor
6 A. buffalo B. recognize C. convenient D. cultural
7 A. community B. identify C. expensive D. socialize
8 A. primary B. practical C. official D. tropical
9 A. active B. commune C. diverse D. heritage
10 A. leisure B. minority C. exciting D. traditional
VOCABULARY
account (n) /əˈkaʊnt/ tài khoản
browse (v) /braʊz/ đọc lướt, tìm (trên mạng)
bully (v) /ˈbʊli/ bắt nạt
bullying (n) sự bắt nạt
concentrate (v) /ˈkɒnsntreɪt/ tập trung (vào)
connect (v) /kəˈnekt/ kết nối
craft (n) /krɑːft/ (nghề, đồ, kĩ nghệ) thủ công

enjoyable (adj) thú vị, gây hứng thú
expectation (n) /ˌekspekˈteɪʃn/ sự mong chờ, kì vọng
focused (adj) /ˈfəʊkəst/ chuyên tâm, tập trung
forum (n) /ˈfɔːrəm/ diễn đàn
log (on to) (v) /lɒɡ (ən tə)/ đăng nhập
mature (adj) /məˈtʃʊə/ chín chắn, trưởng thành
media (n) /ˈmiːdiə/ (phương tiện) truyền thông
midterm (adj) /ˌmɪdˈtɜːm/ giữa kì
notification (n) sự thông báo
peer (n) người ngang hàng, bạn đồng lứa
pressure (n) /ˈpreʃə/ áp lực
schoolwork (n) /ˈskuːlwɜːk/ bài làm trên lớp
session (n) /ˈseʃn/ tiết học
stress (n) /ˈstres/ căng thẳng
chess club forum sport club check notifications
log on to an account connect with friends arts and crafts club language club
Pressure social media teamwork bully
1…chess club…… 2….sport club….. 3.language club… 4. .arts and crafts

club
5. . 6..check 7..connect with 8.log on an account.
……forum….…… notifications.. friends..
9..social media…… 10. …pressure…….. 11…teamwork…… 12. …bully…….…
pressure browsed logs forum bully
uploaded checked connects concentrate expectations
Our class has a(n)__forum______ , and we often post questions there to discuss.
I browsed the school website and found pictures of school activities.
He is a big _bully_ and scares his weaker classmates.
Our teacher_uploaded_a video of our last meeting in our forum for everyone to see.
We have __pressure_____ from our exams, peers, and parents. This makes us feel very
stressed.
She connects with some old friends at the English club.
She was _chatting_ with her friends, so she couldn't_concentrate_on the lesson.
Tom checked_ the notifications and saw some new posts.
Mi often_log_on to her Instagram account to chat with her friends.
10.We try to meet our parents’ expectations, but it is hard
1-J A. an event or medium where people can exchange opinions

1. leader
and ideas on a particular issue
2. connect 2-D B. difficulties and worries that are caused by the need to
achieve or to behave in a particular way
3-A C. the act of looking through a book, newspaper, website, etc.

3. forum without reading everything
4. social media 4-G D. to join together two or more things; to be joined together
5-H E. a person who uses their strength or power to frighten or hurt

5. website weaker people
6. teamwork 6-F F. the activity of working well together as a team
7. concentrate 7-I G.websites and software programs used for social networking
8-B H. a set of pages on the internet, where a company or an

8. pressure organization, or an individual person, puts information
9-C I. give all your attention to something and not think about
9. browse anything else
10-E J. a person who leads a group of people, especially the head of

10. bully a country, an organization, etc.
1. Nga eats more unhealthily than Tung does (HEALTHY)

because she likes fast food.
2. To meet her parents’ expectation , she spends five hours (EXPECT)

practising the piano every day.
3. Viet Nam is a multicultural country with (CULTURAL)

different peoples, religions and traditions.
4. Most of the Central Highlands is moutainous . (MOUNTAIN)

5. I play chess to relax, and I'm now confident enough to enter (COMPETE)
competitions.
6. The communal houses of many ethnic groups are used to (COMMUNE)

worship the ancestors.
7. To become friendlier, you should ___socialise with your (SOCIALISATION)

teammates.
8. I'm interested in participating in some club activities. (PARTICIPATE )
9. Tom checked the notifications and saw some new posts (NOTICE)
10. Teenagers need encouragement from their parents, but not all (ENCOURAGE)
parents are willing to encourage their children.
GRAMMAR
Simple sentence and Compound Sentences: Câu đơn và câu phức

Câu (sentence) là một đơn vị ngữ pháp gồm một nhóm các từ, ngữ có ý nghĩa hoàn chỉnh, thường
chứa chủ ngữ và vị ngữ, bao gồm một mệnh đề chính và đôi khi là một hoặc nhiều mệnh đề phụ.
Example:
- I go to school everyday.
-Ann watches videos on YouTube.
- I love Instagram.
Unit 3: Teenagers
1. Câu đơn (Simple sentence)
Câu đơn là cấu trúc câu đơn giản nhất trong tiếng Anh, bao gồm chỉ một chủ ngữ (subject) và chỉ một
vị ngữ (predicate).
Example:
-My brother ate a sandwich.
- Tom uses Facebook to connect with friends.
+ Câu đơn có thể có nhiều hơn một chủ từ hoặc nhiều hơn một động từ, nhưng chỉ diễn đạt
một ý chính duy nhất.
Example:
-John and Mary were sad.
-Smith ate noodles and drank coffee.
Khi viết tiếng Anh, chúng ta nên hạn chế dùng một chuỗi các câu đơn liên tiếp vì điều này sẽ làm
người đọc khó chịu, trừ khi người viết có chủ ý.
- Mary and Tom are playing tennis.
- John always goes jogging early in the morning.
2. Câu ghép – Compound Sentences
Câu ghép, hay còn gọi là câu tập hợp, là câu gồm hai hay nhiều mệnh đề độc lập có liên quan về mặt
ý nghĩa, được kết nối với nhau bằng một liên từ (conjunction) hoặc bằng một dấu chấm phẩy
(semicolon).
Có 3 cách để có thể kết nối các mệnh đề độc lập thành câu ghép
∑ Sử dụng 1 liên từ nối
- I enjoy playing tennis, but my sister enjoys playing badminton.
∑ Sử dụng một trạng từ nối
- I enjoy playing tennis; however, I hate playing badminton.
∑ Sử dụng dấu chấm phẩy (;)
- I enjoy playing tennis; I hate playing badminton
2.1 Câu ghép là câu được hình thành bởi hai hay nhiều mệnh đề độc lập. Các mệnh đề này được nối
với nhau bằng liên từ (FOR, AND, NOR, BUT, OR, YET).
Mệnh đề 1 + (,) + liên từ + mệnh đề 2.
Example:
+ I talked and he listened.
+ She plays chess very well, and she won the first prize last year.
+ Tom is a club member, but he never participates in any of the activities.
+ You should eat less fast or you can put on weight.
+ My mother does exercise every day, so she looks very young and fit.
** Chúng ta cần phải sử dụng dấu "," trước liên từ so, còn với các liên từ and / or but thì có thể có dấu
phẩy hoặc không.
-Helen is good at English, so she wants to become an English teacher.
-John loves going to the beach, however, he never plans on learning how to swim.
-The dog is barking and (the dog is) chasing after the theft.
-Claire and Amy sing and (Claire and Amy) dance.
*Các từ nối câu thường dùng:
1. For (vì): từ chỉ nguyên nhân.
- He drinks much water, for he is thirsty.
2. And (và): nối câu bổ sung ý nghĩa cho nhau.
- I like playing the guitar and I often go to the guitar club.
3. Nor (không...cũng không):
- Students don’t do homework, nor do they learn vocabulary.
4. But (nhưng): chỉ sự mâu thuẫn
- He is handsome but he is not smart.
5. Or (hoặc) chỉ sự lựa chọn
-You should study harder, or you will not pass the next exam.
6. So (vì vậy): chỉ kết quả của hành động trước đó
- He is sick, so he doesn't go to work today.
7. Yet (nhưng):
- He is rich, yet he isn’t mean.
2.2. Dùng trạng từ nối (conjunctive adverb): However; therefore, otherwise...
Dùng trạng từ nối để nối hai mệnh đề tạo thành câu ghép tiếng Anh cũng được khá nhiều người lựa
chọn hiện nay. Các trạng từ này thường đứng sau dấu phẩy và trước dấu chấm phẩy.
Example:
+ I enjoy playing tennis; however, I hate playing badminton.
+ I should be in a hurry; otherwise, you will be late.
+ She wanted to prepare for the exam; therefore, she turned off her mobile phone. .
Example:
Mark is hard-working; therefore, he usually gets high scores on exams.
2.3. Dùng dấu chấm phẩy
Khi hai mệnh đề để tạo nên câu ghép có quan hệ gần gũi với nhau, có thể tách riêng, đứng độc lập thì
chúng ta có thể liên kết chúng bằng dấu chấm phẩy (;)
Example:
+My sister is cooking; my mother is reading newspaper.
Lưu ý: Ta hoàn toàn không được dùng dấu phẩy để nối hai mệnh đề trong câu ghép khi không có từ
nối.
1. Some teenagers never join in any forums for help, (so / because) they prefer talking to their parents
about their problems.
2. In some forums teens can get advice from peers; (therefore / however), my friends often use those
forums to share their problems.
3. Many teenagers want to support needy people, (but/ so) they join community service projects.
4. Our students can participate in any club they like, (but /or) they shouldn’t try to join all the school
clubs at the same time.
5. Minh told his teachers about the school bullies; (therefore / otherwise), the bullies wouldn’t leave
him alone.
6. Parents should give teens some freedom, (but / so) they should also set limits.
7. We don't cheat on exams, (for / and) it is a wrong thing to do.
8. Lan wants to join the school music club;( however,/ therefore) she can't sing or play any
9. She wanted to prepare for the exam;( therefore,/ however,)she turned off her mobile phone.
10. He isn't a member of the chess club; ( therefore,/ otherwise,)He won't join the chess competition.
Task 2. Complete each sentence with a suitable word: and/ but/ or/ so/ for
1. I feel tired, _ and ____I feel weak.

2. The Japanese eat healthily, _ so ____they live for a long time.
3. I have flu, __ but ___I don't feel very tired.
4. You should eat less fast food, _ or ____you can put on weight.
5. You can go and see the doctor, ___ or __you can go to bed now and rest.
6. The Japanese eat a lot of rice, _ and ____they eat lots of fish, too.
7. I want to eat ice-cream, __ but ___I have a sore throat
8. You should eat less fast food, ___ for __you can put on weight.
9. The Americans often eat fast food, __ so ___ many of them are overweight.
10. You can walk, _ or ____ you can ride a bike to get there.
Task 3. Combine sentences, using appropriate coordinating conjunction in the box.
1. You may have an allergy. Be careful with what you eat and drink. (so)
. You may have an allergy, so be careful with what you eat and drink.__
2. Tom has a temperature. Tom has a sore throat. (and)
Tom has a temperature and a sore throat._ _____________
3. I want to buy other car. I have no money. (but)
I want other car but I have no money._ ____________
4. It’s raining. I will stay at home and sleep. (so)
It’s raining, so I’ll stay home and read. _____
5. I pass the test. My parents took me to the cinema. (therefore)
I passed the test; therefore, my parents took me to the circus. ___________________
6. I feel sleepy. I must finish the report. (however)
. I feel sleepy; however, I must finish the report. ___________
7. His shoes are worn. He has no socks. (for)
His shoes are worn, for he has no socks._ __
8. I wanted to buy a set of Lego. I started to save my money. (so)
I wanted to buy a set of Lego, so I started to save my money. ___
9. I enjoy visiting many different countries. I wouldn’t want to live overseas. (yet)
I enjoy visiting many different countries, yet I wouldn’t want to live overseas 10. I couldn’t go to
your party. I was tired. (for)
I couldn’t go to your party, for I was tired. _____.
1.
Task 4. Write S for simple sentences and C for compound sentences
S/ C
1. We work together on different projects. S
2. Teens need good friends and tolerant teachers at schools. S
3. Teenagers are often very active and talkative. S
4. He often chats with his friends on Facebook Messenger. S
5. She is a smart student, and she is an active member of our club. C
6. She plays chess very well, and she won the first prize last year. C
7. Sports activities at school help me relax. S

8. Teens should learn teamwork, and they should also have communication C
skills.
9. My friends and I joined a sports competition last year. S
10. He is a club member, but he never participates in any of the activities. C
Task 5. Complete each sentence with a suitable word (However, Nevertheless, Therefore, …. )
He was getting late; however , he managed to be on time.

John is rude; therefore , nobody talks to him.
Some children didn’t get the sweets; nevertheless , they enjoyed a lot.
He was badly hurt; _ however , he recovered fast.
They scolded him for his choice; therefore , he was a little sad.
He studies well; therefore , he scores well.
Jack has much on hands experience; however , he was not into the panel.
Students were not allowed to dance; nevertheless , they enjoyed a lot.
Everybody wants to succeed; however _, not everyone puts in the required effort.
Charlie must be driving back to home; therefore , he is not receiving your call.
1. We’ve listed lots of better things to do instead of surf the inernet.

A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and decide if the statements below are true (T) or false (F).
1. Today's teenagers are growing up more slowly than previous generations……..T….

2. The researchers said today's teenagers are taking shorter to do things their parents and
grandparents did……. F…….
3. They are older when they go on their first date. ………..T…………..
4. Less teenagers are spending longer living with their parents instead of renting their own room
or apartment. ……………F…..
5. The Internet is keeping teens on social media, looking at videos or playing games instead of
living in the "real world". ….T…….
A new study says today's teenagers are growing up more slowly than previous generations. Research
from San Diego State University looked at data on teenage behaviour from the past 40 years,
between 1976 and 2016. It looked at surveys on 8 million teens from seven different countries.
Researchers said that compared to teenagers from the 70s, 80s and 90s, today's teens, "are taking
longer to engage in both the pleasures and the responsibilities of adulthood". Professor Jean Twenge
said: "The whole developmental pathway has slowed down." She said today's 18-year-olds are living
more like 15-year-olds used to live. She said teenagers are taking far fewer risks than they did before.
The researchers said today's teenagers are taking longer to do things their parents and grandparents
did. They are older when they go on their first date, less likely to have a part-time job, and are less
likely to drive. Professor Twenge said this is a, "slow life strategy". Researchers also found that more
teenagers are spending longer living with their parents instead of renting their own room or
apartment. One of the reasons for these behaviours is how much time teenagers spend online. The
Internet is keeping teens on social media, looking at videos or playing games instead of living in the
"real world". Another reason was parents who try and do too much for their children and protect
them too much.
Task1.2: Listen and fill in the blanks.
Our teenage years are probably the most __ difficult of our lives. This is the time we pass from
_______ childhood into adulthood. So many things are happening to us. Our bodies change, _ our
emotions change _____and our whole life changes. We have to learn to be independent, mature
and responsible in a few short ____ years. We have to take exams, get a job and perhaps start a
family. That must come as a bit of a __ shock for most teenagers. Part of all this new ____
independence is teenage behaviour. This is probably the most difficult part of parents’ lives. All
those moods and ____ all that sulking. It can put a strain on _______ family life. People always
think they really want babies and children; no one ever says “I want a teenager”.
Our teenage years are probably the most difficult of our lives. This is the time we pass from
childhood into adulthood. So many things are happening to us. Our bodies change, our emotions
change and our whole life changes. We have to learn to be independent, mature and responsible in
a few short years. We have to take exams, get a job and perhaps start a family. That must come as a
bit of a shock for most teenagers. Part of all this new independence is teenage behaviour. This is
probably the most difficult part of parents’ lives. All those moods and all that sulking. It can put a
strain on family life. People always think they really want babies and children; no one ever says “I
want a teenager”.
SPEAKING
Task 1. Match the sentences in column A with the sentences in column B.
A B
1. Can you play the guitar? 1-D A. Really? You must be a fan of her
2. Look! My idol is coming. 2-H B. Yes, I am.
3-I C. The concert didn’t happen. I stayed at

3. I’ve bought many of her albums.
home.
4. He has won several awards, including 4-B
D. A lot. I can’t count them now.
the Grammy.
5. What’s he good at? 5-A E. Yes, a little. But I’m still learning it.
6. They show this program on TV five 6-C F. Let’s go to the cinema.

times a day.
7-E G. Yeah, I know. But you don’t have to

7. You’re a fan of jazz, aren’t you?
shout like that.
8. When did you get to the concert? 8-J H. Wow! Did he go to music school?
9. I don’t know what to do this weekend. 9-F I. Five times? That’s too much.
10. How many songs have you 10-G

J. Playing the trumpet.
remembered?
Task 2. Complete the conversation with A-E from the box
A. It meets on Thursdays, from 5:30 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.

B. I'm a member of the chess club.
C. Yes, that's one reason. Playing chess also teaches me to stay calm and solve problems.
D. It meets in the school hall, on the second floor.
E. Mr Tan. He was a chess champion at the national chess competition last year.
Minh: Kate, so what club are you a member of?

Kate: (1)…B………………………………………………………………
Minh: Great! I'd love to join it too. So, what time does it meet?
Kate: (2). )…A………………………………………………………………
Minh: Where does it meet?
Kate: (3) )……D……………………………………………………………
Minh: Who is the coach?
Kate: (4). )……E……………………………………………………………
Minh: Is that the reason why you like to join this club?
Kate: (5) )…C………………………………………………………………
READING
Task 1. Read the following pasage and choose the best option A, B, C or D that best fits each of the
numbered blanks.
Social networking is a technology that is becoming more and more (1) —thesedays because of how
user-friendly it is. Social media websites like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and others (2)
_________ people to communicate with one another across distances. When we look at social
media's positive aspects, there (3)_______ several advantages. Despite these clear benefits, social
networking is viewed as one of society's most damaging forces. (4) _____ social media is not used
responsibly, it can have detrimental effects on a person who is using it. In conclusion, social
networking has both advantages and disadvantages. Social Media is (5). when used excessively but
useful if used____productively.
A. excited B.unpopular C. popular D. interesting
A. enable B. connects C. connecting D. cannot
3. A. is B. are C. isn’t D. aren’t
4. A. because B. Although C. If D. While
5.A. harmless B. better C. benefits D. harmful
Task 2. Read the passage. Circle the best answer A, B, or C to each of the questions
With approximately 2.96 billion users as of 2022, Facebook is undoubtedly one of the favoured
social networking sites in the globe. As for students, they use Facebook for different purposes, social
networking sites in the globe. As for students, they use Facebook for different purposes, including
entertainment or academic learning. First, it is a relaxing channel where students comfortably tend to
vent their negative thoughts on their school life via a status, share unforgettable memories, or watch
multiple funny clips to relieve stress. Additionally, they can easily connect with those who have the
same interests through various Facebook pages where they enjoy reading top comments or
discussing hot topics with each other. Second, Facebook, regarded as the biggest knowledge
platform, enables learners to get access to an array of free learning materials and even ask for
specialised knowledge from other friendly users. Besides, it's very convenient for students to create a
Facebook group chat on Facebook Messenger to upload and share lectures, prepare for class
presentations as well as do assignments together.
In short, Facebook can contribute to students' academic achievements if they take full advantage of it
in an appropriate way.
What is the passage mainly about?
The drawbacks of Facebook in student’s learning.
The benefits of Facebook in student’s learning.
The development of Facebook in student’s learning.
What does the word it in line 4 mean?
Facebook
Entertainment
School life
According to the passage, where can students find like-minded ones?
Facebook Messenger B. Facebook comments C. Facebook pages
Why is Facebook called the biggest knowledge platform?
Because students can gain a large number of free learning materials.
Because students can enjoy a large number of English videos.
Because students can talk to a large number of knowledgeable users there.
Which of the following is NOT the main purpose when students form a learning group
chat?
Preparing for class presentations.
Venting their negative thoughts on their school life.
Discussing hot topics with each other.
Task 3. Read the following passage and answer the questions.
Teen stress
Teenagers today live in a very competitive world. It is more important than ever to succeed at school
if you hope to have a chance in the job market afterwards. It's no wonder that many young people
worry about letting down their parents, their peers and themselves. To try to please everyone, they
take on too many tasks until it becomes harder and harder to balag e homework assignments, parties,
sports activities and friends result is that young people suffer from stress.
There are different ways of dealing with stress. Everyone knows that caffeine, in the form of coffee
or soft drinks, keeps you awake and a But caffeine is a drug which become addictive. In the end, like
other drugs, caffeine only leads ore stress. There are better ways to deal with stress: physical exercise
is a good release for stress, because it increases certain chemicals in the brain which calm you down.
You have to get enough sleep to avoid stress and to stay healthy and full of energy.
Another way to void stress is to manage your time effectively. It is better to do a few tasks really
well, than lots of tasks badly. Know your limits and try not to take on top much. Finally, if it all gets
beyond your control, don't panic or get hysterical. Find the time to sit down quietly and breathe
deeply for ten to twenty minutes. Do this regularly, and it will help you calm down and put things
into perspective.
1. Why do young people suffer from stress?
Young people suffer from stress because they worry about letting down their parents, their peers,
and themselves in the competitive world they live in. They take on too many tasks, making it
difficult to balance homework assignments, parties, sports activities, and
friends…………………………………………………………………..
2. Is caffeine only in the form of coffee?
No, caffeine is not only in the form of coffee. The passage mentions that caffeine can also be
found in soft drinks.
…………………………………………………………………..
3. What does physical exercise increase in the brain?
Physical exercise increases certain chemicals in the brain that calm a person down, helping to
release stress.
…………………………………………………………………..
4. What is the benefit of getting enough sleep?
Getting enough sleep has the benefit of avoiding stress and maintaining good health and energy
levels …………………………………………………………………..
5. How much time do you need to sit down quietly and breathe deeply?
The passage does not specify a specific duration of time for sitting down quietly and breathing
deeply. It suggests doing this regularly as a way to calm down and gain perspective
………………………………………
Task 4. Read the passage decided if the statement is true (T) or false (F)
Stress is a normal part of teens' life; however, too much stress can be dangerous. When you face
stress, use some of these strategies to manage it.
Getting a good night's sleep: Teens need eight to ten hours of sleep a day, so get enough sleep. To
make it easier, keep your smartphone away from your bed.
Doing exercise: Doing enough physical exercise is important for teens. You should exercise for at
least 60 minutes a day.
Talking it out: Talk about your stress to an adult. This person can be your teacher, parent, or
someone you trust.
Writing about it: You can reduce your stress by writing down your problems. You can also write
about times you felt good and soon you will start to feel better.
Going outside: You will feel more relaxed if you spend some time in nature. Places with green trees
and fresh air will make you feel better.
1. The passage is about strategies to deal with stress. ------T----------
2. Teens need ten to twelve hours of sleep a day A. 6 to 8. -----F-----------
3. Teens should spend no more than 60 minutes on daily exercise? -----F-----------
4. Teens may talk about their problems to someone they trust. -------T---------
5. Teens can feel better when they get closer to nature. ---------T-------
WRITING
Task 1. Make sentences using the words and phrases below. You can add necessary words.
1.Teenagers/should/play/sport/keep fit
1. Teenagers should play sports to keep fit.
2. Teens/ may feel / stressed/when/ classmates / do better/ than them/school.
2. Teens may feel stressed when their classmates do better than them in school.
3. Some teens / participate / school clubs/make/new/ friends.
3. Some teens participate in school clubs to make new friends.
4. I/be/ interested/joining/ some club/ activities
4. I am interested in joining some club activities..
5. Although / I play chess/relax, I/ be/ now/ confident enough/enter/competitions.
5. Although I play chess to relax, I am not confident enough to enter competitions now.
6. Some teens / feel / pressure / because / they/want/fit/ a group.
6. Some teens feel pressure because they want to fit into a group.
7. main causes / teen stress/include/peer pressure/ schoolwork pressure/pressure from parents.
7. The main causes of teen stress include peer pressure, schoolwork pressure, and pressure from
parents.
8. Teenagers/ join the Teen Line/forum/ because/ enjoy/chat/ other teens.
8. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum because they enjoy chatting with other teens.
9. Teens/ not know/ how/ avoid bullies, but / they not want/ tell / their teachers.
9. Teens may not know how to avoid bullies, but they may not want to tell their teachers.
10. You should/stop/ spend so much/time/play/ video games;/ otherwise, /you/ get addicted.
10. You should stop spending so much time playing video games; otherwise, you may get addicted.
Task 2. Use the conjunctions provided to connect the sentences.
1. Mai is the head of the music club. She knows the members very well. (SO)
2. Mai is the head of the music club, so she knows the members very well.
3. Lan wanted to go to the party. She couldn't choose a suitable dress. (BUT)
4. Lan wanted to go to the party, but she couldn't choose a suitable dress.
5. Tom felt stressed. He tried to finish his homework. (HOWEVER)
6. Tom felt stressed; however, he tried to finish his homework.
7. We will have a short holiday. We will feel very stressed. (OTHERWISE)
8. We will have a short holiday; otherwise, we will feel very stressed.
9. Schoolwork causes teens a lot of pressure. They also feel pressure from their parents. (AND)
10. Schoolwork causes teens a lot of pressure, and they also feel pressure from their parents.
11. He is sick. He didn't attend the meeting. (THEREFORE)
12. He is sick; therefore, he didn't attend the meeting.
13. He is a good student. He was also active in sports. (THEREFORE)
14. He is a good student; therefore, he was also active in sports.
15. She loved children. She had no time to play with them. (HOWEVER)
16. She loved children; however, she had no time to play with them.
17. Teachers should always talk to a sad child. He might need help. (FOR)
18. Teachers should always talk to a sad child, for he might need help.
19. Ann is very tired. She helps her mother with the housework. (HOWEVER)
20. Ann is very tired; however, she helps her mother with the housework.
Task 3. Use the suggested ideas. Write a short paragraph (80-100 words) about how your classmates
should deal with stress.
1. Turn off computers and smartphones.

2. Go to bed early and get enough sleep.
3. Talk with friends and teachers.
4. Do more exercise, ...
5. Avoid classmates that annoy them.
To effectively deal with stress, my classmates should consider implementing several strategies.
Firstly, they should make a conscious effort to turn off computers and smartphones, allowing
themselves to disconnect from the digital world and find moments of calm. Secondly, prioritizing a
regular sleep schedule by going to bed early and ensuring they get enough sleep can significantly
reduce stress levels. Additionally, engaging in open conversations with friends and teachers can
provide a supportive network to share concerns and seek guidance. Moreover, incorporating regular
exercise into their routine can release endorphins, boost mood, and alleviate stress. Lastly, it's
important for my classmates to identify and avoid classmates who may be a source of annoyance or
added stress in their lives. By incorporating these strategies, they can effectively manage and
overcome stress in a healthier and more balanced way.
TEST FOR UNIT 3
question.
1. A. buffalo B. village C. cottage D. shortage
2. A. ensure B. insure C. picture D. surely
3. A. avoid B. doing C. choice D. join
A. teenagers B. enoyment C. discus D. focus
A. stressful B. midterm C. pressure D. leader
6. The teacher asks the whole class to-----------------on studying
A. advise B. focus C. connect. D. coach
7. Most teenagers today have at least one social media -----------for entertainment and study
A. account B. leader C. midterm D. teenager
8. Ally tries to overcome the-------------- from her family by studying hard to get the best results.
A. media B. teamwork C. website D. pressure
9. According to many surveys, teenagers now find it interesting to----------- their short videos on Tik
Tok.
A. post B. Avoid C go D. check
10. Most of the students are associated with-------------------- or sports teams.
A. school clubs B. stress C. account D. pressure
11. After school, we sometimes post a few questions on the-------------- for discussion
A. bully B. forum C. competition D. notification
12. I log----------- to my Facebook account to post my photos and chat with everyone.
A. on B. about C.with D. at
13. It’s not a problem for the contestants to work under .
relax B. resting C. pressure D. pastime
14. To meet her parents’ , she spends five hours practising the piano every day.
meeting B. hopeless C. expectations D. wishes
15.Mai dislikes _______ her pictures to Facebook. She prefers not to show them to others.
A. to upload B. uploading C. upload D. download
16. When someone tries to log into some of your social accounts, the system will send you a
notification.
A. notice B. media C. midterm test D. stress
17. The pressure from my parents and friends makes me feel very stressed.
A. stress B. competition C. schoolwork D. leader
18. Many teenagers find themselves unable to go a few minutes without checking their social media
accounts, resulting in a compulsive behavior that negatively impacts their daily lives.
A. men B. youths C. children D. boys
19. When I log on to my computer, the first thin I do is open my Facebook account to catch up on the
latest updates from my friends and family.
A. log out B. cross over C. focus on D. keep up with
20. Teen social media addiction can negatively impact offline relationships, as teens may become
socially isolated and have difficulty engaging in face-to-face interactions due to their preoccupation
with online interactions.
A. impressively B. positively C. attractively D. collective
21. My father is an engineer, he often has to work away from home.
22. This year the Mid-Autumn Festival falls on the next Sunday, I can go home and reunite
with my family.
23. Social media websites help teenagers find and discuss information much faster;
_,it can be bad if it is overused.
A. moreover B. so C. because
24. Tom decided to participate in a chess club, he loves playing chess.
A. because B. for C.but D. and
25. Teenagers need encouragement from their parents, not all parents are willing to encourage
their children.
A. for B.and C.but D.so
26. Many girls worry about their appearance, they often look at themselves in a mirror.
A. but B.so C.or D.for
27. Social media help teens connect with others; _ , they also cause teens to feel lonely.
A. however B. therefore C. otherwise D. although
28. They spend a lot of time surfing the net; they have little time to read books.
A. however B. therefore C. although D. otherwise
29. Do you like communicate in English_______ your local one?
A. or B. otherwise C. so D. therefore
30. Take a sit ______ you can go round and have a look. It’s up to you.
31. Mi loves playing sport, so his brother hates it.
A B C D.
32. Farmers should plough their fields carefully ; however, they will not have a bumper crop.
A B C D.
33. If you don’t do your homework more careful, you won’t get good marks.
A B C D
34. In his free time, my grandpa enjoys to catch fish and feeding pigs.
A B C D
35. She hates use Facebook Messenger to discuss schoolwork.
A B C D
WHAT IS IT LIKE BEING A TEENAGER IN BRITAIN?

School
British teenagers spend most of their time at school. Students in Britain can leave school at sixteen
(grade 11). This is also the age when most students take their first important exams, the GCSE
(General Certificate of Secondary Education). Most teens take between 5-10 subjects, which
means a lot of studying. They are spending more time on homework than teenagers ever before.
Forget watching TV, teenagers in Britain now spend 2-3 hours on homework after school.
School uniform
Visit almost any school in Britain and the first thing you'll notice is the school uniform. Although
school uniform has its advantages, when they are: 15 or 16 most teenagers are tired of wearing it.
When there is more than one school in a town, school uniforms can highlight differences between
schools. In London there are many cases of bullying and fighting between pupils from different
schools.
In Britain, some teens judge you by the shirt or trainers you are wearing, is 40% of British
teenagers believe its important to wear designer labels. If you want to follow the crowd, you need
to wear trendy labels. Teenagers in Britain wear fashionable trainers and the more expensive, the
better.
36. Most students in Britain take the GCSE when
A. they are 11 years old C. they finish grade 10
B. they are 16 years old D. they begin grade 11
37. What is the first thing you'll notice when you visit almost any school in Britain?
A. the school logo B. the school gate
C. the school playground D. the school uniform
38. What do most teenagers in Britain prefer to wear?
A. trendy label C. fashionable hats
B. expensive uniforms D. economical trainers
39. The word 'highlight' in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to_
A. confuse B. remark C. emphasized D.decrease
40. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Students in Britain can take 8 subjects at the GCSE.
B. Most British teenagers spend 2-3 hours watching TV after school.
C. Most 16-year-old students in Britain don't like school uniforms,
D. Many British teenagers judge their friends by their shirt or trainers.
questions below.
Social media is a tool that is becoming quite (41)……………these days because of its user-friendly
features. Social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and more are giving people a
chance (42)……………with each other across distances. In other words, the whole world is at our
fingertips all thanks to social media. The youth is especially one of the (43)…………. dominant
users of social media. All this makes you wonder that something so powerful and with such a
(44)_............... reach cannot be all good. Like how there are always two sides to a coin, the same
goes for social media. Subsequently, different people have different (45)……………… on this
debatable topic. So, when we use Social Media, we will have the advantages and disadvantages of
social media.
41. A. excited B. popular C. boring D. interesting
42. A. connected B. connecting C. connect D. to connect
43. A. more B. many C. most D. much
44. A. massive B. small C. better D. popular
45. A. communication B. think C. opinions D. conclusion
46. I'm interested in participating in some club activities.
A. Joining in some club activities is not my interest.
B. My interest is to joining in some club activities.
C. I'm interested in joining in some club activities.
D. Club activities are what I am interested in.
47. I play chess to relax, but I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
A. Although I play chess to relax, but I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
B. Although I play chess to relax, I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
C. I'm now confident enough to enter competitions in spite of being relaxed.
D. I play chess to relax, and I'm now confident enough to enter competitions.
48. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum as they enjoy chatting with other teens.
A. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum, so they enjoy chatting with other teens.
B. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum although they enjoy chatting with other teens.
C. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum, but they enjoy chatting with other teens.
D. Teenagers join the Teen Line forum because they enjoy chatting with other teens.
49. Although teens don't know how to avoid bullies, they don't want to tell their teachers.
A. If teens knew how to avoid bullies, they would not tell their teachers.
B. Teens don't know how to avoid bullies, but they don't want to tell their teachers.
C. Teens will tell their teachers although they know how to avoid bullies.
D. Teens know how to avoid bullies; however, they will tell their teachers.
50. If you don't stop spending so much time playing video games, you will get addicted.
A. You should stop spending so much time playing video games; otherwise, you will get addicted.
B. You should stop spending so much time playing video games; however, you will get addicted.
C. Stop spending so much time playing video games, so you will get addicted.
D. Although you stop spending so much time playing video games, you will get addicted.
_____The end_____
UNIT 4 ETHNIC GROUPS OF VIETNAM
PRONOUNCIATION
/k/ /g/
kitchen girl
Âm/k/
/k/ là một phụ âm vô thanh. Để phát âm âm này, phần đuôi của lưỡi nâng cao lên đuôi vòm
miệng đế ngăn hơi từ miệng thổi ra. Sau đó thả nhanh đuôi lưỡi và giải phóng hơi bay ra. Chú ý
cổ họng không rung.
Âm/g/
/g/ là một phụ âm hữu thanh. Cách phát âm âm /g/ gần giống âm /k/ tuy nhiên dòng hơi thổi ra
không mạnh và cổ họng phải rung.
Các em thực hành phát âm các từ và các câu sau:
/k/ /g/
car /kɑːr/ game /ɡeɪm/
key/kiː/ girl /gɜːrl/
talk /tɔːk/ ghost /ɡəʊst/
keep /kiːp/ big /bɪɡ/
close /kləʊz/ bag /bæɡ/
kitchen/ˈkɪtʃɪn/ begin /bɪˈɡɪn/
carefully /ˈkerfəli/ again /əˈɡɛn/
chemistry /ˈkemɪstri/ beggar /ˈbeɡər/
school bag /skuːl bæɡ/ hungry /ˈhʌŋɡri/
architecture /ˈɑːrkɪtektʃər/ agreement/əˈɡriːmənt/
I’ll make a cake for Mike. Go get your mother’s glasses.

/ɑɪl meɪk ə keɪk fər maɪk/ /gəʊ get jər ˈmʌðər ˈglæsɪz/
Did Rick rake the leaves? Peggy begged to go to the art gallery.
/dɪd rɪk reɪkðəliːvz/ /ˈpegi begd tə gəʊ tə ði ɑːrt ˈgæləri/
Pick the music up tomorrow. Gloria gives gracious get- togethers.
/pɪk ðə ˈmjuːzɪk ʌp təˈmɔːrəʊ/ /ˈglɔːriə gɪvz ˈgreɪʃəs get- təˈgeðərz/
Look at the black bike over there. Please give me eight gallons of gas.
/lʊk ət ðə blæk baɪk ˈəʊvər ðeər/ /pliːz gɪv mi eɪt ˈgælənz ʌv gæz/
Luke fell off his bike and scraped his skin. Maggie bagged all the groceries.
/luːk fel ɔːf hɪz baɪk ənd skreɪpt hɪz skɪn/ /ˈmægi bægd ɔːl ðə ˈgrəoʊsəriz/
Task 1. Pick out the word which has /k/ or /g/, then divide them into correct columns.
ache forgot generation gone make

goat ache community green coin
good mechanic competitor school comic
/k/ /g/
……………………………………… …………………………………
……………………… …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………
……………………… …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………………………
……………………… …………………
1. A. collect B. cough C. think D. certain

2. A. girl B. game C. gym D. give
3. A. colour B. face C. city D. recycle
4. A. global B. geography C. green D. big
5. A. charitable B. character C. headache D. school
6. A. generation B. goose C. ginger D. engineer
7. A. giggle B. gone C. engine D. forget
8. A. complete B. compass C. concert D. century
9. A. chemist B. school C. chance D. chaos
10. A. frog B. drag C. page D. mug
VOCABULARY
communal house /kəˈmjuːnl haʊs/ nhà rông, nhà sinh hoạt cộng đồng
costume (n) /ˈkɒstjuːm/ trang phục
crop (n) /krɒp/ vụ mùa, vụ trồng trọt
ethnic (adj) (group) /ˈeθnɪk/ (/ɡruːp/) (nhóm) dân tộc
feature (n) /ˈfːtʃə/ nét, đặc điểm
flute (n) /fluːt/ cái sáo (nhạc cụ)
folk (adj) /fəʊk/ thuộc về dân gian, truyền thống
gong (n) /ɡɒŋ/ cái cồng, cái chiêng
harvest (n) /ˈhɑːvɪst/ vụ mùa
highland (n) /ˈhaɪlənd/ vùng cao nguyên
livestock (n) /ˈlaɪvstɒk/ gia súc
minority (n) /maɪˈnɒrəti/ dân tộc thiểu số
overlook (v) /ˌəʊvəˈlʊk/ nhìn ra, đối diện
post (n) /pəʊst/ cột
raise (v) /reɪz/ chăn nuôi
soil (n) /sɔɪl/ đất trồng
staircase (n) /ˈsteəkeɪs/ cầu thang bộ
statue (n) /ˈstætʃuː/ tượng
stilt house /stɪlt haʊs/ nhà sàn
Task 1. Look at the picture and put the words in the box under the correct picture.
open-air market waterwheel costume stilt house

communal house terraced field livestock five color sticky rice
1…………………. 2. ………………….. 3. ………………… 4. …………………
5. . ………………… 6. . ………………… 7. . ………………… 8. …………….
terraced fields unique diverse heritage site ethnic minorities

stilt houses costume speciality ornaments folk dances
1. The Nung mostly live in though they also live in earthen houses.
2. Five-colour sticky rice is well-known as a of the north-western region of
Vietnam.
3. The goods in the open-air market are_______. You can find almost everything there.
4. Thai cloth is well-known for being , colourful and strong.
5. Xoe and Sap are of Thai ethnic minority people.
6. The of the Nung is not as colorful as that of other ethnic groups.
7. My Son sanctuary has been recognized by UNESCO as a world .
8. Thai women retain their traditional clothes including short vests, long black skirts, scarves,
and .
9. Sa Pa is famous for the located in the mountainous area.
10. make up between 10 to 15 percent of the population in VietNam.
Task 3. Match the words or phrases with their definition.

A. a wheel for raising water to a higher level
1. shawl (khan pieu)
2. costume B. a field that is on the side of a hill and divided into layers that
look like steps
C. local trading site for highlanders to exchange food or hand
3. terraced field made products
4. stilt house D. a traditional dance of a particular area or counted
5. waterwheel E. a building used for the worship of a god or gods
6. folk dance F. the largest stilt house in the village where village ceremonies
and festivals take place
7.communal house G. clothes that are typical of a particular place
8.temple H. a device created or adapted to make musical sounds
0. musical
instruments I. a house raised on piles over the surface of the soil
J. a large piece of cloth worn by Thai women or girls over their
0. open-air market head
1. Nga eats more than Tung does because she (HEALTHY)

likes fast food.
2. Viet Nam is a country with different peoples, (CULTURAL)
religions and traditions.
3. Most of the Central Highlands is . (MOUNTAIN)
4. The houses of many ethnic groups are used to worship the (COMMUNE)
ancestors.
5. To become friendlier, you should with your (SOCIALISATION)
workmates.
6. Five-coloured sticky rice is a traditional ___________ of Tay (SPECIAL)
people.
7. H’mong people live in the northern ___ region of Vietnam. (MOUNTAIN)
8. The Tai are known for their ___________ garments and their houses on (WEAVE)
stilts.
9. The ___________ you can find in Sapa include the Hmong, Dao, and (ETHNIC)
Tay.
10. Muong people are ___________ more closely related to the Tai (CULTURE)
people.
GRAMMAR
1. Types of question (Các dạng câu hỏi)

Có 2 dạng câu hỏi chính trong tiếng Anh đó là câu hỏi sử dụng từ hỏi (thường gọi là wh-
question) và câu hỏi dạng yes-no question.
1.1. WH-QUESTION
a. Who hoặc What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi chủ ngữ
Đây là câu hỏi khi muốn biết chủ ngữ hay chủ thể của hành động.
• What: Dùng để hỏi về sự vật/ sự việc

What happened to Mary?
Chuyện gì xảy ra với Mary thế?
She had an accident happened last night.
Cô ấy bị tai nạn tối hôm qua.
• Who: Dùng để hỏi về người.

Who lent you money?
Ai cho bạn mượn tiền?
My friend lent me money.
Bạn mình cho mình mượn tiền.
b. Whom hoặc What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi tân ngữ
Đây là các câu hỏi dùng khi muốn biết tân ngữ hay đối tượng chịu tác động của hành động.
• Whom: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về người.

Whom did you give the book to?
Bạn đã tặng cuốn sách cho ai?
I gave it to Tom.
Tôi tặng nó cho Tom.
• What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về đồ vật/ sự vật/ sự việc
What did your brother buy?
Em trai bạn đã mua gì?
He bought some sweets.
Cậu ấy mua vài chiếc kẹo.
c. When, Where, How và Why: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về trạng ngữ
How: Dùng để hỏi về phương tiện đi lại
When: Dùng để hỏi về thời gian
Where: Dùng để hỏi về nơi chốn/ địa điểm
Why: Dùng để hỏi về lí do
-How: How did Lan get to school yesterday?
Hôm qua Lan đến trường bằng phương tiện gì?
She went to school by bus.
Cô ấy đến trường bằng xe buýt.
-When: When did you go to the cinema?
Bạn đã đi rạp chiếu phim khi nào?
I went to the cinema yesterday.
Mình đã đi rạp chiếu phim ngày hôm qua.
-Why: Why did she fail the exam?
Tại sao cô ấy thi trượt?
Because she was lazy.
Bởi vì cô ấy lười học.
-Where: Where do you like going?
Bạn thích đi đâu?
I like going to the museum.
Mình thích đi viện bào tàng.
d. Ngoài ra ta còn có rất nhiều câu hỏi với “how”:

How ... Usage Example
How Dùng để hỏi với danh từ không đếm How much water do you need?
much được Bạn cần bao nhiêu nước?
How Dùng để hỏi với danh từ đếm được How many books does she have?
many Cô ấy có bao nhiêu cuốn sách?
How old Dùng để hỏi tuổi How old is your mother?
Mẹ bạn bao nhiêu tuổi?
How Dùng để hỏi về tần suất How often do you go to the cinema?
often Bạn đi xem phim bao lâu một lần?
How long Dùng để hỏi về thời lượng của hành How long have you been waiting for me?
động Bạn chờ tớ bao lâu rồi?
How far Dùng để hỏi về khoảng cách How far is it from your house to school?
Khoảng cách từ nhà bạn đến trường học
bao xa?
How + Dùng để hỏi về tính chất How large is the yard?
adj Cái sân rộng như thế nào?
1.2. Câu hỏi Yes/ No
Đối với dạng câu hỏi này, chúng ta chỉ có 2 cách trả lời: Hoặc là trả lời Yes, hoặc là trả lời No.
•Are you going to the cinema tonight?

Tối nay bạn có đi xem phim không?
Yes, I am. Or: No, I am not.
Có, mình có đi. Hoặc: Không, mình không đi.
•Was your father sick yesterday?
Hôm qua bố bạn bị ốm à?
Yes, he was. Or: No, he wasn’t.
Vâng, đúng vậy. Hoặc: Không, không phải.
•Have you seen this film before?
Trước kia bạn xem bộ phim này chưa?
Yes, I have. Or: No, I haven’t.
Ừ, mình đã xem. Hoặc: Không, mình chưa xem.
•Will you take part in this competition?
Bạn có tham gia kì thi này không?
Yes, I will. Or: No, I won’t.
Có, tớ có. Hoặc: Không, tớ không.
•Did you go to the zoo last week?
Tuần trước bạn đi sở thú à?
Yes, I did. Or: No, I didn’t.
Ừ, đúng vậy. Hoặc: Không, không phải.
•Does your mother like reading news?
Mẹ bạn thích đọc báo à?
Yes, she does. Or: No, she doesn’t.
2. Countable and uncountable nouns (Danh tù’ đếm được và không đếm được)
2.1. Countable nouns (Danh từ đếm đưọc)
• Định nghĩa
- Danh từ đếm được là những danh từ chỉ sự vật, sự việc riêng lẻ tách rời có thể đếm được.
E.g: an apple (1 quả táo), a pen (1 cái bút), a table (1 cái bàn), an egg (1 quả trứng), a cup (1
chiếc cốc), two books (2 cuốn sách), five babies (5 em bé)...
• Phân loại
- Danh từ đếm được được phân thành 2 loại: danh từ số ít và danh từ số nhiều.
Danh từ số ít chỉ một cái, một con, một vật..., thường đi với mạo từ a/an.
E.g: a cake (một cái bánh), an umbrella (một chiếc ô)...
• Quy tắc hình thành danh từ số nhiều từ danh từ đếm được so ít
Quy tắc 1: Danh từ số ít thường được chuyển sang dạng số nhiều bằng cách thêm s”.
E.g: a pen ‡ pens a book ‡ books
an egg ‡ eggs an ant ‡ ants
a boy ‡ boys a girl ‡ girls
Quy tắc 2: Thêm “es” vào tận cùng của danh từ kết thúc bằng các âm o, s, ss, ch, x, sh, z.
E.g: a class ‡ classes a tomato ‡ tomatoes
a box ‡ boxes a watch ‡ watches
Quy tắc 3: Danh từ kết thúc bằng “y” chúng ta chuyển thành “i + es”.
E.g: a candy ‡ candies a baby ‡ babies
a country ‡ countries a family ‡ families
Ngoại trừ: Các trường hợp danh từ kết thúc “y” mà trước nó lại là một nguyên âm khi
chuyển sang số nhiều, ta chỉ thêm “s”
E.g: a boy ‡ boys a key ‡ keys
Quy tắc 4: Danh từ có tận cùng là f, fe ta chuyển thành “+ ves”
E.g: a knife ‡ knives a wife ‡ wives a wolf ‡ wolves
Quy tắc 5: Một số danh từ đặc biệt không theo các quy tắc trên.
Danh từ số Danh tù’ số Ý nghĩa
ít nhiều
a man men đàn ông
a woman women phụ nữ
a child children trẻ con
a sheep sheep con cừu
a foot feet bàn chân
a tooth teeth răng
a person people người
a mouse mice con chuột
a goose geese con ngỗng
an ox oxen con bò đực
a fish fish con cá
a bacterium bacteria vi khuẩn
2.2. Uncountable nouns (Danh từ không đếm được)
• Định nghĩa
Danh từ không đếm được là những danh từ chỉ những sự vật, hiện tượng mà chúng ta
không thể đếm được tách rời ví dụ như danh từ chỉ chất liệu, chất lỏng, chất sệt, chất bột hay
các danh tù' trừu tượng.
E.g: milk (sữa), sugar (đường), happiness (niềm vui), advice (lời khuyên), money (tiền),
bread (bánh mì)...
• Phân loại
Khác với danh từ đếm được, các danh từ không đếm được chỉ có dạng số ít. Danh từ
không đếm được được chia làm 5 nhóm điển hình như sau:
Nhóm 1: Danh từ chỉ đồ ăn: food (đồ ăn), meat (thịt), water (nước), rice (gạo), sugar
(đường), …
Nhóm 2: Danh từ chỉ khái niệm trừu tượng: help (sự giúp đỡ), fun (niềm vui),
information (thông tin), knowledge (kiến thức), patience (sự kiên trì), ...
Nhóm 3: Danh từ chỉ lĩnh vực, môn học: Mathematics (môn Toán), Ethics (Đạo đức
học), Music (Âm nhạc), History (Lịch sử), grammar (ngữ pháp), ...
Nhóm 4: Danh từ chỉ hiện tượng tự nhiên: thunder (sấm), snow (tuyết), heat (nhiệt độ),
wind (gió), light (ánh sáng), ...
Nhóm 5: Danh từ chỉ hoạt động: swimming (bơi), walking (đị bộ), reading (đọc),
cooking (nấu ăn), sleeping (ngủ), …
* Chú ý: Có một số danh từ có thể dùng như danh từ đếm được và danh từ không đếm được
cùng lúc với ý nghĩa khác nhau:
Paper He reads a paper. (Anh ấy đọc một tờ báo.)
He bought some paper. (Anh ấy mua một vài
tờ giấy viết.)
Work Mark is finding work. (Mark đang tìm việc.)
Mozart composed many works. (Mozart đã
sáng tác nhiều tác phẩm.)
Hair There's a hair in the cup of tea. (Có một cọng tóc trong cốc trà.)
My hair is so long. (Tóc tôi dài quá.)
Experien We had many interesting experiences at the party.
ce (Chúng tôi có nhiều hoạt động thú vị trong bữa tiệc.)
It's very important to have experience in work.
(Có kinh nghiệm trong công việc là điều rất
quan trọng.)
Trong một số trường hợp, danh từ không đếm được có thế đi kèm với a/an:
a pity: một điều đáng tiếc a shame: một sự xấu hổi
a wonder: một điều ngạc nhiên a fear: một điều đáng sợ, đáng lo ngại
a help: một sự giúp đỡ a relief: một sự nhẹ nhõm
Task 1. Choose the correct word.
1. A: Who/ What/ When / Why is your favourite cartoon?

B: It is “Kung Fu Panda”.
2. A: Who/ What/ When / Why is the weathergirl on VTV3 at 8 o’clock tonight?
B: She is Hoai Anh.
3. A: Who/ What/ When / How is the film “Harry Potter”?
B: It is very mysterious and thrilling.
4. A: When/Where/ Why / How is the studio of Vietnam Television?
B: In Hanoi.
5. A: When/Where/ Why/ How do people like watching game shows?
B: Because they are educational and entertaining.
6. A: When/Where/ Why/ How did the first channel broadcast in the world?
B: In 1928.
7. A: When/ How often/ How long/ How much do you watch this TV programme?
B: Three times a week.
8. A: When/Where/ Why/ How have we watched this programme?
B: About one year.
9. A: How many/Where/ Why/ How televisions are there in your house?
B: There are two televisions in my house.
10. A: When/Where/ Why/ How will you buy a new television?
B: Maybe tomorrow.
Task 2. Complete each sentence with a suitable question word.
1 ethnic group has larger population, Cho Ro or Chu Ru? – ChoRo.

2 groups of languages do all ethnic groups speak? – Eightgroups.
3 is the biggest house in the village? – It’sthe communal house.
4 arts are displayed in a museum in Da Nang city? – TheCham’s.
5 do the San Diu mainly live? – InQuang Ninh province.
6 do the Thai hold ceremonies to worship their ancestors? – Everyyear.
7 is the village chief of the Phu La? – Theoldest man.
8 is it from here, to the communal house? – Justabout one kilometre.
9 is “khan pieu”? – It’s a shawl with colorful embroidery.
10 do they cook five coloured sticky rice? – Onspecial occasions
Task 2. Decide whether these nouns are countable (C) or uncountable (U).
1. The children are playing games. _____________

2. I don't like orange juice. _____________
3. She prefers drinking coffee. _____________
4. There's some money on the table. _____________
5. My mother is baking cakes. _____________
6. There are a lot of ceiling fans in our classroom. _____________
7. They need some glue to fix the door. _____________
8. Have we got any bread? _____________
9. He drank three big glasses of wine yesterday. _____________
10. How many chairs are there in the living room? _____________
Task 4. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
1. Nick is curious the ethnic minority groups in Vietnam.

2. The Viet account about 86% of Vietnam’s population.
3. The M’Nong live in houses built stilts.
4. The Hmong live mostly ________the mountainous regions _______the north.
5. The M’Nong in Ban Don are well known their elephant hunting and domestication.
6. Many ethnic minority students are studying boarding schools.
7. The Thai have a population about one and a half million people.
8. Tay language belongs the Tay-Thai language group.
9. The communal house is used village meetings and festivities.
10. The chapi is made a section of an old bamboo.
1. We’ve listed lots of better things to do instead of watch TV.

A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
11. Most ethnic groups live in rural areas, growing rice and practising slash-and-burn
A B C
farm.
D
12. The Muong people are the ethnic minority who live in the mountainous regions
A B C
of Vietnam.
D
13. We have recently visited some of the remote communities in the north highlands.
A B C D
14. Youth Ngai women did not receive the inheritance after their parents died.
A B C D
15. The Ta Oi managed preserving their proverbs, folk songs, and stories.
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and complete the text. (Track 08)
1. The Cham have lived along the (1) ..................... of central Vietnam for alongtime.
2. Betel chewing is very (2) ..................... to people’s daily life and traditional rituals.
3. (3) ..................... wear shirts fastened down the center with buttons.
4. The (4) ..................... of Cham live in Ninh Thuan and Binh Thuan.
5. Cham women take the initiative in (5) .....................
Task 2: Listen again and write T (true)/ F (false) for each statement.
No. Statements T/F

1. The Cham don’t possess a rich culture.
2. The Cham often eat fish, meat and bulb vegetables with rice.
3. Rice and can wines are Cham’s unfavourite drinks.
4. Cham women wear long-sleeved pullover blouses.
5. The children are named after the family name of the father.
SPEAKING
1. Which ethnic group has a larger population, B. Not exactly. They are the third
the Ede or the Muong?
2. Shall we join their folk games? C. It’s a folk dance called mua sap.
3. What is that dance? D. In Binh Phuoc and Dak Lak.
4. When does Sapa Love Market take place? E. The Muong.
5. Have you ever tried any ethnic specialities? F. By motorcycle or bus.
6. How can we go to Don village from Buon Me G. Every Saturday evening.
Thuot city?
7. The Thai is the second largest ethnic group in H. Sure. Which of those games
Vietnam? would you like to play.
8. Where do the M’Nong mainly live? I. Yes, I’ve tried some. They’re
very delicious.
Task 2. Make the questions for underline words
1.A:
B: We’d like to know something about the cultural groups of Vietnam.
2.A:
B: The Tay don’t allow guests to sit in the room of their altar because that room is
such a sacred place.
3.A:
B: The Pu Peo farm on burned land and terraced fields.
4.A:
B: They dug canals to bring water to their rice fields.
5.A:
B: The Muong speak the Muong language.
6.A:
B: A typical La Chi stilt house has three apartments.
7. A:
B: Some ethnic groups lived a semi-nomadic life decades ago.
8. A:
B: Ako Dhong village was established by chief of village Ama H’rin.
9. A:
B: Most people in the village live simply and happily.
10. A: B: The open air market is about 3 kilometres from our village.
READING
Task 1. Read the text and match the words with their definition
MUONG ETHNIC GROUP CULTURAL SPACE MUSEUM IN HOA BINH

The first thing visitors see is water spilling over rock formation into a stream flanked by rice
mortars, a reflection of the unique cultural identity of the Muong people. The centuries-old
Muong culture is captured in two sections: a reenactment section and a display section. The
reenactment section contains 4 Muong stilt houses that illustrate the social stratification of
feudal society. The Muong houses are differentiated by socialstatus - the “Lang” house for the
most powerful families, the “Âu” house for the mandarins, the ‘Tạo” house for ordinary people,
and the “Nõ” house for the lowest class, such as widows and orphans. Further on are display
rooms which showcase traditional Muong handicrafts such as knitted woven and embroidered
fabrics, tools for hunting and farming, and items used in festivals, traditional observances, and
religious practice. Visitor Ngo Thu Nga from Hanoi told VOV: “I am grateful for the initiative,
love of Muong culture, and effort that created these displays and this museum.”
No. Words Opt. Definition
1. visitor a. the way of life, especially the general customs and beliefs, of a
particular group of people at a particular time
2. unique b. having a lot of power to control people and events
3. culture c. a building where objects of historical, scientific or artistic interest
are kept
4. stilt house d. a large group of people who live together in an organized way
5. society e. not different or special or unexpected in any way; usual
6. powerful f. someone who visits a person or place
7. ordinary g. relating to religion
8. traditional h. A type of house of Muong ethnic people built on long pieces.
9. religious i. following or belonging to the customs or ways of behaving that
have continued in a group of people or society for a long time
10. museum j. being the only existing one of its type or, more generally, unusual
or special in some way
Task 2. Read the text and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
The Hmong, or Meo, who number about 800,000, are found in villages known as
giao throughout the highlands of northern Vietnam. The Hmong migrated to Vietnam
from the southern China at the beginning of the 19th century.
The Hmong minority group has been subdivided into branches classified by
women’s costume, dialect and customs. For example, the Hmong of Sa Pa are called
Black Hmong because of their predominantly black clothing. The most colourful
sub-group are the Flower Hmong, found in large numbers around Bac Ha in Lao Cai
province, who wear bright-coloured clothes with embroidery.
Corn is the main staple of Hmong people, but rice is often grown on terraces
watered with the aid of irrigation. Hemp is grown to be woven into textiles, and
cotton is also cultivated in some villages. As skilled artisans, the Hmong produce a
variety of items, including handwoven indigo-dyed cloth, paper, silver jewellry,
leather goods, baskets and embroidery. The Hmong have no written language. Their
legends, songs, folklore and proverbs have been passed down from one generation to
the next through the spoken word.
1. The Hmong in Vietnam have a population of 8 million people. __________
2. They immigrated from China approximately 300 years ago. __________
3. Black Hmong women wear black clothing. __________
4. Rice is the most important crop of Hmong people. __________
5. Hemp is cultivated for textile fiber. __________
6. The Hmong don’t have their own language. __________
Task 3. Fill in each gap with a word from the box.
including display ethnic which viewed throughout home

Vietnam Museum of Ethnology in Hanoi offers an insight into the 54 different (1)
groups of Vietnam in an effort to preserve cultural heritage and promot
esocio-cultural (2) within the country.
The museum has over 15,000 artefacts (3) photographs and othermulti-media
such as audiotapes. Its indoor exhibition space can be (4) ______viaa virtual tour (5)
includes the Viet, Muong, Tho, Chut, Tay, Thai, Ka Dai,H’Mong-Dao, Tang,
San Dui, Ngai, Mon-Khmer, Nam-Dao, Cham, Hoa and Khmerethnic groups. There
are priceless antiques on (6) alongside everydayobjects such as pipes, baskets
and knives.
The outdoor area presents a range of traditional (7) ______including a laystilt house and a
Viet house. The museum is suitable for children, and all documents and display signs (8)
__________ have been translated into French and English
Ruou can, also known as tube wine in English, is a unique drink that can be found in the
mountainous regions of Central Vietnam like Tay Nguyen. It’s made from rice and other herbs.
The recipe differs in various ethnic minorities groups depending on what is available in their
surroundings. The ingredients are kept in a ceramic jar for a month. Using a thin bamboo straw,
people drink ruou can directly from the jar. This drink is commonly served during a special
celebration such as weddings, New Year festivals…. People often gather around the wine jar
and drink together while singing and dancing. It’s considered an honour in many ethnic groups
to be offered this kind of rice wine.
1. What does the writer call ruou can in the passage?
A. Tune wine. C. A and B are correct
B. A kind of rice wine. D. A and B are incorrect.
2. What are the ingredients of ruou can?
A. Medical herbs. C. Rice and some local plants.
B. Some kinds of rice. D. Rice and woody plants.
3. Which of the following is TRUE about the recipe ofruou can?
A. This kind of wine is made in one month.
B. The ingredients are kept in a jar made of metal.
C. The recipe of ruou can in every area is the same.
D. People have to buy ingredients from other regions to make ruou can.
4. According to the writer, when do mountainous residents drink ruou can?
A. Before singing and dancing. B. Every one month.
C. When they climb to a mountain. D. When they celebrate special events.
5. Which of the following is NOT stated in the passage?
A. People drink ruou can from the same jar.
B.Ruou can is sold around the country.
C. Ruou can is usually made in mountainous regions.
D. Being served ruou can is an honour.
WRITING
1. country/ with/ Vietnam/ 54/ is/ multiethnic/ a/ groups/ ethnic.

……………………………………………………………………………………..
2. minorities/ make/ population/ Ethnic/ up/ 15 percent/ of/ the/ of/ about/ Vietnam 3.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Most/ live/ of/ ethnic/ in/ minorities/ the/ the/ areas/ in/ north/ the/ mountainous.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Vietnam/ Tay/ second/ the/ largest/ are/ the/ ethnic/ in/ group.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
5. are/ The/ known/ Nung/ including/ music and poetry/ for/ folk-art/ richness/ traditions/ their/
of.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
6. a/ The/ Dao/ language/ speak/ Hmong-Dao/ of/ language system.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
7. not/ as/ The/ Nung/ costume/ is/ colourful/ of/ the/ as/ that/ of/ ethnic/ other/ groups.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
8. The/ Ede/ built/ on/ live/ in/ stilts/ in/ wooden/ villages/ longhouses/ as/ buon/ known.
……………………………………………………………………………………..
1. Your village is so beautiful!
What ______________________________________________________
2. How long is it since you built this stilt house?
When ______________________________________________________
3. Living in a big city is more convenient than living in a village.
It’s______________________________________________________
4. Where does he live?
What______________________________________________________
5. Although the villagers are quite poor, they live a happy and healthy way.
In spite of______________________________________________________
6. What did the local people say?
Could you tell me______________________________________________________
7. Romantic films interest me more than war films.
I find______________________________________________________
8. A lot of people take the train from Oxford to London every day.
A lot of people travel
9. How about asking the local people for help?
Why______________________________________________________
10. Is there an ancestral altar in the La Chi’s largest apartment?
Does ______________________________________________________
Task 3. Write a paragraph (80 words) about the picture

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
TEST FOR UNIT 4
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in
each question.
1. A. ethnic B. gather C. though D. clothing
2. A. hunt B. custom C. multicultural D. unique
3. A. minority B. ethinic C. tradition D. religion
4. A. minority B. majority C. diversity D. curious
5. A. costume B. recognise C. significant D. terraced
6. A boy is ___________ the buffalo in the rice field.
A. playing B. fighting C. herding D. running
7. There are not many high buildings to block ____________ in our village.
A. view B. a view C. some views D. the view
8. Terraced fields are often found in ___________ area.
A. mountain B. mountainous C. mountaineer D. mountainful
9. Vietnam is a country of great ____________ with 54 ethnic groups.
A. diversity B. diversed C. diverse D. diversion
10. For Vietnamese people living in the countryside, rice is the main ___________ crops.
A. agriculture B. agricultural C. agribusiness D. agricultures
11. Important decisions of the whole tribal group are often made in the _______ house.
A. communal B. communication C. communicate D. common
12. Many Vietnamese ethnic minority students are studying at ___________ schools.
A. private B. international C. national D. boarding
13. During Tet holiday, many _________ festivals are held among different ethnic groups in
Vietnam.
A. religion B. religiousity C. religious D. religiously
14. Vietnamese government have made great effort to __________ traditional cultural
indentifies of each minority group.
A. change B. preserve C. collect D. store
15. The Cham has a __________ of wet rice cultivation.
A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditioned
16. It is risky to travel across the mountain at night.
A. safe B. unsafe C. convenient D. inconvenient
17. Nam would like to find out more about the customs and traditions of Tay people.
A. to see B. to look for C. to learn D. to watch
18. Ancestor worshipping plays a significant role in Vietnames culture.
A. important B. unimportant C. minor D. active
Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of
the following sentences.
19. The majority of The Viet live along the Red River and The Mekong Delta.
A. a half B. all C. minority D. none
20. Gong is considered a unique musical instrument of Tay Nguyen people.
A. rare B. special C. typical D. common
21. _________ does Hung Temple Festival take place? – In Phu Tho.
A. What B. Where C. When D. Why
22. _________ do the cattle provide the nomads? – Dairy products, meat and clothing.
23. _________ is this festival held among the ethnic group? – Every month.
A. How B. How often C. When D. Why
24. Among mountainous regions in VietNam, ________ one will you want to travel to?
A. What B. When C. How D. Which
25. “Ruou Can” is _________ kind of fermented rice wine produced in Vietnam, especially in
_________ mountainous areas like Tay Nguyen or Tay Bac.
A. a – the B. the – a C. a – 0 D. 0 – the
26. Do Vietnamese _________ often eat moon cakes at the Mid – Autumn Festival?
A. person B. people C. persons D. people
27. Vietnam is __________ multi-ethnic country with over 50 distinct groups.
A. the B. a C. 0 D. an
28.______________ does it cost to visit this bamboo village?.
A. How many B. How much C. How often D. How
29. We are going to cook Vietnamse food including __________ and _________.
A. fried rices/ beef noodle soup B. fried rice/ beef noodle soups
C. fried rice/ beef noodle soup D. fried rices/ beef noodle soups
30. You can get _________information if you go to the museum with me.
A. a lot of B. many C. a D. any
31. As(A) for the majority of ethnic groups in a (B) Central Highlands, Gongs are (C) musical
instruments of sacred (D) power.
32. The(A) Viet have(B) many(C) tradition(D) customs and craft.
33. How many(A) month is(B) Huong Pagoda Festival held(C) in(D?
34. Tay people lives(A) mostly(B) in the mountainous(C) regions(D) in the North of Vietnam.
35. I’m sure you will have an forgettable(A) time when you attend(B) traditional(C) festivals
in(D) Vietnam.
Among ethnic minorities in Vietnam, the largest ones are Tay, Thai, Muong, Hoa, Khmer,
and Nung with a population of around 1 million each, while the smallest are Brau, Roman,
Odu with several hundred people each.
The Cham people once boasted a flourishing culture early in the history. The Tay, Nung,
and Khmer ethnic groups had reached high levels of development with the presence of various
social classes. The Muong, Mong, Dao, Thai ethnic groups gathered under the rule of local
tribal heads. Many ethnic groups divided their population into social echelons, especially
those who lived in mountainous areas.
A number of ethnic minorities had mastered some fanning techniques. They grew rice
plants in swamped paddy fields and carried out irrigation. Others went hunting, fishing,
collecting and lived a semi-nomadic life. Each group has its own culture, diverse and special.
Beliefs and religions of the Vietnamese ethnic minority groups were also disparate from each
other.
(Source: Adapted from Chinh
Phu)
T F
36. The largest ethnic minorities in Vietnam are Tay, Thai, Muong, Hoa, Khmer, and
Roman.
37. There is a tribal head in Dao ethnic group.
38. Some ethnic people live a semi-nomadic life
39. Many ethnic groups divided their population into social echelons.
40. There is no difference between beliefs and religions of the Vietnames ethnic
minority groups.
Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of
the questions below.
Bamboo is engraved in Vietnamese culture and daily life, providing protection, and
representing resiliency. Bamboo can be manipulated in any shape or form to assist in the
simplest or most complex of functions. Here in Vietnam, and especially in the countryside,
bamboo is used for everything- from chopsticks, to chairs, to agricultural tools, to roofs, to
instruments and to home decorations.
Bamboo is embedded even in Vietnamese dance culture! A series of bamboo sticks are set
up in a line, with people holding them in place on either side. Dancers move in and out of the
sticks, trying to time their dancing so as not to get caught between the bamboo sticks.
Performers typically dance hand in hand, slowly making their way sideways along the bamboo
line and even the best of dancers always tend to get stuck a few times, resulting in bunches of
giggles and loads of smiles.
(Source: Adapted from We Have Kids)
A. Bamboo dance is part of Vietnamese traditional art.
B. Bamboo is a part of Vietnam culture and daily life.
C. Bamboo dance is very easy to learn.
D. It is fun to do bamboo dance.
42. What is NOT MENTIONED as a function of bamboo?
A. Making chopsticks
B. Making agriculture tools
C. Making bowls
D. Making roofs
43. According to the passage, to perform the bamboo dance, dancers should
A. try not to get caught by the bamboo sticks.
B. move in and out of the bamboo sticks quickly.
C. Both A and B are correct.
D. Both A and B are incorrect.
A. We can make many things from bamboo.
B. Bamboo dancers use their hands on the floor to dance.
C. The best bamboo dancers can still get stuck a few times.
D. Bamboo appears a lot in Vietnam daily life.
45. Which explanation has the closest meaning to the word “hand in hand” in the passage?
A. Holding each other’s hand
B. Clapping each other’s hand
C. Shaking each other’s hand
D. Waving each other’s hand
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) which is the best question for the underlined part or has
the closest meaning to the one provided.
46. In this mountainous area, it often takes the students two hours to go to their boarding
school.
A. How much does it take the students in this mountainous area to go to their boarding
school?
B. How long does it take the students in this mountainous area to go to their boarding
school?
C. How much do the students in this mountainous area go to their boarding school?
D. How long do the students in this mountainous area go to their boarding school?
47. Tet is the most important festival in Vietnam.
A. Which is the most important festival in Vietnam?
B. When is the most important festival in Vietnam?
C. Where is the most important festival in Vietnam?
D. Why is the most important festival in Vietnam?
48. Muong’s men often wear round-neck shirts.
A. What does Muong’s men often wear?
B. What do Muong’s men often wear?
C. Which does Muong’s men often wear?
D. Which do Muong’s men often wear?
49. How long have you been an ethnologist?
A. When were you an ethnologist?
B. When have you been an ethnologist?
C. When did you become an ethnologist?
D. When are you an ethnologist?
50. Who does this beautiful watch belong to?
A. Whose is this beautiful watch?
B. Whose does this beautiful watch?
C. Which is this watch?
D. Which is the owner of this watch?
_____The end_____
UNIT 4 ETHNIC GROUPS OF VIETNAM
PRONOUNCIATION
/k/ /g/
kitchen girl
Âm/k/
/k/ là một phụ âm vô thanh. Để phát âm âm này, phần đuôi của lưỡi nâng cao lên đuôi vòm
miệng đế ngăn hơi từ miệng thổi ra. Sau đó thả nhanh đuôi lưỡi và giải phóng hơi bay ra.
Chú ý cổ họng không rung.
Âm/g/
/g/ là một phụ âm hữu thanh. Cách phát âm âm /g/ gần giống âm /k/ tuy nhiên dòng hơi
thổi ra không mạnh và cổ họng phải rung.
Các em thực hành phát âm các từ và các câu sau:
/k/ /g/
car /kɑːr/ game /ɡeɪm/

key/kiː/ girl /gɜːrl/
talk /tɔːk/ ghost /ɡəʊst/
keep /kiːp/ big /bɪɡ/
close /kləʊz/ bag /bæɡ/
kitchen/ˈkɪtʃɪn/ begin /bɪˈɡɪn/
carefully /ˈkerfəli/ again /əˈɡɛn/
chemistry /ˈkemɪstri/ beggar /ˈbeɡər/
school bag /skuːl bæɡ/ hungry /ˈhʌŋɡri/
architecture /ˈɑːrkɪtektʃər/ agreement/əˈɡriːmənt/
I’ll make a cake for Mike. Go get your mother’s glasses.

/ɑɪl meɪk ə keɪk fər maɪk/ /gəʊ get jər ˈmʌðər ˈglæsɪz/
Did Rick rake the leaves? Peggy begged to go to the art gallery.
/dɪd rɪk reɪkðəliːvz/ /ˈpegi begd tə gəʊ tə ði ɑːrt ˈgæləri/
Pick the music up tomorrow. Gloria gives gracious get- togethers.
/pɪk ðə ˈmjuːzɪk ʌp təˈmɔːrəʊ/ /ˈglɔːriə gɪvz ˈgreɪʃəs get- təˈgeðərz/
Look at the black bike over there. Please give me eight gallons of gas.
/lʊk ət ðə blæk baɪk ˈəʊvər ðeər/ /pliːz gɪv mi eɪt ˈgælənz ʌv gæz/
Luke fell off his bike and scraped his Maggie bagged all the groceries.
skin. /ˈmægi bægd ɔːl ðə ˈgrəoʊsəriz/
/luːk fel ɔːf hɪz baɪk ənd skreɪpt hɪz skɪn/
Task 1. Put the words into the correct columns.
ache forgot generation gone make

goat ache community green coin
good mechanic competitor school comic
/g/
/k/
………………………… … good … goat
… ask ……… ache …
………………………… …forgot…………
coin ……… mechanic
………………………… generation … green …
…competitor………
…………………………
gone
comic …… make ……
…………………………
……………………………
community … school
…………………………
Task 2. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. A. collect B. cough C. think D. certain
2. A. girl B. game C. gym D. give
3. A. colour B. face C. city D. recycle
4. A. global B. geography C. green D. big
5. A. charitable B. character C. headache D. school
6. A. generation B. goose C. ginger D. engineer

7. A. giggle B. gone C. engine D. forget
8. A. complete B. compass C. concert D. century
9. . A. chemist B. school C. chance D. chaos
10. A. frog B. drag C. page D. mug
VOCABULARY
communal house /kəˈmjuːnl haʊs/ nhà rông, nhà sinh hoạt cộng đồng
costume (n) /ˈkɒstjuːm/ trang phục
crop (n) /krɒp/ vụ mùa, vụ trồng trọt
ethnic (adj) (group) /ˈeθnɪk/ (/ɡruːp/) (nhóm) dân tộc
feature (n) /ˈfːtʃə/ nét, đặc điểm
flute (n) /fluːt/ cái sáo (nhạc cụ)
folk (adj) /fəʊk/ thuộc về dân gian, truyền thống
gong (n) /ɡɒŋ/ cái cồng, cái chiêng
harvest (n) vụ mùa
highland (n) vùng cao nguyên
livestock (n) /ˈlaɪvstɒk/ gia súc
minority (n) /maɪˈnɒrəti/ dân tộc thiểu số
overlook (v) /ˌəʊvəˈlʊk/ nhìn ra, đối diện
post (n) /pəʊst/ cột
raise (v) chăn nuôi
soil (n) đất trồng
staircase (n) /ˈsteəkeɪs/ cầu thang bộ
statue (n) /ˈstætʃuː/ tượng

stilt house /stɪlt haʊs/ nhà sàn
open-air market waterwheel costumes stilt house
communal house terraced field livestock five color sticky rice
1 communal house 2. open-air market 3. five color sticky 4. livestock

…………………… …………………….. rice …………………
… ……………………
5. costumes. 6.waterwheel 7. . stilt house 8. terraced field

………………… ………………… ………………… …………….
heritage site
costume ornaments folk dances
The Nung mostly live in stilt houses though they also live in earthen houses.
Five-colour sticky rice is well-known as a speciality of the
north-western region of Vietnam.
The goods in the open-air market are__ diverse _. You can find almost everything there.
Thai cloth is well-known for being unique , colourful and strong.
Xoe and Sap are folk dances of Thai ethnic minority people.
The costume of the Nung is not as colorful as that of other ethnic groups.
My Son sanctuary has been recognized by UNESCO as a world heritage site .
Thai women retain their traditional clothes including short vests, long black skirts, scarves, and
ornaments .
Sa Pa is famous for the terraced fields located in the mountainous area.
Ethnic minorities make up between 10 to 15 percent of the
population in VietNam.
1- J A. a wheel for raising water to a higher level

1. shawl (khan pieu)
2. costume 2-G B. a field that is on the side of a hill and divided into layers
that look like steps
3-B C. local trading site for highlanders to exchange food or hand

3. terraced field made products
4. stilt house 4-I D. a traditional dance of a particular area or counted
5. waterwheel 5-A E. a building used for the worship of a god or gods
6. folk dance 6-D F. the largest stilt house in the village where village ceremonies
and festivals take place
7.communal house 7-F G. clothes that are typical of a particular place
8.temple 8- E H. a device created or adapted to make musical sounds
9. musical 9-H
instruments I. a house raised on piles over the surface of the soil
10. open-air 10-C J. a large piece of cloth worn by Thai women or girls over their
market head
1. Nga eats more unhealthily than Tung does (HEALTHY)

because she likes fast food.
2. Viet Nam is a multicultural country with (CULTURAL)
different peoples, religions and traditions.
3. Most of the Central Highlands is mountainous . (MOUNTAIN)
4. The communal houses of many ethnic groups are used to (COMMUNE)
worship the ancestors.
5. To become friendlier, you should socialise (SOCIALISATION)
with your workmates.
6. Five-coloured sticky rice is a traditional speciality/ (SPECIAL)

specialty ___________ of Tay people.
7. H’mong people live in the northern __ mountainous _ region of (MOUNTAIN)
Vietnam.
8. The Tai are known for their __ woven _________ garments and (WEAVE)
their houses on stilts.
9. The ethnicities ___________ you can find in Sapa include the (ETHNIC)
Hmong, Dao, and Tay.
10. Muong people are __ culturally _________ more closely (CULTURE)
related to the Tai people.
GRAMMAR
1. Types of question (Các dạng câu hỏi)

Có 2 dạng câu hỏi chính trong tiếng Anh đó là câu hỏi sử dụng từ hỏi (thường gọi là
wh-question) và câu hỏi dạng yes-no question.
1.1. WH-QUESTION
a. Who hoặc What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi chủ ngữ
Đây là câu hỏi khi muốn biết chủ ngữ hay chủ thể của hành động.
Who/What + Verb + (complement) + (modifier)?
• What: Dùng để hỏi về sự vật/ sự việc

What happened to Mary?
Chuyện gì xảy ra với Mary thế?
She had an accident happened last night.
Cô ấy bị tai nạn tối hôm qua.
• Who: Dùng để hỏi về người.
Who lent you money?
Ai cho bạn mượn tiền?
My friend lent me money.
Bạn mình cho mình mượn tiền.
b. Whom hoặc What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi tân ngữ
Đây là các câu hỏi dùng khi muốn biết tân ngữ hay đối tượng chịu tác động của hành động.
Whom/ What + auxiliary + subject + verb?
• Whom: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về người.

Whom did you give the book to?
Bạn đã tặng cuốn sách cho ai?
I gave it to Tom.
Tôi tặng nó cho Tom.
• What: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về đồ vật/ sự vật/ sự việc
What did your brother buy?
Em trai bạn đã mua gì?
He bought some sweets.
Cậu ấy mua vài chiếc kẹo.
c. When, Where, How và Why: Từ hỏi dùng để hỏi về trạng ngữ
When, Where, How, Why + auxiliary I subject + verb?
How: Dùng để hỏi về phương tiện đi lại

When: Dùng để hỏi về thời gian
Where: Dùng để hỏi về nơi chốn/ địa điểm
Why: Dùng để hỏi về lí do
-How: How did Lan get to school yesterday?
Hôm qua Lan đến trường bằng phương tiện gì?
She went to school by bus.
Cô ấy đến trường bằng xe buýt.
-When: When did you go to the cinema?
Bạn đã đi rạp chiếu phim khi nào?
I went to the cinema yesterday.
Mình đã đi rạp chiếu phim ngày hôm qua.
-Why: Why did she fail the exam?
Tại sao cô ấy thi trượt?
Because she was lazy.
Bởi vì cô ấy lười học.
-Where: Where do you like going?
Bạn thích đi đâu?
I like going to the museum.
Mình thích đi viện bào tàng.
d. Ngoài ra ta còn có rất nhiều câu hỏi với “how”:

How ... Usage Example
How much Dùng để hỏi với danh How much water do you need?
từ không đếm được Bạn cần bao nhiêu nước?
How many Dùng để hỏi với danh How many books does she have?
từ đếm được Cô ấy có bao nhiêu cuốn sách?
How old Dùng để hỏi tuổi How old is your mother?
Mẹ bạn bao nhiêu tuổi?
How often Dùng để hỏi về tần How often do you go to the cinema?
suất Bạn đi xem phim bao lâu một lần?
How long Dùng để hỏi về thời How long have you been waiting for
lượng của hành động me?
Bạn chờ tớ bao lâu rồi?
How far Dùng để hỏi về How far is it from your house to
khoảng cách school?
Khoảng cách từ nhà bạn đến trường
học bao xa?
How + adj Dùng để hỏi về tính How large is the yard?
chất Cái sân rộng như thế nào?
1.2. Câu hỏi Yes/ No
Đối với dạng câu hỏi này, chúng ta chỉ có 2 cách trả lời: Hoặc là trả lời Yes, hoặc là trả lời
No.
Yes, + S + positive verb

No, + S + negative verb.
•Are you going to the cinema tonight?

Tối nay bạn có đi xem phim không?
Yes, I am. Or: No, I am not.
Có, mình có đi. Hoặc: Không, mình không đi.
•Was your father sick yesterday?
Hôm qua bố bạn bị ốm à?
Yes, he was. Or: No, he wasn’t.
•Have you seen this film before?
Trước kia bạn xem bộ phim này chưa?
Yes, I have. Or: No, I haven’t.
Ừ, mình đã xem. Hoặc: Không, mình chưa xem.
•Will you take part in this competition?
Bạn có tham gia kì thi này không?
Yes, I will. Or: No, I won’t.
Có, tớ có. Hoặc: Không, tớ không.
•Did you go to the zoo last week?
Tuần trước bạn đi sở thú à?
Yes, I did. Or: No, I didn’t.
Ừ, đúng vậy. Hoặc: Không, không phải.
•Does your mother like reading news?
Mẹ bạn thích đọc báo à?
Yes, she does. Or: No, she doesn’t.

1. A: Who/ What/ When / Why is your favourite cartoon?
B: It is “Kung Fu Panda”.
2. A: Who/ What/ When / Why is the weathergirl on VTV3 at 8 o’clock tonight?
B: She is Hoai Anh.
3. A: Who/ What/ When / How is the film “Harry Potter”?
B: It is very mysterious and thrilling.
4. A: When/Where/ Why / How is the studio of Vietnam Television?
B: In Hanoi.
5. A: When/Where/ Why/ How do people like watching game shows?
B: Because they are educational and entertaining.
6. A: When/Where/ Why/ How did the first channel broadcast in the world?
B: In 1928.
7. A: When/ How often/ How long/ How much do you watch this TV programme?
B: Three times a week.
8. A: When/Where/ Why/ How have we watched this programme?
B: About one year.
9. A: How many/Where/ Why/ How televisions are there in your house?
B: There are two televisions in my house.
10. A: When/Where/ Why/ How will you buy a new television?
B: Maybe tomorrow.
Task 2. Complete each sentence with a suitable question word.
1 Which ethnic group has larger population, Cho Ro or Chu Ru? – ChoRo.
2 How many groups of languages do all ethnic groups speak? – Eightgroups.
3 What is the biggest house in the village? – It’sthe communal house.
4 Whose arts are displayed in a museum in Da Nang city? – TheCham’s.
5 Where do the San Diu mainly live? – InQuang Ninh province.
6 How often do the Thai hold ceremonies to worship their ancestors? – Everyyear.
7 Who is the village chief of the Phu La? – Theoldest man.
8 How far is it from here, to the communal house? – Justabout one kilometre.
9 What is “khan pieu”? – It’s a shawl with colorful embroidery.
10 When do they cook five coloured sticky rice? – Onspecial occasions
Task 3. Underline the correct option. This may include a space (–) for zero article.
1. Vietnam is a/an/ the multiethnic country with 54 ethnic groups.

2. The Viet (Kinh) people account for 87% of a / the / – country’s population.
3. Chaul Chnam Thmey is a/ an/ the celebration of New Year by Khmers.
4. Folk singing of the Bru-Van Kieu is popular, particularly cha chap and sim, the / a / an alternating
chant between young men and women.
5. Ancestor worship is the / a / – most important religious activity among the Bru-Van Kieu.
6. The La Ha grow the/ – /a cotton but do not weave.
7. The Rong house of the Xo Dang is a / an / the big stilt house with a high roof which looks like a/an/
the axe.
8. The young Co Ho women play an / a / the active role in marriage.
9. The Ba Na are one of the / a / an oldest ethnic minority groups living in a / –/the Central
Highlands.
10. The / A / – right of inheritance in Ede families is only for the / – / a daughters.
11. Y Phon lives in the city, but his family still live in a / the /–small village in a / – / the
mountains.
12. A / The /– M’Nong live in houses built on the / – /a stilts or level with a/ – /the ground.
13.
Task 4. Complete each sentence with an appropriate preposition.
Nick is curious about the ethnic minority groups in Vietnam.

The Viet account for about 86% of Vietnam’s population.
The M’Nong live in houses built On stilts.
The Hmong live mostly __ in ______the mountainous regions ___ in ____the north.
The M’Nong in Ban Don are well known for their elephant hunting and
domestication.
Many ethnic minority students are studying at boarding schools.
The Thai have a population of about one and a half million people.
Tay language belongs to the Tay-Thai language group.
The communal house is used for village meetings and festivities.
The chapi is made of a section of an old bamboo.
1. We’ve listed lots of better things to do instead of watch TV.

A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
A B C D
11. Most ethnic groups live in rural areas, growing rice and practising slash-and-burn farm.
A B C D
12. The Muong people are the ethnic minority who live in the mountainous regions of Vietnam.
A B C D
13. We have recently visited some of the remote communities in the north highlands.
A B C D
14. Youth Ngai women did not receive the inheritance after their parents died.
A B C D
15. The Ta Oi managed preserving their proverbs, folk songs, and stories.
A B C D
1. D (watching) 6.C (more) 11.D (slash-and-burn farming)
2. C (different from) 7. A (difficult) 12. B (an ethnic)
3. D (with) 8. D (of the most) 13. D (northern)
4.D (Sunday evening) 9. C (life) 14. A (Young)
5. B (a) 10. B (checks) 15. B (to preserve)
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and complete the text. (Track 08)
1. The Cham have lived along the (1) .. coast................... of central Vietnam for alongtime.
2. Betel chewing is very (2) ... important.................. to people’s daily life and traditional
rituals.
3. (3) . Men.................... wear shirts fastened down the center with buttons.
4. The (4) .... majority................. of Cham live in Ninh Thuan and Binh Thuan.
5. Cham women take the initiative in (5) ..marriages...................
Task1.2: Listen again and write T (true)/ F (false) for each statement.
No. Statements T/F
1. The Cham don’t possess a rich culture. F
2. The Cham often eat fish, meat and bulb vegetables with rice. T
3. Rice and can wines are Cham’s unfavourite drinks. F
4. Cham women wear long-sleeved pullover blouses. T
5. The children are named after the family name of the father. F
Exercise 1: Listen and complete the sentences. (Track 08)

The Cham
The Cham, who have lived along the coast of central Vietnam for a longtime, possess a rich
culture. Let’s discover some interesting things about the Cham.
Diet: The Cham eat rice cooked in large and small earthen pots. It is often accompanied by fish,
meat and bulb vegetables, which are obtained from hunting, gathering, husbandry and
agricultural production. Popular drinks are rice and can (pipe) wines. Betel chewing is very
important to people’s daily life and traditional rituals.
Clothing: Both men and women wear long one-piece sarongs or cloth wrappers. Men wear
shirts fastened down the center with buttons, while women wear long-sleeved pullover blouses.
The main color of their daily dress is cotton white. Nowadays, the Cham dress like the Viet in
other parts of central Vietnam, with long-sleeved blouses which is only worn by elderly
women.
Lifestyle: The majority of Cham live in Ninh Thuan and Binh Thuan. They build their houses
on the ground, with the rooms being arranged according to a particular order the sitting room,
rooms for the parents, children, and married women, the kitchen and warehouse (including the
granary), and the nuptial room of the youngest daughter.
Marriage: Cham women take the initiative in marriages. The couple lives with the wife’s
family, and children are named after the family name of the mother. Wedding gifts are prepared
by the bride’s family. Monogamy is a principle of all marriages.
SPEAKING
1. Which ethnic group has a larger B. Not exactly. They are the third
population, the Ede or the Muong?
2. Shall we join their folk games? C. It’s a folk dance called mua sap.
3. What is that dance? D. In Binh Phuoc and Dak Lak.
4. When does Sapa Love Market take E. The Muong.

place?
5. Have you ever tried any ethnic F. By motorcycle or bus.

specialities?
6. How can we go to Don village from G. Every Saturday evening.

Buon Me Thuot city?
7. The Thai is the second largest ethnic H. Sure. Which of those games would
group in Vietnam? you like to play.
8. Where do the M’Nong mainly live? I. Yes, I’ve tried some. They’re very
delicious.
Task 2. Make questions for the underlined words.
1.A: What would you like to know?

B: We’d like to know something about the cultural groups of Vietnam.
2.A: Why don’t the Tay allow guests to sit in the room of their altar?
B: The Tay don’t allow guests to sit in the room of their altar because that room is such a
sacred place.
3.A: Where do the Pu Peo farm on?
B: The Pu Peo farm on burned land and terraced fields.
4.A: What did they do to bring water to their rice fields?
B: They dug canals to bring water to their rice fields.
5.A: What language do the Muong speak?
B: The Muong speak the Muong language.
6.A: How many apartments does a typical La Chi stilt house have?
B: A typical La Chi stilt house has three apartments.
7. A: When did some ethnic groups live a semi-nomadic life?
B: Some ethnic groups lived a semi-nomadic life decades ago.
8. A: By whom was Ako Dhong village established?
B: Ako Dhong village was established by chief of village Ama H’rin.
9. A: How do most people in the village live?
B: Most people in the village live simply and happily.
10. A: How far is the open air market from your village? / How far is it from
your village to the open air market?
B: The open air market is about 3 kilometres from our village.
READING
Task 1. Read the text and match the words with their definition.
MUONG ETHNIC GROUP CULTURAL SPACE MUSEUM IN HOA BINH
The first thing visitors see is water spilling over rock formation into a stream flanked by rice
mortars, a reflection of the unique cultural identity of the Muong people. The centuries-old
Muong culture is captured in two sections: a reenactment section and a display section. The
reenactment section contains 4 Muong stilt houses that illustrate the social stratification of
feudal society. The Muong houses are differentiated by socialstatus - the “Lang” house for the
most powerful families, the “Âu” house for the mandarins, the ‘Tạo” house for ordinary people,
and the “Nõ” house for the lowest class, such as widows and orphans. Further on are display
rooms which showcase traditional Muong handicrafts such as knitted woven and embroidered
fabrics, tools for hunting and farming, and items used in festivals, traditional observances, and
religious practice. Visitor Ngo Thu Nga from Hanoi told VOV: “I am grateful for the initiative,
love of Muong culture, and effort that created these displays and this museum.”
No. Words Opt. Definition
1. visitor a. the way of life, especially the general customs and
beliefs, of a particular group of people at a particular
time
2. unique b. having a lot of power to control people and events
3. culture c. a building where objects of historical, scientific or
artistic interest are kept
4. stilt house d. a large group of people who live together in an
organized way
5. society e. not different or special or unexpected in any way;
usual
6. powerful f. someone who visits a person or place
7. ordinary g. relating to religion
8. traditional h. A type of house of Muong ethnic people built on long
pieces.
9. religious i. following or belonging to the customs or ways of
behaving that have continued in a group of people or
society for a long time
10. museum j. being the only existing one of its type or, more
generally, unusual or special in some way
1. f 2. j 3. a 4. h 5. d
6. b 7. e 8. i 9. g 10. c
Task 2. Read the text and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
The Hmong, or Meo, who number about 800,000, are found in villages known as giao
throughout the highlands of northern Vietnam. The Hmong migrated to Vietnam from the
southern China at the beginning of the 19th century.
The Hmong minority group has been subdivided into branches classified by women’s
costume, dialect and customs. For example, the Hmong of Sa Pa are called Black Hmong
because of their predominantly black clothing. The most colourful sub-group are the
Flower Hmong, found in large numbers around Bac Ha in Lao Cai province, who wear
bright-coloured clothes with embroidery.
Corn is the main staple of Hmong people, but rice is often grown on terraces watered
with the aid of irrigation. Hemp is grown to be woven into textiles, and cotton is also
cultivated in some villages. As skilled artisans, the Hmong produce a variety of items,
including handwoven indigo-dyed cloth, paper, silver jewellry, leather goods, baskets and
embroidery. The Hmong have no written language. Their legends, songs, folklore and
proverbs have been passed down from one generation to the next through the spoken
word.
1. The Hmong in Vietnam have a population of 8 million people. __T________
2. They immigrated from China approximately 300 years ago. ____T______
3. Black Hmong women wear black clothing. ____F______
4. Rice is the most important crop of Hmong people. _____F_____
5. Hemp is cultivated for textile fiber. _____F_____
6. The Hmong don’t have their own language. _____T_____
Task 3. Fill in each gap with a word from the box.
including display ethnic which viewed throughout
Vietnam Museum of Ethnology in Hanoi offers an insight into the 54 different (1)
ethnic groups of Vietnam in an effort to preserve
cultural heritage and promotesocio-cultural (2) diversity
The museum has over 15,000 artefacts (3) including
photographs and othermulti-media such as audiotapes. Its
indoor exhibition space can be (4) viewed______viaa virtual tour (5) which
display alongside everydayobjects such as pipes, baskets and knives.
The outdoor area presents a range of traditional (7) homes ______including a laystilt house
and a Viet house. The museum is suitable for children, and all documents and display signs (8)
throughout __________ have been translated into French and English
Ruou can, also known as tube wine in English, is a unique drink that can be found in the
mountainous regions of Central Vietnam like Tay Nguyen. It’s made from rice and other herbs. The
recipe differs in various ethnic minorities groups depending on what is available in their
surroundings. The ingredients are kept in a ceramic jar for a month. Using a thin bamboo straw,
people drink ruou can directly from the jar. This drink is commonly served during a special
celebration such as weddings, New Year festivals…. People often gather around the wine jar and
drink together while singing and dancing. It’s considered an honour in many ethnic groups to be
offered this kind of rice wine.
1. What does the writer call ruou can in the passage?
A. Tune wine. C. A and B are correct
B. A kind of rice wine. D. A and B are incorrect.
2. What are the ingredients of ruou can?
A. Medical herbs. C. Rice and some local plants.
B. Some kinds of rice. D. Rice and woody plants.
3. Which of the following is TRUE about the recipe ofruou can?
A. This kind of wine is made in one month.
B. The ingredients are kept in a jar made of metal.
C. The recipe of ruou can in every area is the same.
D. People have to buy ingredients from other regions to make ruou can.
4. According to the writer, when do mountainous residents drink ruou can?
A. Before singing and dancing. B. Every one month.
C. When they climb to a mountain. D. When they celebrate special events.
5. Which of the following is NOT stated in the passage?
A. People drink ruou can from the same jar.
B.Ruou can is sold around the country.
C. Ruou can is usually made in mountainous regions.
D. Being served ruou can is an honour.
WRITING
1. country/ with/ Vietnam/ 54/ is/ multiethnic/ a/ groups/ ethnic.

Vietnam is a multiethnic country with 54 ethnic groups.
2. minorities/ make/ population/ Ethnic/ up/ 15 percent/ of/ the/ of/ about/ Vietnam 3.
Ethnic minorities make up about 15 percent of the population of Vietnam. Most/ live/ of/ ethnic/ in/
minorities/ the/ the/ areas/ in/ north/ the/ mountainous.
Most of the ethnic minorities live in the mountainous areas in the north.
3. Vietnam/ Tay/ second/ the/ largest/ are/ the/ ethnic/ in/ group.
The Tay are the second largest ethnic group in Vietnam.
4. are/ The/ known/ Nung/ including/ music and poetry/ for/ folk-art/ richness/ traditions/ their/ of.
The Nung are known for their richness of folk-art traditions including music and poetry.
5. a/ The/ Dao/ language/ speak/ Hmong-Dao/ of/ language system.
The Dao people speak a language of Hmong-Dao language system.
6. not/ as/ The/ Nung/ costume/ is/ colourful/ of/ the/ as/ that/ of/ ethnic/ other/ groups.
The costume of the Nung is not as colourful as that of other ethnic groups.
7. The/ Ede/ built/ on/ live/ in/ stilts/ in/ wooden/ villages/ longhouses/ as/ buon/ known.
The Ede live in wooden longhouses built on stilts in villages known as buon.
1. Your village is so beautiful!

What a beautiful village!
2. How long is it since you built this stilt house?
When did you build this stilt house?
3. Living in a big city is more convenient than living in a village.
It’s more convenient to live in a big city than to live in a village. _________________
4. Where does he live?
What is his address? ____________________________________________________
5. Although the villagers are quite poor, they live a happy and healthy way.
In spite of being poor/ their poverty, the villagers live a happy and healthy way. _____
6. What did the local people say?
Could you tell me what the local people said?
7. Romantic films interest me more than war films.
I find romantic films more interesting than war films. __________________________
8. A lot of people take the train from Oxford to London every day.
A lot of people travel travel from Oxford to London by train every day.____________
9. How about asking the local people for help?
Why don’t we ask the local people for help? / not ask the local people for help?
10. Is there an ancestral altar in the La Chi’s largest apartment?
Does the La Chi’s largest apartment have an ancestral altar ?_
Task 3. Write a paragraph (80 words) about the picture.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
TEST FOR UNIT 4
question.
1. 10. A. ethnic B. gather C. though D. clothing
2. A. hunt B. custom C. multicultural D. unique
3. A. minority B. ethinic C. tradition D. religion
4. A. minority B. majority C. diversity D. curious
5. A. costume B. recognise C. significant D. terraced
6. A boy is ___________ the buffalo in the rice field.
A. playing B. fighting C. herding D. running
7. There are not many high buildings to block ____________ in our village.
A. view B. a view C. some views D. the view
8. Terraced fields are often found in ___________ area.
A. mountain B. mountainous C. mountaineer D. mountainful
9. Vietnam is a country of great ____________ with 54 ethnic groups.
A. diversity B. diversed C. diverse D. diversion
10. For Vietnamese people living in the countryside, rice is the main ___________ crops.
A. agriculture B. agricultural C. agribusiness D. agricultures
11. Important decisions of the whole tribal group are often made in the _______ house.
A.communal B. communication C. communicate D. common
12. Many Vietnamese ethnic minority students are studying at ___________ schools.
A. private B. international C. national D. boarding
13. During Tet holiday, many _________ festivals are held among different ethnic groups in
Vietnam.
A. religion B. religiousity C. religious D. religiously
14. Vietnamese government have made great effort to __________ traditional cultural
indentifies of each minority group.
A. change B. preserve C. collect D. store
15. The Cham has a __________ of wet rice cultivation.
A.tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditioned
16.It is risky to travel across the mountain at night.
A. safe B. unsafe C. convenient D. inconvenient
17. Nam would like to find out more about the customs and traditions of Tay people.
A. to see B. to look for C. to learn D. to watch
18. Ancestor worshipping plays a significant role in Vietnames culture.
A. important B. unimportant C. minor D. active
19. The majority of The Viet live along the Red River and The Mekong Delta.
A. a half B. all C. minority D. none
20. Gong is considered a unique musical instrument of Tay Nguyen people.
A. rare B. special C. typical D. common
21. _________ does Hung Temple Festival take place? – In Phu Tho.
22. _________ do the cattle provide the nomads? – Dairy products, meat and clothing.
23. _________ is this festival held among the ethnic group? – Every month.
A. How B. How often C. When D. Why
24. The Tay is _________ second larrgest ethnic group in Vietnam.
A. a B. an C. the D. 0
25. “Ruou Can” is _________ kind of fermented rice wine produced in Vietnam, especially in
_________ mountainous areas like Tay Nguyen or Tay Bac.
A. a – the B. the – a C. a – 0 D. 0 – the
26. _________ space of Gong culture in Vietnam considers Gong a connection between men and
___________ supernatural.
A. The – the B. A – a C. An – an D. 0 – 0
27. Vietnam is __________ multi-ethnic country with over 50 distinct groups.
A. the B. a C. 0 D. an
28. _________ vast mountainous in Northern Vietnam takes up ________ third of the country’s
total land area.
A. the – the B. A – the C. The – a D. A – a
29. The Kinh is __________ majority ethnic group of _________ Vietnam.
A. the – the B. the – 0 C. 0 – a D. 0 – the
30. ________ changes in _______ Vietnamese culture are explained through myths and folktales.
A. The – the B. The – 0 C. 0 – a D. 0 – the
31. As(A) for the majority of ethnic groups in a(B) Central Highlands, Gongs are(C) musical
instruments of sacred(D) power.B=> the
32. The(A) Viet have(B) many(C) tradition(D) customs and craft. D=> traditional
33. How many(A) month is(B) Huong Pagoda Festival held(C) in(D)?=> Which
34. Tay people lives(A) mostly(B) in the mountainous(C) regions(D) in the North of Vietnam.=>
live
35. I’m sure you will have an forgettable(A) time when you attend(B) traditional(C) festivals
in(D) Vietnam.=> an unforgetable
Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True(T) or False(F).
Among ethnic minorities in Vietnam, the largest ones are Tay, Thai, Muong, Hoa, Khmer,
and Nung with a population of around 1 million each, while the smallest are Brau, Roman, Odu
with several hundred people each.
The Cham people once boasted a flourishing culture early in the history. The Tay, Nung, and
Khmer ethnic groups had reached high levels of development with the presence of various social
classes. The Muong, Mong, Dao, Thai ethnic groups gathered under the rule of local tribal heads.
Many ethnic groups divided their population into social echelons, especially those who lived in
mountainous areas.
A number of ethnic minorities had mastered some fanning techniques. They grew rice plants
in swamped paddy fields and carried out irrigation. Others went hunting, fishing, collecting and
lived a semi-nomadic life. Each group has its own culture, diverse and special. Beliefs and
religions of the Vietnamese ethnic minority groups were also disparate from eachother.
(Source: Adapted from Chinh Phu)
T F
36. The largest ethnic minorities in Vietnam are Tay, Thai, Muong, Hoa, √
Khmer, and Roman.
37. There is a tribal head in Dao ethnic group. √
38. Some ethnic people live a semi-nomadic life √
39. Many ethnic groups divided their population into social echelons. √
40. There is no difference between beliefs and religions of the Vietnamese √
ethnic minority groups.
questions below.
Bamboo is engraved in Vietnamese culture and daily life, providing protection, and
representing resiliency. Bamboo can be manipulated in any shape or form to assist in the simplest
or most complex of functions. Here in Vietnam, and especially in the countryside, bamboo is used
for everything- from chopsticks, to chairs, to agricultural tools, to roofs, to instruments and to
home decorations.
Bamboo is embedded even in Vietnamese dance culture! A series of bamboo sticks are set up
in a line, with people holding them in place on either side. Dancers move in and out of the sticks,
trying to time their dancing so as not to get caught between the bamboo sticks. Performers
typically dance hand in hand, slowly making their way sideways along the bamboo line and even
the best of dancers always tend to get stuck a few times, resulting in bunches of giggles and loads
of smiles.
(Source: Adapted from We Have Kids)
A. Bamboo dance is part of Vietnamese traditional art.
B. Bamboo is a part of Vietnam culture and daily life.
C. Bamboo dance is very easy to learn.
D. It is fun to do bamboo dance.
42. What is NOT MENTIONED as a function of bamboo?
A. Making chopsticks
B. Making agriculture tools
C. Making bowls
D. Making roofs
43. According to the passage, to perform the bamboo dance, dancers should
A. try not to get caught by the bamboo sticks.
B. move in and out of the bamboo sticks quickly.
C. Both A and B are correct.
D. Both A and B are incorrect.
A. We can make many things from bamboo.
B. Bamboo dancers use their hands on the floor to dance.
C. The best bamboo dancers can still get stuck a few times.
D. Bamboo appears a lot in Vietnam daily life.
45. Which explanation has the closest meaning to the word “hand in hand” in the passage?
A. Holding each other’s hand
B. Clapping each other’s hand
C. Shaking each other’s hand
D. Waving each other’s hand
46. In this mountainous area, it often takes the students two hours to go to their boarding school.
A. How much does it take the students in this mountainous area to go to their boarding
school?
B. How long does it take the students in this mountainous area to go to their boarding
school?
C. How much do the students in this mountainous area go to their boarding school?
D. How long do the students in this mountainous area go to their boarding school?
47. Tet is the most important festival in Vietnam.
A. Which is the most important festival in Vietnam?
B. When is the most important festival in Vietnam?
C. Where is the most important festival in Vietnam?
D. Why is the most important festival in Vietnam?
48. Muong’s men often wear round-neck shirts.
A. What does Muong’s men often wear?
B. What do Muong’s men often wear?
C. Which does Muong’s men often wear?
D. Which do Muong’s men often wear?
49. How long have you been an ethnologist?
A. When were you an ethnologist?
B. When have you been an ethnologist?
C. When did you become an ethnologist?
D. When are you an ethnologist?
50. Who does this beautiful watch belong to?
A. Whose is this beautiful watch?
B. Whose does this beautiful watch?
C. Which is this watch?
D. Which is the owner of this watch?
UNIT 5 OUR CUSTOMS and TRANDITIONS
PRONOUNCIATION
/n/ /ŋ/
nice /naɪs/ strong /strɒŋ/
Consonant /n/ Consonant / ŋ /

(Phụ âm /n/) (Phụ âm / ŋ /)
/n/ is a voiced consonant sound. /ŋ/ is the voiced consonant sound.

To make this sound, put the tip of your tongue To make this sound, touch the back of the roof
on the roof of your mouth behind your top of your mouth with the back of your tongue.
teeth. Use your voice and make the air through your
Use the voice and make the air through the nose.
nose. It's pronounced /ŋ/ ......./ŋ/.
It's pronounced /n/...../n/.
1. Những từ có chữ "n" được phát âm là /n/

nice /naɪs/ đẹp
lane /lein/ làn đường
green /gri:n/ xanh lá cây
landlord /ˈlændlɔːd/ chủ đất, địa chủ
2. Những từ có chữ "nn" cũng được phát âm là /n/

tennis /ˈtenis/ môn quần vợt
bunny /ˈbʌni/ con thỏ
funny /ˈfʌni/ (câu chuyện) buồn cười
cannon /kænən/ súng đại bác
NOTE: Từ có chứa chữ “kn” phát âm là /n/ khi nó đứng đầu từ, khi đó “k” là âm câm nên sẽ
không được phát âm.
know /nəʊ/ biết
knot /nɒt/ nút thắt
knife /naɪt/ con dao
"n" được phát âm là /ŋ/ chỉ khi nó đứng trước các từ có chứa các âm /k/ và /g/
uncle /ˈʌŋkļ/ bác, chú
drink /drɪŋk/ uống
single /ˈsɪŋgļ/ đơn độc, một mình
angle /ˈæŋgļ/ góc, xó
Ngoại lệ:
"n" ở các từ sau vẫn phát âm là /n/ vì g ghép với nguyên âm phía sau để tạo nên một âm khác và
được phát âm là /dʒ/
strange /streɪndʒ/ lạ lùng
challenge /ˈtʃælɪndʒ/ thử thách
stranger /ˈstreɪndʒə(r)/ người lạ

danger /ˈdeɪndʒə(r)/ nguy hiểm
Task 1. Pick out the word which has /n/ or /ŋ/, then divide them into correct columns.
know behind tenth anthem ceremony expensive

sink anxiously twinkling anger language singer
friend funny manner tennis trandition winner
offering Meaningful Painting Uncle Singer think
/n/ /ŋ/
……………………………………… …………………………………
……………………… …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………
……………………… …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………………………
……………………… …………………
1. A. invitation B. celebration C. tradition D. information

2. A. custom B. invite C. greeting D. manner
3. A. polluted B. pagoda C. separate D. reflection
4. A. important B. glorious C. bargain D. passenger
5. A. patient B. ancient C. advance D. cancer
6. A. resident B. cutlery C. ancestor D. permission
7. A. generation B. presentation C. necessity D. obligation
8. A. respect B. mention C. expert D. worship
9. A. pagoda B. complement C. society D. tradition
10. A. custom B. explain C. chopstick D. manner
VOCABULARY
acrobatics (n) /ˌækrəˈbætɪks/ xiếc, các động tác nhào lộn
admire (v) /ədˈmaɪə/ khâm phục, ngưỡng mộ
bad spirit điều xấu xa, tà ma
bamboo pole /bæmˈbuː pəʊl/ cây nêu
carp (n) /kɑːp/ con cá chép
coastal (adj) /ˈkəʊstl/ thuộc miền ven biển, duyên hải
ceremony (n) /ˈserəməni/ nghi thức, nghi lễ
chase away xua đuổi
contestant (n) /kənˈtestənt/ thí sinh, người thi đấu
decorative (adj) /ˈdekərətɪv/ có tính trang trí, để trang trí
family bonding /ˌfæməli ˈbɒndɪŋ/ sự gắn kết tình cảm gia đình
family reunion /ˌfæməli ˌriːˈjuːniən/ cuộc sum họp gia đình
festival goer /ˈfestɪvl ˌɡəʊə/ người đi xem lễ hội

lantern (n) /ˈlæntən/ đèn lồng
longevity (n) /lɒnˈdʒevəti/ sự sống lâu, tuổi thọ
martial arts (n) /ˌmɑːʃl ˈɑːts/ võ thuật
monk (n) /mʌŋk/ nhà sư
offering (n) đồ thờ cúng
ornamental tree /ˌɔːnəˈmentl triː/ cây cảnh
ask 1. Look at the picture and put the words in the box under the correct picture.
wedding ceremony whale worship ornamental tree

food offerings family reunion acrobat
martial arts festival goers blooming flowers
communal house decorative items bamboo pole
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. 11. 12.
custom trandition sharp table manner cutlery

prong generation sense of belonging host spot on
1. Your are awful don't you know how to use a knife and fork?
2. The major items of in Western dining style are the knife, fork and spoon.
3. The extended family generally consists of at least three -grandparents, parents and
children living together.
4. The _will offer you drinks or foods if he invites you to his home.
5. It's the_in Japan to take your shoes off when you go into someone's house.
6. The weather forecast was __- it rained all day!
7. Are you sure that other people have had a in your group?
8. My extended family has a of having reunions every summer.
9. You shouldn't point the of the fork upwards during the meal.
10. Please be here at seven o'clock
Task 3. Match the words with their definition.
No. Term Opt. Definition

1. main course A. a person in your family who lived a longtime ago
2. dessert B. the way in which two people or things are not like each other
3. ancestor C. the practice of showing respect for God ora god, by saying
prayers, singing with others, etc.
4. tradition D. the behavior that is considered correct while you are having a
meal at a table with other people
5. compliment E. the most substantial course of a meal
6. difference F. a remark that expresses praise or admiration of somebody
7. offspring G. the sweet course eaten at the end of a meal
8. table manner H. a marriage ceremony, and the meal or party that usually follows
it
9. wedding I. a child of a particular person or couple
10. worship J. a belief, custom or way of doing something that has existed for
a long time among a particular group of people
Task 4. Complete he sentences with the words in the box

1. The wai is the traditional of people in Thailand.
A. goodbye B. hello C. greeting D. greetings
2. When two Maori people meet, they each other's noses.
A. touch B. feel C. take D. kiss
3. Do you know the way to welcome people in Tibet?
A. custom B. customer C. customary D. tradition
4. The xoe dance is a spiritual of Thai ethnic people.
A. customs B. tradition C. habit D. dance
5. In Viet Nam you shouldn't use only the first name to people older than you.
A. speak B. talk C. say D. address
6. We are going to prepare sticky rice served with grilled chicken for the celebration.
A. five colours B. five-colours C. five-colour D. five-coloured
7. A tradition is something special that is through the generations.
A. passed B. passed to C. passed down D. passed out
8. According to the in England, we have to use a knife and fork at dinner
A. table ways B. table manners C. behaviours D. differences
9. We have to our shoes when we go inside a pagoda.
A. take off B. give off C. turn off D. put on
10. In Australia, you shouldn't on a person's accent.
A. comment B. criticize C. hate D. dislike
1. The children in our family are always _______ to their elders. (RESPECT)
2. Custom _____________ from tradition in some aspects such as (DIFFERENT)
scale and time.
3. Don’t use your personal chopsticks to get food from the (SERVE)
_____________ dish.
4. Many families have three _____________, which create unique (GENERATE)
cultural features.
(CEREMONY)
5.The tribe has different ________ masks for each ceremony
6. What is the __________between a custom and a tradition? (SIMILAR)
7. In Viet Nam, we usually wait for the ____________person to sit (OLD)
down before you sit down.
8. Is he to break the customs of her family? (PERMISSION)
9. Today, we are going to discuss the of traditions. (NECESSARY)
10. At the end of the service, a lot of ____________ streamed down (WORSHIP)
to the altar
GRAMMAR
I. ZERO Article
"—",
Sometimes it is possible to have a noun phrase with NO article—the so-called "ZERO article".
I need a bowl of rice. ← indefinite article
I like the rice in this restaurant. ← definite article
I eat (-) rice every day. ← ZERO article
The ZERO article usually occurs in the following cases:
1. ZERO Article with Plural and Uncountable Nouns
General meaning
∑ cars, people
∑ life, water
Abstract nouns
∑ education, happiness, music
2. ZERO Article with Singular Countable Nouns
Names
People: Mary, Bill, Josef
Places: Jupiter, Russia, Bangkok, Heathrow Airport, Cambridge University, Waterloo Station
Streets: Oxford Street, Wall Street, Picadilly Circus
Languages: English, Russian
Academic subjects: History, Law, Physics
Days, months: Monday, November
Games and Sports
∑ football, chess
Meals
∑ breakfast, lunch, dinner
Noun + Number
∑ platform 3, room 7, page 44
Routine Places
∑ in bed, at home, to school, to work
Movement or Transport
∑ on foot, by car, by bus, by air
Newspaper Headlines, Notices, User Guides
∑ Plane Crashes On House, Keep Area Clean, Insert battery
II. Should and Shouldn’t.
Dạng khẳng định: S + should + V-inf

Dạng phủ định: S + shouldn’t/ should not + V-inf
Dạng nghi vấn: Should+ S + V-inf?
1. Should thường được dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên.

Ví dụ:
You look tired. You should go to bed.
Bạn trông có vẻ mệt mỏi. Bạn nên đi ngủ.
The rich should do something to help the homeless people.
Người giàu nên làm điều gì đó để giúp đỡ người vô gia cư.
Should we invite her to the party?
Chúng ta có nên mời cô ấy đi dự tiệc không?
Ta cũng thường dùng should để đưa ra ý kiến.
Ví dụ:
Ithink she should do exercise more.
Tôi nghĩ cô ây nên tập thể dục nhiều hơn.
I don’t think he should work too hard.
Tôi không nghĩ anh ấy nên làm việc quá nặng.
Do you think they should apply for this job?
Bạn có nghĩ họ nên ứng tuyển công việc này không?
2. Shouldn’t thường được dùng để khuyên ai đó không nên làm gì.
You shouldn’t talk freely in class.
Bạn không nên nói tự do trong lớp.
They shouldn’t be lazy.
Họ không nên lười biếng
Task 1. Fill in the blank with a/an/the or zero article (x).
1. Your soup is so good. _______ meat is pretty tender.

2. Are you interested in _______ Science or _______ Music?
3. They got married but _______ marriage wasn’t very successful.
4. Do you know any of _______ people who live across _______ road?
5. After _______ work, the boss usually invites his staff to _______ pub.
6. When mom was ill, _______ lot of her friends came to _______ hospital to visit her.
7. Many people hate _______ violence, but they like to watch it in _______ movies.
8. Have you ever visited _______ Madame Tussauds in London?
9. _______ life would be difficult without _______ useful machines and gadgets we have today.
10. I’m on _______ night duty this week.
11. I know someone who wrote _______ book about _______ American presidents.
12. _______ World War II ended in 1945.
13. _______ fumes of cars and factories are _______ primary reasons for _______ air pollution.
14. He was _______ unsuccessful musician when he came to this town.
15. Don't stay in that hotel. _______ beds there are very uncomfortable.
16. The car sped away at _______ hundred km _______ hour.
17. John doesn't usually go to _______ church on _______ Sundays.
18. He was sent to _______ prison for _______ murder.
19. At _______ beginning of his speech, he spoke about _______ tourism in general.
20. We usually go by _______ train, but today we're taking _______ bus.
Task 2. Complete the sentences with a/an, the or 0 (no article).
1. I'm glad that you had ____________ wonderful time here.

2. It takes me ____________ hour to get to Melbourne, ____________ city with 4 seasons in
____________ day.
3. What about taking ____________ tour to Phillip Island?
4. My mother went to ____________ school to meet ____________ principal this morning.
5. Last summer, we travelled to many places. We visited ____________ Taj Mahal in
____________ India, climbed ____________ Mount Everest in ____________ Himalayas, and
took a cruise to ____________ Bahamas.
6. I love ____________ Spain. I find ____________ Spanish very friendly, but I can’t say
much in ____________ Spanish.
7. My friend Brian is ____________ Scot. On ____________ special occasions, he wears
____________ kilt and plays the bagpipe.
8. ____________ Mississippi River flows into ____________ Gulf of Mexico in
____________ state of Louisiana.
9. After ____________ World War II, ____________ United Nations was formed.
10. People eat chocolate all over ____________ world. It is probably ____________ most
popular candy.
Task 3. Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
1. I would live to live by _______ sea

A. the B. a C. an D. x
2. Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at _______ sea.
A. a B. an C. the D. x
3. There are billions of stars in _______ space.
A. a B. an C. x D. the
4. He tried to park his car but _______ space wasn't big enough.
5. We often watch _______ television
6. Can you turn off _______ television, please?
7. We had _______ dinner in a restaurant.
8. We had _______ meal in a restaurant.
9. Thank you. That was _______ very nice lunch.
10. Where can _______ people buy everything they need?
11. Her parents are now working in _______ Europe.
12. He majors in _______ English.
13. Mark Twain, _______ American writer, wrote “Life on the Mississippi River”.
A. an B. a C. the D. x
14. Paris is splendid by _______ night.
15. We might be able to catch _______ last train if we hurried.
16. _______ used razor blade is useless thing.
A. The – the B. A-a C. An – an D. x – x
17. We live at _______ third house from the church.
18. My aunt has _______ interesting novel.
19. It was _______ best film I had ever read.
A. the B. an C. a D. x
20. A video lab is _______ useful means for language learning.
Chopsticks
Depending on the restaurant you decide upon for that evening, you may be _______________
require to use chopsticks. If for some reasons you aren’t too adept with
chopsticks, try to learn before pass through immigration. It’s really not that _______________
hard. One false assumption among many Japanese that’s slowly being
dispelled by time are the “uniqueness” of Japan. Japan is a island nation; _______________
Japan is the only country that has four seasons; foreigners can’t understand
Japan; only Japanese can use chopsticks properly. ________________
I cannot count the number of times I’ve been told how to use Japanese
chopsticks but I couldn’t use perfectly. If you’re dining in a Japanese, don’t ________________
be surprised if you receive a look of amazement at your ability to eat like a
Japanese.
1. Some people think young people should to follow the tradition of the society.
A B C D
2. According for tradition, the first person to enter the house on New Year’s Eve brings
A B C
either good luck or bad luck
D
3. The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important ceremony in
A B C
Vietnamese culture.
D
4. The Japanese are familiar with the western custom to eat a turkey dinner for Christmas.
A B C C
5. In Vietnam the engagement is sometimes considered much important than the wedding.
A B C D
6. Dressing well is important in South Korea; it is considered a sign of respectful.
A B C D
7.In India, you shouldn’t never use your left hand to eat because it’s considered is respectful.
A B C D
8. He asked me anxiously what he has to do when visiting a Vietnamese home.
A B C D
9. Another typical musical instrument of the Raglai is the flat gong called Ma La.
A B C D
10. I want to visit the Vietnam Museum of Ethnology to learn for 54 ethnic minority groups.
A B C D
LISTENING

Traditional Vietnamese (1) ............................. and
habits have been formed time to time for thousands
of years.
2. Vietnamese culture is the original cultural
values of the country stronglythat define the
(2) ............................. and the long-lastingness of
culturein Vietnam.
3. Vietnamese people have habits of worshiping
(3) ............................. andchewing betel.
4. There are lots of (4) ............................. in
Vietnam especially in Spring.
5. Customs and habits of Vietnamese people
(5) ............................. from region to region.
No. Statements T/F

1. Vietnamese people remain their unique cultural identity in spite of the
domination of Chinese and other powers.
2. Vietnamese culture is the combination of native culture and Australian
culture.
3. Funeral ceremony and long-life ceremony are associated with
community of villages and communes.
4. Tet Nguyen Dan is a popular festival in Vietnam.
5. Summer is the season of festival in Vietnam.
SPEAKING
1. Hi, Dan. How was your trip to 1- a. Yes. Her name's Sofia. I went to her home last
Italy? Saturday.
2. I heard you had a new friend. Is she 2- b. No, not everything. However, I'll try my best
Italian? next time.
3. You went to her home? How
exciting! 3- c.You're kidding! But thank you anyway.
4. How was the dinner? 4- d.Well, I was invited for dinner.
5. Why? Was there any problem? 5- e. Yeah. I was a bit confused about Italian table
6. Really? Why not search them on manners.
Google beforehand? 6- f. I did but Italian table manners are so
7. And now? Do you know complicated.
everything about them? 7- g. Oh, it was great.
8. I can help you to practice it. Let's 8- h. The food was good, but I felt somewhat
go to an Italian restaurant embarrassed.
Task 2. Rearrange the sentences to make a complete conversation.
____Thanks for teaching me. How about the customs before a meal? I'm a little nervous...
____No. We sit on a mat with foods on a tray in the middle. Everyone has a bowl and a pair of
chopsticks.
____Let's see if I can follow you!
____No, in my parents house. We'll have a big meal with my family members.
____Yes, you can have a spoon, but no fork and knife. I'll teach you to use chopsticks.
____In your parents' house? But I don't know your table manners.
_1___Hey Jennifer! I would like to invite you to our dinner.
____Chopsticks? I don't know how to use them. Is there any fork, knife or spoon?
____Don't worry! You're a foreigner, so you don't have to know the manners clearly. Wow, that's
nice. Where? In a restaurant?
____It'll be OK, Jennifer! Just follow my directions when we get home.
____I should learn something first though. Do you sit around a table?
READING
FUNERAL CEREMONY IN VIETNAM

Traditionally, Vietnamese people believe that death is one of the most solemn
ceremonies as “The sense of the dead is that of the final”. The funeral ceremony in Vietnam
undergoes several steps. First, the body will be washed and dressed; then, a pinch of rice and
three coins are put in themouth of the body, then they lay chopstick between his teeth. After that,
the body is put on the ground with the meaning that “being born from the earth, one must return
back to the earth.” Next, he is enveloped with white cloth, and put in to the coffin. Finally, the
master of the funeral officially performs the funeral ceremony. During these days, all family
members have to wear coarse gauze turbans and tunics, and hats made of straw, or dry banana
fiber. Worshiping meals and music are offered to the dead during these days. All relatives,
neighbors and friends come to offer their condolences. The funeral procession is conducted. All
relatives, friends, and family members join the procession to accompany the dead to the burial
ground. After three days, there is a ritual of opening the grave. After 49 days, the family stops
offering meals for the dead to the altar. 100 days later, the ritual of “the end of the tears” is
celebrated. The mourning will end after three years. Nowadays, although mourning ceremonies
follow simple rituals, they keep traditional meaning and solemn ceremonies to express their
respect to the dead.
1. What is considered to be the most solemn ceremony in Vietnam?
..........................................................................................................................
2. How many steps are there in the funeralceremony?
..........................................................................................................................
3. What do family members have to wear during the funeral?
..........................................................................................................................
4. Who shows the condolences to the dead?
..........................................................................................................................
5. When does the family stop offering meals for the dead to the altar?
..........................................................................................................................
6. Is funeral ceremony now more simple or more complex than in the past?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
simply bow given rather addressing usual wai with

Thais often greet one another with a wai – a palms-together gesture accompanied by a
(1) , slight bend of knees and smile. ‘Khun’ is used as a prefix, instead
of Mr and Ms when (2) people. It can be used for both males and females, For
example, a 30-year-old male, Kullawat Chaowanawatee, will (3)
be Khun Kullawat. Every Thai has a nickname, and once you are
more familiar with people it is(4) for them to encourage you to call them by their nickname
instead oftheirfirst name. Most Thai nicknames are single syllable words which are (5)
from birth and can be Thai or English words, colours, fruits, or
shortenings of their first name.
Thais don’t use ‘please’, ‘thank you’ and ‘hello’. Instead of saving ‘thank you’, ‘hello’ or ‘good
bye’, many Thais simply smile or offer a (6) equivalent of‘please’ in Thai is complex and
varies (7) the rank and status one is speakingto. Many Thais ask ‘where are you going?’
(8) than s aying “ How are you?”
Task 3. Read the passage and answer the question below.
Wedding custom in Viet Nam is quite complicated. Before an official wedding, a

ceremony of engagement must be held first. In Vietnamese tradition, an engagement ceremony is
an official occasion for families of fiancé and fiancee to mark their relationship and to arrange the
wedding.
Each family needs to prepare a representative who is a family member having a happy life
and a high-ranking position in the family. On the day of the engagement, the representatives of
the two families will have some announcements about the wedding and exchange gifts. The time
of the wedding is chosen suitably based on the lunar calendar. Gifts which are put in trays are
prepared by the family of fiance a few days before the engagement ceremony. The number of
trays must be an odd number. In Vietnamese habits, odd numbers are thought to bring luck to the
couple. In the trays, there are betel leaves, areca nut fruits, wine, tea, husband wife, and sticky
rice. On the wedding day, the couple has to stay apart to avoid unlucky things. The wedding
ceremony starts in front of the ancestor altar. The master of the wedding ceremony will declare
the couple becomes a new family.
1. What ceremony occurs before the official wedding?
_____________________________________________________________
2. Who is selected to be the representative of each family?
_____________________________________________________________
3. Who prepares gift trays for the engagement ceremony?
_____________________________________________________________
4. Why must the number of trays be an odd number?
_____________________________________________________________
5. Where does the wedding ceremony occur?
_____________________________________________________________
GIFT-GIVING CUSTOMS IN VIETNAM

Gift giving is important in Vietnam because of the significance of interpersonal relationships
in Vietnamese culture.
First and foremost, do not encourage corruption. There is a clear cut between gift-giving and
bribery. Nevertheless, it is common in Vietnam for exchanging small gifts on certain occasions
such as anniversary, Tet holiday... to express your respect, love, appreciation or gratitude.
Gift-giving customs depend on the context. If it is a private gift for one Vietnamese partner
you should give the gift at a private occasion. If you have a gift for the whole officeor company,
you should give it after the business meeting with the whole office’s employee.
Do not wrap a gift in the black paper because this colour is unlucky and associated with
funerals in Vietnam. Gifts that symbolize cutting such as scissors, knives and other sharp objects
should be avoided because they mean the cutting of the relationship.
Vietnamese may or may not open these gifts when they are received; leave the option to them.
You will also receive gifts and should defer to your host as to whether youshould open it when
received or not. Regardless of when it is opened or what it is, profuse thanks are always
appropriate.
1.According to the passage, why is gift giving important in Vietnam?
A. Because it helps to establish a friendship.
B. Because it’s common in Vietnamese culture.
C. Because it’s the best way to build up a stable relationship.
D. Because personal relationships play a vital role in Vietnamese culture.
2. Which of the followings should not be a reason for gift giving?
A.To show appreciation B. To bribesomebody
C. To express gratitude D. To show affection
3. When giving a gift, you should .
A. wrap it in black or white paper
B. give it in the business meetining
C. never give sharp objects, such as knives or scissors
D. avoid giving it at a private occasion.
4. When receiving a gift, you should .
A. always say “thank you? B. try to find what is it
C. open it in front of the giver D. ask your host to open it
5. Which of the following is NOT true about gift giving customs in Vietnam?
A. Gift giving is a good way of strengthening relationships.
B. Gifts for your partners should be given at private occasions.
C. You should avoid giving anything sharp.
D. It is considered rude not to open the gift in front of
WRITING
Task 1. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings.
1. gifts/ and have a/ meet/ to exchange/ traditional meal./ Most families/

_____________________________________________________________
2. with/ Homes/ and kumquat./ are decorated/ the apricot blossom,/ peach blossom,/
_____________________________________________________________
3. during Tet./ are encouraged/ Children/ or cry/ not to fight/
_____________________________________________________________
4. the house./ plant/ a new year's tree/ Many families/ in front of/
_____________________________________________________________
5. to worship/ After/ attend/ the local pagoda/ ancestors./ the family meal,/ many Vietnamese
people/
_____________________________________________________________
6. festival./ exciting/ music/ The Glastonbury Festival/ is an/
_____________________________________________________________
7. that/ the first person/ is a generous/ and kind-hearted./ to enter/ their house/ Vietnamese people/
hope
_______________________________________________________________________
8. colorful flowers./ the festival/ people/ Before/ with/ prepare/ their houses/ to decorate/
_____________________________________________________________
9. on the/15th day/ The Vu Lan Festival/ seventh/ of the/ lunar month./ takes place/
_____________________________________________________________
10. to/ seeing/I am/ festival/ in Dak Lak./ looking forward/ the elephant race/
_____________________________________________________________
11. first day/ of Tet./ shouldn' t/ You/ on the/ sweep/ the house/
_____________________________________________________________
12. about/ other/ cultures./I am/ interested/ in learning/
_______________________________________________________________________
Task 2. Write in full sentences using the given words.
1. We/ wish/ our mom/ health/ longevity!/

_____________________________________________________________
2. He/ released/ after being/ questioned/ by/ police/ yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________
3. He/ prays/ luck/ happiness./
_____________________________________________________________
4. The man/ monk/ from/ Emei Mountain./
_____________________________________________________________
5. They/ make/ sacrificial offerings/ the gods./
_____________________________________________________________
6. The ornamental tree/ in our front yard/ growing/ rapidly./
_____________________________________________________________
7. Martial arts/ originates/ the East.
_____________________________________________________________
8. Young rice cake/ a specialty/ this area.
_____________________________________________________________
9. You should/ learn/ Vietnamese table manners./
_____________________________________________________________
10. We/ have/ a family/ reunion/ next week./
_______________________________________________________________________
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about one of most loved tradition in your family.
- What is it?
- Is it common or uncommon in Vietnam?
- How do people in your family follow it?
- Why is it the most important/ loved by your family members?
- What do you think the future of this family custom/ tradition?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
TEST FOR UNIT 5
each question.
1. A. pass B. palm C. sharp D. man
2. A. custom B. correct C. clockwise D. opinion
3. A. kidding B. generate C. sponge D. oblige
4. A. accept B. costume C. follow D. mention
5. A. presentation B. decision C. generation D. similarity
6. You are under no _________ to buy any stuff here.
A. oblige B. obliged C. obligatory D. obligation
7. Taking care of the family is _________ considered women’s duty in many Eastern countries.
A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalism
8. In Maori culture, it’s the _________ for people to press their noses when it comes to
greeting.
A. custom B. customary C. customer D. customize
9. At the end of the semester, students are required to write a _________ on what they have
learned and what can be improved.
A. reflect B. reflection C. reflective D. reflector
10. Linda fell in love with Peter without knowing about his real ________status.
A. social B. socialable C. society D. socialability
11. Mary was extremely _________ about his works.
A. compliment B. complimentary
C. complimentarily D. complimentator
12.After the meal, he left the waitress with a large ___________.
A. money B. cash C. tip D. payment
13. A ____ of belonging simply means the acceptance to become a natural member of
something.
A. feel B. sense C. sight D. taste
14.Whether you have meals at home or in a restaurant, some basic table __________ should
never be forgotten.
A. ways B. styles C. aspects D. manners
15. _________ to some Western cultures, children leave teeth under their pillow for the tooth
fairy to collect – usually in return for some money.
A. According B. Owing C. Basing D. Depending
Choose the word or phrase is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the
16. My grandparents always try their best to find ways to preserve our family unity.
A. consistency B. stickage C. union D. bond
17. I always get into trouble with table manners every time I am invited to a party. All the
cutlery etiquettes are so complicated!
A. utensil B. spoon C. fork D. chopstick
18. John asked Kim to marry him and he jumped with join when she accepted.
A. agreed B. argued C. appealed D. attached
19. He is the offspring of a chemist and a nurse. His intelligence is inherited from them.
A. partner B. friend C. ancestor D. neighbor
20. Vy broke with the family tradition and chose to be a singer instead of being a teacher.
A. united B. followed C. connected D. joined
21. You __________ be selfish like that. Don’t just think of your own benefits.
A. should B. shouldn’t C. haven’t to D. don’t have to
22. My car broke down yesterday, so I __________ go to work by bus.
A. had to B. must C. should D. could
23. Linh _________ hurry because the meeting was 15 minutes late.
A. hasn’t to B. hadn’t to C. doesn’t have to D. didn’t have to
24. Leave early so that you _______ miss the train.
A. didn’t B. won’t C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t
25. You __________ talk loudly in public as it is impolite.
A. shouldn’t B. hadn’t better C. had better not D. Both A & C
26. You _________ fly to London this afternoon if you don’t mind changing planes in Paris.
A. must B. have to C. can D. ought to
27. There are many mistakes in this exercise. I _________ go over it again.
A. will have to B. am able to C. would D. could
28. _________ I open the door for you?
A. Would you like that B. Do you want that
C. Will D. Shall
29. There’s the waitress. I ___________ ask her for the hill.
A. will B. shall C. am able to D. could
30. His eyesight was so poor that he _________ read the signposts.
A. Shouldn’t B. Hadn’t to C. Couldn’t D. Can’t
Choose the underlined part that need correcting in each sentence below.
31. In (A) Japan, you should (B) always to remove (C) your shoes when entering (D) a private
house.
32. As (A) a child, I must (B) go to sleep (C) before 10 p.m, after finishing (D) all my
homework.
33. You don’t have (A) to worrry(B) so(C) much as everything will (D) be ok.
34. Must (A) I carry the(B) bag for you? It looks (C) heavy (D).=
35. In your country, you have (A) to clean the (B) house very carefully (C) to welcome Tet
holiday, haven’t (D) you?
The meaning of a kiss depends on where you are. A kiss means “I love you” in many
countries. In some countries, a kiss can be friendly greeting, or a goodbye. South Americans
and Europeans say hello with kisses much more often than North Americans. They also
sometimes say goodbye by kissing their own fingertips and then “blowing” the kiss away. In
these regions, men at business meeting even greet each other with a kiss on the cheek, instead
of a handshake.
Then there are beliefs that kissing has a special meaning. In ancient Rome, the groom at a
wedding must kiss the bride as a legal agreement. And did your mother ever kiss your hurt
finger to make the pain stop? English used to think that kisses have magical powers.
Not everyone in the world kisses though. Eskimos couples rubbed their noses together, and
so did some African tribes and Pacific Islanders. The Ainu of Japan preferred to bite their loved
one’s cheek.
These days, kissing is mostly a sign of romance. Thanks to international travel and sharing
customs, that meaning has become universal.
(Source: Adapted from Essay Content Reading 3)
T F
36. The meaning of kisses is different in different places.
37. North Americans greet each other by kissing more frequently than
South Americans.
38. South Americans sometimes kiss their own fingertips and then
blowing the kiss away as a way to say greet each other.
39. Some African tribes say “I love you” by biting the cheek.
40. People worldwide now often see a kiss as a sign of love.
questions below.
SOMETHING OLD, SOMETHING NEW
Although there various wedding styles in America, most weddings still follow certain
traditions. One of those is an old saying that dates back to 19th century England about what a
bride should wear or carry: “Something old, something new, something borrowed, something
blue.”
A bride wears something old to remind her of her family and the past. Some brides wear
their mother’s wedding dress or a piece of her jewelry. Something new means good luck and
hope for a happy future with her new husband. Again, this item may be the dress, but often it is
a pair of new shoes. Something borrowed such as a friend’s handkerchief a married friend’s
bridal veil means the bride has friends and family who are willing to help her. Something blue
is a symbol of trust and faith between the couple. These days, some brides are creative with this
item by painting their fingernails a light blue color or wearing a garter on the their leg. Another
tradition says that the groom should take the garter after the ceremony and throw it to the single
men. The man who catches it will be the next one to get married.
(Source: Adapted from Power Content Reading 1)
41. Which of the following is a good title for the text?
A. Various types of weddings.
B. A wedding tradition and its meaning.
C. What should be worn on your wedding day.
D. How to plan a traditional wedding.
42. To remind her of the past, the bridge might
A. wear a pair of new shoes.
B carry a friend’s handkerchief.
C. wear her mother’s wedding dress.
D. paint her fingermails a light blue color.
43. For good luck and hope for a good future with her partner, the bride might wear
A. a piece of new jewelry or a new dress.
B. a bridal veil and a new dress
C. a new dress and a pair of new shoes
D. a pair of new shoes or a new dress
44. The word “it” refers to
A. a pair of shoes B. luck C. item D. future
45. Why do some brides wear a blue garter on the their leg?
A. Because too many brides paint their fingermails a light blur color.
B. Because it is a symbol of trust and faith between the bride and the groom.
C. To show how the couple can be lucky in their mariage.
D. To show how popular something blur is in a wedding.
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or the best
46. You shouldn’t point at others while talking because it is impolite.
A. It’s better for you to point at others while talking although it is impolite.
B. It isn’t better for you to point at others while talking because it is impolite.
C. You had better not point at others while talking because it is impolite.
D. You don’t need to point at others while talking because it is impolite.
47. We must finish all the homework by Thursday to meet the deadline.
A. We are obliged to finish all the homework on Thursday to meet the deadline.
B. It is obligatory for us to finish all the homework before Thursday to meet the deadline.
C. We have to complete almost all the homework by Thursday to meet the deadline.
D. The deadline is Thursday so we need to finish almost all the homework then.
48. Be on time! The water puppet show starts at 7 pm sharp.
A. Be on time! The water puppet show starts at around 7 pm.
B. Be on time! The water puppet show starts at exactly 7 pm.
C. Be on time! The water puppet show starts at approximately 7 pm.
D. Be on time! The water-puppet show starts before 7 pm.
49. You’re kidding! His current job is too good for him to quit.
A. Are you kidding me? His current job is too good for him to quit.
B. You’re joking! His current job is too good for him to quit.
C. You’re winding me up! His current job is too good for him to quit.
D. All are correct.
50. All workers are asked to follow the safety rules at the construction site.
A. All the workers must follow the safety rules at the construction site.
B. All the workers should follow the safety rules at the construction site.
C. Not all the workers are obliged to follow the safety rules at the construction site.
D. Not all workers are asked to break with the safety rules at the construction site.
_____The end_____
UNIT 5 OUR CUSTOMS and TRANDITIONS
PRONOUNCIATION
/n/ /ŋ/
nice /naɪs/ strong /strɒŋ/
Consonant /n/ Consonant / ŋ /

(Phụ âm /n/) (Phụ âm / ŋ /)
/n/ is a voiced consonant sound. /ŋ/ is the voiced consonant sound.

To make this sound, put the tip of your tongue To make this sound, touch the back of the roof
on the roof of your mouth behind your top teeth. of your mouth with the back of your tongue.
Use the voice and make the air through the nose. Use your voice and make the air through your
It's pronounced /n/...../n/. nose.
It's pronounced /ŋ/ ......./ŋ/.
1.1. Những từ có chữ "n" được phát âm là /n/

nice /naɪs/ đẹp
lane /lein/ làn đường
green /gri:n/ xanh lá cây
landlord /ˈlændlɔːd/ chủ đất, địa chủ
1.2. Những từ có chữ "nn" cũng được phát âm là /n/

tennis /ˈtenis/ môn quần vợt
bunny /ˈbʌni/ con thỏ
funny /ˈfʌni/ (câu chuyện) buồn cười
cannon /kænən/ súng đại bác
NOTE: Từ có chứa chữ “kn” phát âm là /n/ khi nó đứng đầu từ, khi đó “k” là âm câm nên sẽ không
được phát âm.
know /nəʊ/ biết
knot /nɒt/ nút thắt
knife /naɪt/ con dao
2. "n" được phát âm là /ŋ/ chỉ khi nó đứng trước các từ có chứa các âm /k/ và /g/
uncle /ˈʌŋkļ/ bác, chú
drink /drɪŋk/ uống
single /ˈsɪŋgļ/ đơn độc, một mình
angle /ˈæŋgļ/ góc, xó
Ngoại lệ:
"n" ở các từ sau vẫn phát âm là /n/ vì g ghép với nguyên âm phía sau để tạo nên một âm khác và
được phát âm là /dʒ/
strange /streɪndʒ/ lạ lùng
challenge /ˈtʃælɪndʒ/ thử thách
stranger /ˈstreɪndʒə(r)/ người lạ

danger /ˈdeɪndʒə(r)/ nguy hiểm
Task 1. Pick out the word which has /n/ or /ŋ/, then divide them into correct columns.
know behind tenth anthem ceremony expensive

sink anxiously twinkling anger language singer
friend funny manner tennis trandition winner
offering Meaningful Painting Uncle Singer think
/n/ /ŋ/
1. Know tenth anthem 1. sink
ceremony sink anxiously 2. singing
2. anger singer tennis 3. singer
3. winner Meaningful 4. funny
Uncle think 5. winner
friend 6. singing
4. 7. thinking
5. …………………………………
1. A. invitation B. celebration C. tradition D. information

2. A. custom B. invite C. greeting D. manner
3. A. polluted B. pagoda C. separate D. reflection
4. A. important B. glorious C. bargain D. passenger
5. A. patient B. ancient C. advance D. cancer
6. A. resident B. cutlery C. ancestor D. permission
7. A. generation B. presentation C. necessity D. obligation
8. A. respect B. mention C. expert D. worship
9. A. pagoda B. complement C. society D. tradition
10. A. custom B. explain C. chopstick D. manner
VOCABULARY
acrobatics (n) /ˌækrəˈbætɪks/ xiếc, các động tác nhào lộn
admire (v) /ədˈmaɪə/ khâm phục, ngưỡng mộ
bad spirit điều xấu xa, tà ma
bamboo pole /bæmˈbuː pəʊl/ cây nêu
carp (n) /kɑːp/ con cá chép

coastal (adj) /ˈkəʊstl/ thuộc miền ven biển, duyên hải
ceremony (n) /ˈserəməni/ nghi thức, nghi lễ
chase away xua đuổi
contestant (n) /kənˈtestənt/ thí sinh, người thi đấu
decorative (adj) /ˈdekərətɪv/ có tính trang trí, để trang trí
family bonding /ˌfæməli ˈbɒndɪŋ/ sự gắn kết tình cảm gia đình
family reunion /ˌfæməli ˌriːˈjuːniən/ cuộc sum họp gia đình
festival goer /ˈfestɪvl ˌɡəʊə/ người đi xem lễ hội
lantern (n) /ˈlæntən/ đèn lồng
longevity (n) /lɒnˈdʒevəti/ sự sống lâu, tuổi thọ
martial arts (n) /ˌmɑːʃl ˈɑːts/ võ thuật
monk (n) /mʌŋk/ nhà sư
offering (n) đồ thờ cúng
ornamental tree /ˌɔːnəˈmentl triː/ cây cảnh
wedding ceremony whale worship ornamental tree

food offerings family reunion acrobat
martial arts festival goers blooming flowers
communal house decorative items bamboo pole
2. . ornament tree........ 3. . family reunion........

1. . food offerings.......
4. wedding ceremony..... 5. martial arts............. 6. communal house.........
7.acrobat........................... 8. . blooming flowers..... 9. . festival goers..............
10. . whale worshop.............. 11. . bamboo pole............ 12. decorative items...........
custom trandition sharp table manner cutlery

prong generation sense of belonging host spot on
1. Your table manners are awful, don't you know how to use a knife and fork?
2. The major items of cutlery in Western dining style are the knife, fork, and spoon.
3. The extended family generally consists of at least three generations - grandparents, parents, and
children living together.
4. The host will offer you drinks or foods if he invites you to his home.
5. It's the tradition in Japan to take your shoes off when you go into someone's house.
6. The weather forecast was spot on - it rained all day!
7. Are you sure that other people have had a sense of belonging in your group?
8. My extended family has a custom of having reunions every summer.
9. You shouldn't point the prong of the fork upwards during the meal.
10. Please be here at seven o'clock sharp.
Task 3. Match the words with their definition.
No. Term Opt. Definition

1. main course A. a person in your family who lived a longtime ago
2. dessert B. the way in which two people or things are not like each other
3. ancestor C. the practice of showing respect for God ora god, by saying
prayers, singing with others, etc.
4. tradition D. the behavior that is considered correct while you are having a
meal at a table with other people
5. compliment E. the most substantial course of a meal
6. difference F. a remark that expresses praise or admiration of somebody
7. offspring G. the sweet course eaten at the end of a meal
8. table manner H. a marriage ceremony, and the meal or party that usually follows
it
9. wedding I. a child of a particular person or couple
10. worship J. a belief, custom or way of doing something that has existed for
a long time among a particular group of people
1-E 2-G 3-A 4- J 5- F 6 -B 7- I 8-D 9 -H 10-C
Task 4. Complete he sentences with the words in the box
1. The wai is the traditional of people in Thailand.

A. goodbye B. hello C. greeting D. greetings
2. When two Maori people meet, they each other's noses.
A. touch B. feel C. take D. kiss
3. Do you know the way to welcome people in Tibet?
A. custom B. customer C. customary D. tradition
4. The xoe dance is a spiritual of Thai ethnic people.
A. customs B. tradition C. habit D. dance
5. In Viet Nam you shouldn't use only the first name to people older than you.
A. speak B. talk C. say D. address
6. We are going to prepare sticky rice served with grilled chicken for the celebration.
A. five colours B. five-colours C. five-colour D. five-coloured
7. A tradition is something special that is through the generations.
A. passed B. passed to C. passed down D. passed out
8. According to the in England, we have to use a knife and fork at dinner
A. table ways B. table manners C. behaviours D. differences
9. We have to our shoes when we go inside a pagoda.
A. take off B. give off C. turn off D. put on
10. In Australia, you shouldn't on a person's accent.
A. comment B. criticize C. hate D. dislike
1. The children in our family are always _ respectful ______ to their (RESPECT)
elders.
2. Custom ___ differs __________ from tradition in some aspects (DIFFERENT)
such as scale and time.
3. Don’t use your personal chopsticks to get food from the ___ (SERVE)
serving __________ dish.
4. Many families have three _ generations ____________, which (GENERATE)
create unique cultural features.
(CEREMONY)
5.The tribe has different _ ceremonial masks for each ceremony
6. What is the _ similarity ___between a custom and a tradition? (SIMILAR)
7.In Viet Nam, we usually wait for the __ oldest __person to sit down (OLD)
before you sit down.
8. Is he permitted to break the customs of her family? (PERMISSION)
9. Today, we are going to discuss the necessity of (NECESSARY)
traditions.
10. At the end of the service, a lot of __ worship __________ (WORSHIP)
streamed down to the altar
GRAMMAR
I. ZERO Article
"—",
Sometimes it is possible to have a noun phrase with NO article—the so-called "ZERO article".
I need a bowl of rice. ← indefinite article
I like the rice in this restaurant. ← definite article
I eat (-) rice every day. ← ZERO article
The ZERO article usually occurs in the following cases:
1. ZERO Article with Plural and Uncountable Nouns
General meaning
∑ cars, people
∑ life, water
Abstract nouns
∑ education, happiness, music
2. ZERO Article with Singular Countable Nouns
Names
People: Mary, Bill, Josef
Places: Jupiter, Russia, Bangkok, Heathrow Airport, Cambridge University, Waterloo Station
Streets: Oxford Street, Wall Street, Picadilly Circus
Languages: English, Russian
Academic subjects: History, Law, Physics
Days, months: Monday, November
Games and Sports
∑ football, chess
Meals
∑ breakfast, lunch, dinner
Noun + Number
∑ platform 3, room 7, page 44
Routine Places
∑ in bed, at home, to school, to work
Movement or Transport
∑ on foot, by car, by bus, by air
Newspaper Headlines, Notices, User Guides
∑ Plane Crashes On House, Keep Area Clean, Insert battery
II. Should and Shouldn’t.
Dạng khẳng định: S + should + V-inf

Dạng phủ định: S + shouldn’t/ should not + V-inf
Dạng nghi vấn: Should+ S + V-inf?
1. Should thường được dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên.

Ví dụ:
You look tired. You should go to bed.
Bạn trông có vẻ mệt mỏi. Bạn nên đi ngủ.
The rich should do something to help the homeless people.
Người giàu nên làm điều gì đó để giúp đỡ người vô gia cư.
Should we invite her to the party?
Chúng ta có nên mời cô ấy đi dự tiệc không?
Ta cũng thường dùng should để đưa ra ý kiến.
Ví dụ:
Ithink she should do exercise more.
Tôi nghĩ cô ây nên tập thể dục nhiều hơn.
I don’t think he should work too hard.
Tôi không nghĩ anh ấy nên làm việc quá nặng.
Do you think they should apply for this job?
Bạn có nghĩ họ nên ứng tuyển công việc này không?
2. Shouldn’t thường được dùng để khuyên ai đó không nên làm gì.
You shouldn’t talk freely in class.
Bạn không nên nói tự do trong lớp.
They shouldn’t be lazy.
Họ không nên lười biếng
Task 1. Fill in the blank with a/an/the or zero article (x).
1. Your soup is so good. THE_______ meat is pretty tender.

2. Are you interested in ___X____ Science or ___X____ Music?
3. They got married but ___THE____ marriage wasn’t very successful.
4. Do you know any of __THE_____ people who live across _THE______ road?
5. After ____X___ work, the boss usually invites his staff to _THE______ pub.
6. When mom was ill, ___A____ lot of her friends came to __THE_____ hospital to visit her.
7. Many people hate ____X___ violence, but they like to watch it in __X_____ movies.
8. Have you ever visited ___X____ Madame Tussauds in London?
9. _____X__ life would be difficult without _THE______ useful machines and gadgets we have
today.
10. I’m on ____X___ night duty this week.
11. I know someone who wrote ___A____ book about ____X___ American presidents.
12. __THE_____ World War II ended in 1945.
13. __THE_____ fumes of cars and factories are _THE______ primary reasons for ____X___ air
pollution.
14. He was __AN_____ unsuccessful musician when he came to this town.
15. Don't stay in that hotel. ___THE____ beds there are very uncomfortable.
16. The car sped away at __A_____ hundred km ___AN____ hour.
17. John doesn't usually go to ___X____ church on ___X____ Sundays.
18. He was sent to ____X___ prison for __X_____ murder.
19. At ___THE____ beginning of his speech, he spoke about __X_____ tourism in general.
20. We usually go by ___X____ train, but today we're taking ___A____ bus.
Task 2. Complete the sentences with a/an, the or 0 (no article).
1. I'm glad that you had _____a_______ wonderful time here.

2. It takes me ______an______ hour to get to Melbourne, ____the________ city with 4 seasons in
___a_________ day.
3. What about taking ____a________ tour to Phillip Island?
4. My mother went to ____________ school to meet ___the_________ principal this morning.
5. Last summer, we travelled to many places. We visited ___0_________ Taj Mahal in
____________ India, climbed ______the______ Mount Everest in ____the________ Himalayas,
and took a cruise to _______0_____ Bahamas.
6. I love __________0__ Spain. I find __________0__ Spanish very friendly, but I can’t say much
in _____0_______ Spanish.
7. My friend Brian is _____0_______ Scot. On ____a________ special occasions, he wears
_________0___ kilt and plays the bagpipe.
8. ___The_________ Mississippi River flows into _the__________ Gulf of Mexico in
_____the_______ state of Louisiana.
9. After ____0________ World War II, ____the________ United Nations was formed.
10. People eat chocolate all over _the__________ world. It is probably ____the________ most
popular
Task 3. Choose thecandy.
correct option to complete the sentence.
1. I would live to live by _______ sea

2. Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at _______ sea.
3. There are billions of stars in _______ space.
4. He tried to park his car but _______ space wasn't big enough.
5. We often watch _______ television
6. Can you turn off _______ television, please?
7. We had _______ dinner in a restaurant.
8. We had _______ meal in a restaurant.
9. Thank you. That was _______ very nice lunch.
10. Where can _______ people buy everything they need?
11. Her parents are now working in _______ Europe.
12. He majors in _______ English.
13. Mark Twain, _______ American writer, wrote “Life on the Mississippi River”.
A. an B. a C. the D. x
14. Paris is splendid by _______ night.
15. We might be able to catch _______ last train if we hurried.
16. _______ used razor blade is useless thing.
A. The – the B. A-a C. An – an D. x – x
17. We live at _______ third house from the church.
18. My aunt has _______ interesting novel.
19. It was _______ best film I had ever read.
20. A video lab is _______ useful means for language learning.
Chopsticks
Depending on the restaurant you decide upon for that evening,
you may be require to use chopsticks. If for some reasons you 1. require -> required
aren’t too adept with chopsticks, try to learn before pass through
immigration. It’s really not that hard. One false assumption 2. pass -> passing
among many Japanese that’s slowly being dispelled by time are
the “uniqueness” of Japan. Japan is a island nation; Japan is the 3. are -> is
only country that has four seasons; foreigners can’t understand 4. a -> an
Japan; only Japanese can use chopsticks properly.
I cannot count the number of times I’ve been told how to use
Japanese chopsticks but I couldn’t use perfectly. If you’re dining
in a Japanese, don’t be surprised if you receive a look of
5. in -> with
amazement at your ability to eat like a Japanese.
1. Some people think young people should to follow the tradition of the society.
A B C D
2. According for tradition, the first person to enter the house on New Year’s Eve brings
A B C
either good luck or bad luck
D
3. The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important ceremony in
A B C
Vietnamese culture.
D
4. The Japanese are familiar with the western custom to eat a turkey dinner for Christmas.
A B C C
5. In Vietnam the engagement is sometimes considered much important than the wedding.
A B C D
6. Dressing well is important in South Korea; it is considered a sign of respectful.
A B C D
7.In India, you shouldn’t never use your left hand to eat because it’s considered is respectful.
A B C D
8. He asked me anxiously what he has to do when visiting a Vietnamese home.
A B C D
9. Another typical musical instrument of the Raglai is the flat gong called Ma La.
A B C D
10. I want to visit the Vietnam Museum of Ethnology to learn for 54 ethnic minority groups.
A B C D
1. C (follow) 6. D (respect)
2. A (According to) 7. A (should)
3. C (ceremonies) 8. B (had to)
4. C (of eating) 9. D (the Ma La)
5.C (more) 10. D (about)
LISTENING

2. Vietnamese culture is the original cultural
values of the country stronglythat define the
(2) ....... identity...................... and the
long-lastingness of culturein Vietnam.
3. Vietnamese people have habits of worshiping
(3) ..... ancestors........................ andchewing
betel.
4. There are lots of (4) ......
festivals....................... in Vietnam especially in
Spring.
5. Customs and habits of Vietnamese people
(5) ....... vary...................... from region to
region.
1. Traditional Vietnamese (1) ..

customs........................... and habits have
been formed time to time for thousands of
years.
No. Statements T/F

1. Vietnamese people remain their unique cultural identity in spite of the T
domination of Chinese and other powers.
2. Vietnamese culture is the combination of native culture and Australian F
culture.
3. Funeral ceremony and long-life ceremony are associated with F
community of villages and communes.
4. Tet Nguyen Dan is a popular festival in Vietnam. T
5. Summer is the season of festival in Vietnam. F
VIETNAMESE CUSTOMS AND HABITS
Traditional Vietnamese customs and habits have been formed time to time forthousands of
years. This creates a long-lasting culture. Despite the domination of Chinese and other powers,
Vietnamese people still remains their unique cultural identity.
In the course of development, customs and habits are indispensable spiritual field in
Vietnamese culture. It is the original cultural values of the country strongly that define the
identity and the long-lastingness of culture in Vietnam. In the entire history of Vietnam,
Vietnamese culture is the combination of native culture, cultural exchange with China, Asian
region and western countries. However, with a firm native culture, Vietnamese people keep
their culture away from being assimilated, and ‘Vietnamizing” those cultural features instead.
Vietnamese culture is characterized by a series of unique customs and habits such as
worshiping ancestors, chewing betel, and other customs in traditional ceremonies like funeral
ceremony, long-life ceremony, etc. These customs and habits are associated with community of
villages and communes. Vietnam is a country of festivals, especially in spring. There are
several famous festivals featuring Vietnamese culture like Tet Nguyen Dan, Tet Nguyen Tieu,
Tet HanThuc, Tet Doan Ngo, Mid-Autumn Festival, etc. Yet, customs and habits of Vietnamese
people vary from region to region, and ethnic group to ethnic group.
SPEAKING
1. Hi, Dan. How was your trip to 1- g a. Yes. Her name's Sofia. I went to her home last
Italy? Saturday.
2. I heard you had a new friend. Is she 2-a b. No, not everything. However, I'll try my best
Italian? next time.
3. You went to her home? How 3-d c.You're kidding! But thank you anyway.
exciting! 4- h d.Well, I was invited for dinner.
4. How was the dinner? 5- e e. Yeah. I was a bit confused about Italian table
5. Why? Was there any problem? manners.
6. Really? Why not search them on 6-f f. I did but Italian table manners are so
Google beforehand? complicated.
7. And now? Do you know everything 7-b g. Oh, it was great.
about them? 8-c h. The food was good, but I felt somewhat
8. I can help you to practice it. Let's embarrassed.
go to an Italian restaurant
Task 2. Rearrange the sentences to make a complete conversation.

____Thanks for teaching me. How about the customs before a meal? I'm a little nervous...
____No. We sit on a mat with foods on a tray in the middle. Everyone has a bowl and a pair of
chopsticks.
____Let's see if I can follow you!
____No, in my parents house. We'll have a big meal with my family members.
____Yes, you can have a spoon, but no fork and knife. I'll teach you to use chopsticks.
____In your parents' house? But I don't know your table manners.
_1___Hey Jennifer! I would like to invite you to our dinner.
____Chopsticks? I don't know how to use them. Is there any fork, knife or spoon?
____Don't worry! You're a foreigner, so you don't have to know the manners clearly. Wow, that's
nice. Where? In a restaurant?
_2___It'll be OK, Jennifer! Just follow my directions when we get home.
____I should learn something first though. Do you sit around a table?
1. Hey Jennifer! I would like to invite you to our dinner.

2. It'll be OK, Jennifer! Just follow my directions when we get home.
3. I should learn something first though. Do you sit around a table?
4. No, in my parents' house. We'll have a big meal with my family members.
5. Don't worry! You're a foreigner, so you don't have to know the manners clearly. Wow, that's nice.
Where? In a restaurant?
6. Thanks for teaching me. How about the customs before a meal? I'm a little nervous...
7. No. We sit on a mat with foods on a tray in the middle. Everyone has a bowl and a pair of chopsticks.
8. Chopsticks? I don't know how to use them. Is there any fork, knife, or spoon?
9. Yes, you can have a spoon, but no fork and knife. I'll teach you to use chopsticks.
10. Let's see if I can follow you!
READING

FUNERAL CEREMONY IN VIETNAM
Traditionally, Vietnamese people believe that death is one of the most solemn ceremonies as “The
sense of the dead is that of the final”. The funeral ceremony in Vietnam undergoes several steps. First,
the body will be washed and dressed; then, a pinch of rice and three coins are put in themouth of the
body, then they lay chopstick between his teeth. After that, the body is put on the ground with the
meaning that “being born from the earth, one must return back to the earth.” Next, he is enveloped
with white cloth, and put in to the coffin. Finally, the master of the funeral officially performs the
funeral ceremony. During these days, all family members have to wear coarse gauze turbans and
tunics, and hats made of straw, or dry banana fiber. Worshiping meals and music are offered to the
dead during these days. All relatives, neighbors and friends come to offer their condolences. The
funeral procession is conducted. All relatives, friends, and family members join the procession to
accompany the dead to the burial ground. After three days, there is a ritual of opening the grave. After
49 days, the family stops offering meals for the dead to the altar. 100 days later, the ritual of “the end
of the tears” is celebrated. The mourning will end after three years. Nowadays, although mourning
ceremonies follow simple rituals, they keep traditional meaning and solemn ceremonies to express
their respect to the dead.
1. What is considered to be the most solemn ceremony in Vietnam?
..........................................................................................................................
2. How many steps are there in the funeralceremony?
..........................................................................................................................
3. What do family members have to wear during the funeral?
..........................................................................................................................
4. Who shows the condolences to the dead?
..........................................................................................................................
5. When does the family stop offering meals for the dead to the altar?
..........................................................................................................................
6. Is funeral ceremony now more simple or more complex than in the past?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
1. Death is considered to be the most solemn ceremony in Vietnam.

2. There are five steps.
3. They have to wear coarse gauze turbans and tunics, and hats made of straw, or dry banana
fiber.
4. All relatives, neighbors and friends do.
5. After 49 days.
6. It’s more simple now.
simply bow given rather addressing usual wai with
Thais often greet one another with a wai – a palms-together gesture accompanied by a (1)
bow , slight bend of knees and smile. ‘Khun’ is used as a prefix, instead of
Mr and Ms when (2) addressing people. It can be used for both
males and females, For example, a 30-year-old male, Kullawat Chaowanawatee, will (3) simply
be Khun Kullawat. Every Thai has a nickname, and once you are more
familiar with people it is(4) usual for them to encourage you to call them by their nickname
instead oftheirfirst name. Most Thai nicknames are single syllable words which are (5) given from
birth and can be Thai or English words, colours, fruits, or shortenings of their first name.
Thais don’t use ‘please’, ‘thank you’ and ‘hello’. Instead of saving ‘thank you’, ‘hello’ or ‘good bye’,
many Thais simply smile or offer a (6) wai equivalent of‘please’ in Thai is complex and
varies (7) with the rank and status one is speakingto. Many Thais ask ‘where are you going?’ (8)
rather than s aying “ How are you?”
Task 3. Read the passage and answer the question below.
Wedding custom in Viet Nam is quite complicated. Before an official wedding, a ceremony of
engagement must be held first. In Vietnamese tradition, an engagement ceremony is an official
occasion for families of fiancé and fiancee to mark their relationship and to arrange the wedding.
Each family needs to prepare a representative who is a family member having a happy life and a
high-ranking position in the family. On the day of the engagement, the representatives of the two
families will have some announcements about the wedding and exchange gifts. The time of the
wedding is chosen suitably based on the lunar calendar. Gifts which are put in trays are prepared by
the family of fiance a few days before the engagement ceremony. The number of trays must be an
odd number. In Vietnamese habits, odd numbers are thought to bring luck to the couple. In the trays,
there are betel leaves, areca nut fruits, wine, tea, husband wife, and sticky rice. On the wedding day,
the couple has to stay apart to avoid unlucky things. The wedding ceremony starts in front of the
ancestor altar. The master of the wedding ceremony will declare the couple becomes a new family.
1. What ceremony occurs before the official wedding?
_____________________________________________________________
2. Who is selected to be the representative of each family?
_____________________________________________________________
3. Who prepares gift trays for the engagement ceremony?
_____________________________________________________________
4. Why must the number of trays be an odd number?
_____________________________________________________________
5. Where does the wedding ceremony occur?
_____________________________________________________________
1. The ceremony that occurs before the official wedding is the engagement ceremony.
2. A family member having a happy life and a high-ranking position in the family is selected to be the
representative of each family.
3. The family of the fiancée prepares gift trays for the engagement ceremony.
4. The number of trays must be an odd number because, in Vietnamese habits, odd numbers are thought
to bring luck to the couple.
5. The wedding ceremony occurs in front of the ancestor altar.
GIFT-GIVING CUSTOMS IN VIETNAM

Gift giving is important in Vietnam because of the significance of interpersonal relationships in
Vietnamese culture.
First and foremost, do not encourage corruption. There is a clear cut between gift-giving and
bribery. Nevertheless, it is common in Vietnam for exchanging small gifts on certain occasions such
as anniversary, Tet holiday... to express your respect, love, appreciation or gratitude.
Gift-giving customs depend on the context. If it is a private gift for one Vietnamese partner you
should give the gift at a private occasion. If you have a gift for the whole officeor company, you
should give it after the business meeting with the whole office’s employee.
Do not wrap a gift in the black paper because this colour is unlucky and associated with funerals
in Vietnam. Gifts that symbolize cutting such as scissors, knives and other sharp objects should be
avoided because they mean the cutting of the relationship.
Vietnamese may or may not open these gifts when they are received; leave the option to them.
You will also receive gifts and should defer to your host as to whether youshould open it when
received or not. Regardless of when it is opened or what it is, profuse thanks are always appropriate.
According to the passage, why is gift giving important in Vietnam?
a. Because it helps to establish a friendship.
b. Because it’s common in Vietnamese culture.
c. Because it’s the best way to build up a stable relationship.
d. Because personal relationships play a vital role in Vietnamese culture.
Which of the followings should not be a reason for gift giving?
a.To show appreciation b. To bribesomebody
c. To express gratitude d. To show affection
When giving a gift, you should .
a. wrap it in black or white paper
b. give it in the business meetining
c. never give sharp objects, such as knives or scissors
d. avoid giving it at a private occasion.
4. When receiving a gift, you should .
a. always say “thank you? b. try to find what is it
c. open it in front of the giver d. ask your host to open it
5. Which of the following is NOT true about gift giving customs in Vietnam?
a. Gift giving is a good way of strengthening relationships.
b. Gifts for your partners should be given at private occasions.
c. You should avoid giving anything sharp.
d. It is considered rude not to open the gift in front of
WRITING
Task 1. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings.

1. gifts/ and have a/ meet/ to exchange/ traditional meal./ Most families/
_____________________________________________________________
2. with/ Homes/ and kumquat./ are decorated/ the apricot blossom,/ peach blossom,/
_____________________________________________________________
3. during Tet./ are encouraged/ Children/ or cry/ not to fight/
_____________________________________________________________
4. the house./ plant/ a new year's tree/ Many families/ in front of/
_____________________________________________________________
5. to worship/ After/ attend/ the local pagoda/ ancestors./ the family meal,/ many Vietnamese people/
_____________________________________________________________
6. festival./ exciting/ music/ The Glastonbury Festival/ is an/
_____________________________________________________________
7. that/ the first person/ is a generous/ and kind-hearted./ to enter/ their house/ Vietnamese people/
hope
_______________________________________________________________________
8. colorful flowers./ the festival/ people/ Before/ with/ prepare/ their houses/ to decorate/
_____________________________________________________________
9. on the/15th day/ The Vu Lan Festival/ seventh/ of the/ lunar month./ takes place/
_____________________________________________________________
10. to/ seeing/I am/ festival/ in Dak Lak./ looking forward/ the elephant race/
_____________________________________________________________
11. first day/ of Tet./ shouldn' t/ You/ on the/ sweep/ the house/
_____________________________________________________________
12. about/ other/ cultures./I am/ interested/ in learning/
_______________________________________________________________________
1. Most families meet to exchange gifts and have a traditional meal during Tet.
2. Homes are decorated with apricot blossom, peach blossom, and kumquat.
3. Children are encouraged not to fight or cry during Tet.
4. Many families plant a new year's tree in front of the house.
5. After attending the local pagoda to worship ancestors, many Vietnamese people have the family
meal.
6. The Glastonbury Festival is an exciting music festival.
7. Vietnamese people hope that the first person to enter their house is a generous and kind-hearted
person.
8. Before the festival, people prepare their houses to decorate with colorful flowers.
9. The Vu Lan Festival takes place on the 15th day of the seventh lunar month.
10. I am looking forward to seeing the elephant race festival in Dak Lak.
11. You shouldn't sweep the house on the first day of Tet.
12. I am interested in learning about other cultures.
Task 2. Write in full sentences using the given words.
1. We/ wish/ our mom/ health/ longevity!/

_____________________________________________________________
2. He/ released/ after being/ questioned/ by/ police/ yesterday.
_____________________________________________________________
3. He/ prays/ luck/ happiness./
_____________________________________________________________
4. The man/ monk/ from/ Emei Mountain./
_____________________________________________________________
5. They/ make/ sacrificial offerings/ the gods./
_____________________________________________________________
6. The ornamental tree/ in our front yard/ growing/ rapidly./
_____________________________________________________________
7. Martial arts/ originates/ the East.
_____________________________________________________________
8. Young rice cake/ a specialty/ this area.
_____________________________________________________________
9. You should/ learn/ Vietnamese table manners./
_____________________________________________________________
10. We/ have/ a family/ reunion/ next week./
_________________________________________________________________________
1. We wish our mom health and longevity!
2. He was released after being questioned by the police yesterday.
3. He prays for luck and happiness.
4. The man is a monk from Emei Mountain.
5. They make sacrificial offerings to the gods.
6. The ornamental tree in our front yard is growing rapidly.
7. Martial arts originates from the East.
8. Young rice cake is a specialty in this area.
9. You should learn Vietnamese table manners.
10. We will have a family reunion next week.
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about one of most loved tradition in your family.

- What is it?
- Is it common or uncommon in Vietnam?
- How do people in your family follow it?
- Why is it the most important/ loved by your family members?
- What do you think the future of this family custom/ tradition?
One of the most loved traditions in my family is the annual family reunion dinner. This tradition is
common in Vietnam, especially during major holidays like Tet (Lunar New Year) or important family
milestones. Every year, as the Lunar New Year approaches, our extended family members from different
parts of the country gather at our ancestral home. We all contribute to preparing the feast, bringing our
favorite dishes to share with everyone. The dinner is a joyous occasion filled with laughter, storytelling,
and exchanging of gifts. It holds a special place in our hearts because it allows us to reconnect with
relatives we may not see often, strengthening family bonds and creating cherished memories. We look
forward to this tradition each year as it reinforces our sense of belonging and unity as a family.
As for the future of this family custom, we believe it will continue to be cherished and celebrated for
generations to come. While modernization and changing lifestyles may pose challenges, the significance
of family ties and the value of this tradition remain deeply rooted in our culture. As long as we uphold the
importance of family and the spirit of togetherness, this tradition will endure, adapting to the times while
preserving its core essence. We are committed to passing down the tradition to the younger generations,
ensuring that they understand its significance and continue to embrace it with the same love and
enthusiasm as we do.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
TEST FOR UNIT 5
question.
1. A. pass B. palm C. sharp D. man
2. A. custom B. correct C. clockwise D. opinion
3. A. kidding B. generate C. sponge D. oblige
4. A. accept B. costume C. follow D. mention
5. A. presentation B. decision C. generation D. similarity
6. You are under no _________ to buy any stuff here.
A. oblige B. obliged C. obligatory D. obligation
7. Taking care of the family is _________ considered women’s duty in many Eastern countries.
A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalism
8. In Maori culture, it’s the _________ for people to press their noses when it comes to greeting.
A. custom B. customary C. customer D. customize
9. At the end of the semester, students are required to write a _________ on what they have learned
and what can be improved.
A. reflect B. reflection C. reflective D. reflector
10. Linda fell in love with Peter without knowing about his real ________status.
A. social B. socialable C. society D. socialability
11. Mary was extremely _________ about his works.
A. compliment B. complimentary
C. complimentarily D. complimentator
12.After the meal, he left the waitress with a large ___________.
A. money B. cash C. tip D. payment
13. A ____ of belonging simply means the acceptance to become a natural member of something.
A. feel B. sense C. sight D. taste
14.Whether you have meals at home or in a restaurant, some basic table __________ should never
be forgotten.
A. ways B. styles C. aspects D. manners
15. _________ to some Western cultures, children leave teeth under their pillow for the tooth fairy
to collect – usually in return for some money.
A. According B. Owing C. Basing D. Depending
Choose the word or phrase is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the
16. My grandparents always try their best to find ways to preserve our family unity.
A. consistency B. stickage C. union D. bond
17. I always get into trouble with table manners every time I am invited to a party. All the cutlery
etiquettes are so complicated!
A. utensil B. spoon C. fork D. chopstick
18. John asked Kim to marry him and he jumped with join when she accepted.
A. agreed B. argued C. appealed D. attached
19. He is the offspring of a chemist and a nurse. His intelligence is inherited from them.
A. partner B. friend C. ancestor D. neighbor
20. Vy broke with the family tradition and chose to be a singer instead of being a teacher.
A. united B. followed C. connected D. joined
21. You __________ be selfish like that. Don’t just think of your own benefits.
A. should B. shouldn’t C. haven’t to D. don’t have to
22. My car broke down yesterday, so I __________ go to work by bus.
A. had to B. must C. should D. could
23. Linh _________ hurry because the meeting was 15 minutes late.
A. hasn’t to B. hadn’t to C. doesn’t have to D. didn’t have to
24. Leave early so that you _______ miss the train.
A. didn’t B. won’t C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t
25. You __________ talk loudly in public as it is impolite.
A. shouldn’t B. hadn’t better C. had better not D. Both A & C
26. You _________ fly to London this afternoon if you don’t mind changing planes in Paris.
A. must B. have to C. can D. ought to
27. There are many mistakes in this exercise. I _________ go over it again.
A. will have to B. am able to C. would D.could
28. _________ I open the door for you?
A. Would you like that B. Do you want that
C. Will D. Shall
29. There’s the waitress. I ___________ ask her for the hill.
A. will B. shall C. am able to D. could
30. His eyesight was so poor that he _________ read the signposts.
A. Shouldn’t B. Hadn’t to C. Couldn’t D. Can’t
31. In (A) Japan, you should (B) always to remove (C) your shoes when entering (D) a private
house.=> remove
32. As (A) a child, I must (B) go to sleep (C) before 10 p.m, after finishing (D) all my
homework.=> had to
33. You don’t have (A) to worrry(B) so(C) much as everything will (D) be ok.=> too
34. Must (A) I carry the(B) bag for you? It looks (C) heavy (D).=> Shall
35. In your country, you have (A) to clean the (B) house very carefully (C) to welcome Tet
holiday, haven’t (D) you?=> don’t
countries. In some countries, a kiss can be friendly greeting, or a goodbye. South Americans and
Europeans say hello with kisses much more often than North Americans. They also sometimes say
goodbye by kissing their own fingertips and then “blowing” the kiss away. In these regions, men at
business meeting even greet each other with a kiss on the cheek, instead of a handshake.
Then there are beliefs that kissing has a special meaning. In ancient Rome, the groom at a
wedding must kiss the bride as a legal agreement. And did your mother ever kiss your hurt finger
to make the pain stop? English used to think that kisses have magical powers.
Not everyone in the world kisses though. Eskimos couples rubbed their noses together, and so
did some African tribes and Pacific Islanders. The Ainu of Japan preferred to bite their loved one’s
cheek.
These days, kissing is mostly a sign of romance. Thanks to international travel and sharing
customs, that meaning has become universal.
T F
36. The meaning of kisses is different in different places. √
37. North Americans greet each other by kissing more frequently than South √
Americans.
38. South Americans sometimes kiss their own fingertips and then blowing √
the kiss away as a way to say greet each other.
39. Some African trilbes say “I love you” by biting the cheek. √
40. People worldwide now often see a kiss as a sign of love. √
questions below.
traditions. One of those is an old saying that dates back to 19th century England about what a
bride should wear or carry: “Something old, something new, something borrowed, something
blue.”
A bride wears something old to remind her of her family and the past. Some brides wear
their mother’s wedding dress or a piece of her jewelry. Something new means good luck and
hope for a happy future with her new husband. Again, this item may be the dress, but often it
is a pair of new shoes. Something borrowed such as a friend’s handkerchief a married
friend’s bridal veil means the bride has friends and family who are willing to help her.
Something blue is a symbol of trust and faith between the couple. These days, some brides
are creative with this item by painting their fingernails a light blue color or wearing a garter
on the their leg. Another tradition says that the groom should take the garter after the
ceremony and throw it to the single men. The man who catches it will be the next one to get
married.
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or the best
D. All are correct.
_____The end_____
UNIT 6 LIFESTYLE
PRONOUNCIATION
/br/ /pr/
breakfast /ˈbrek.fəst/ present /ˈprez.ənt/
1. /br/=/b/ +/r/
/b/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát âm, dây thanh sẽ rung lên.
/r/: co lưỡi về phía sau, cong đầu lưỡi lên để tạo nên một khoảng trống ở giữa miệng
nhưng lưỡi không chạm tới chân răng trên. Khi phát âm, luồng hơi sẽ đi qua khoang
miệng và đẩu lưỡi ra ngoài.
Exampe: bride, brother, library
2. /pr/=/p/ +/r/
/p/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát âm, dây thanh không rung.
/r/: co lưỡi về phía sau, cong đẩu lưỡi lên để tạo nên một khoảng trống ở giữa miệng
miệng và đầu lưỡi ra ngoài.
Example: prize, problem, apricot
3. Sự khác nhau giữa /br/ và /pr/
´ Khi phát âm cụm phụ âm /br/ gây rung ở họng còn /pr/ thì không tạo độ rung.
1 A. breakfast B. brief C. bright D. climb

2 A. practice B. cupboard C. pray D. plan
3 A. fable B. brave C. dragon D. tale
4 A. energetic B. majestic C. emphatic D. pathetic
5 A. houses B. horses C. places D. faces
6 A. heroic B. government C. poetic D. radio
7 A. companion B. comparison C. company D.
compartment
8 A. pollution B. earplug C. dump D. dust
9 A. wicked B. confused C. beloved D. naked
10 A. south B. sound C. mouth D. touch
1 A. solution B. intention C. decorate D. exciting

2 A. medical B. national C. chemical D. informal
3 A. loyalty B. marvelous C. technician D. century
4 A. electric B. historic C. classical D. botanic
5 A. conical B. practical C. musical D. mechanic
6 A. domestic B. reference C. substantial D. compliment
7 A. chemical B. artistic C. medical D. physical
8 A. appearance B. partnership C. argument D. maximum
9 A. production B. imagine C. biologist D. fortunate
A. volunteer B. understand C. lemonade D. Australia
VOCABULARY
dogsled (n) /ˈdɒɡsled/ xe trượt tuyết chó kéo
experience (n, v) kinh nghiệm, trải nghiệm
greet (v) /ɡriːt/ chào, chào hỏi

greeting (n) lời chào
habit (n) thói quen
in the habit of /ɪn ðə ˈhæbɪt əv/ có thói quen làm gì
hurry (n, v) /ˈhʌri/ vội vàng
in a hurry /ɪn ə ˈhʌri/ đang vội
igloo (n) lều tuyết
impact (n) sự ảnh hưởng
independent (adj) độc lập

interact (v) /ˌɪntərˈækt/ tương tác
interaction (n) /ˌɪntərˈækʃn/ sự tương tác
lifestyle (n) lối sống
make craft làm hàng thủ công
maintain (v) duy trì, gìn giữ
musher (n) /ˈmʌʃə/ người điều khiển xe trượt tuyết chó

kéo
nomadic (adj) /nəʊˈmædɪk/ du mục
ofine (adj, adv) /ˌɒfˈlaɪn/ trực tiếp
online (adj, adv) /ˌɒnˈlaɪn/ trực tuyến
online learning (n) việc học trực tuyến
revive (v) làm sống lại, hồi sinh
serve (v) /sɜːv/ phục vụ
street food dogsled making crafts Weaving

tribal dance online learning dim sum Bamboo baskets
native art greeting musher Igloo
1………………… 2………………… 3………………… 4…………………
5………………… 6………………… 7………………… 8…………………

9………………… 10………………… 11………………… 12…………………
Task 2. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their meanings.
1. S-M-H-R-E-U 1- A. a long very thin piece of a material such as

→ cotton, nylon,
or silk, especially one that is used in sewing
2. L-O-F-I-N-E-F 2- B. an act of shaking somebody's hand with your
→ own
3. T-S-L-L-Y-E-I-F-E 3- C. a knee-length pleated skirt usually of tartan
→ worn by men in Scotland
4. R-L-Y-E-E-I-S-U-L 4- D. a person who controls the dogs that are
→ pulling a sledge
5. K-H-A-S-D-H-E-A-N 5- E. to cut a design into a piece of wood or marble
→
6. D-R-E-H-T-A 6- F. the mode of living of an individual or a group.
→
7. N-T-K-I 7- G. a dish of meat, vegetables, etc., cooked in an
→ Indian-style sauce of hot-tasting spices and
typically served with rice.
8. L-T-I-K 8- H. to make clothes by using two long needles to
→ connect wool or another type of thread into
joined rows
9. R-C-U-Y-R 9- I. not directly controlled by or connected to a
computer or to the internet
10. R-E-V-A-C 10- J. used to describe an action that is done in a
relaxed way, without hurying
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
well-known craft practice tribal modern

native greet adopt kilts online
1. It was so interesting to meet the_________ groups and talk about their culture.
2.- What is the traditional______ of this village? - It's weaving bamboo baskets.
3. I think I will take part in an__________ course, but I'm not sure about its benefits.
4. Going out for breakfast has become a common______ in our city.
5. Many people are trying to____ a healthy lifestyle these days.
6. We may see_____ art in galleries and museums around the city.
7. Which country is________ for fish and chips?
8. Do Scottish men wear_________?
9. Students prefer__________ technology as it can help them learn in a more convenient
and comfortable way.
10. Handshaking, bowing, and hugging are some of the ways in which people_____ one
another.
Task 4. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets
1. I had a great _____________ skydiving for the first time last weekend. (experiential)
2. After finishing college, I moved to a new city and learned to be more _____________,
managing my own budget and making my own decisions. (depend)
3. It’s important to _____________ a healthy lifestyle by exercising regularly and

eating a balanced diet. (maintenance)
4. Some cultures have a tradition of leading a _____________ lifestyle, moving from

place to place to find food and water sources. (nomad)
5. The government is planning to _____________ the old historical sites in the city to
attract more tourists and preserve the local heritage. (revival)
6. I am going to visit Da Nang, so can you tell me what the greatest _____________ in
Da Nang are? (attract)
7. Don’t worry about your travelling because the public transport here is convenient and
_____________. (rely)
8. Sydney is a metropolitan and _____________ city so you have a great variety of

things and foods from different countries. (multiculture)
9. My aunt lives in one of the most _____________ parts in Paris. She is a well-known
fashion designer there. (fashion)
10. The outdoor food markets in Singapore are fun and _____________ so when you go
there you should try some food there. (afford).
11. Ha Noi, _____________ the Old Quarter, become a perfect city for walking with
handicraft shops, street food, etc. (especial)
12. Ha Long Bay, which means descending dragon, is the _____________ heritage of the
world with 1,6000 limestone islands. (nature)
13. Below Sa Pa are _____________ rice terraces in the endless valley. (picture)
14. Besides the beach, the main _____________ in Da Nang is the Museum of Cham
Sculpture with the world's largest collection of Cham artifacts. (attract)
15. Hue becomes one of the most _____________ destinations for travelers to Viet Nam
with the number of three million tourists a year. (popularity)
16. Hoi An used to be one of the _____________ ports in Southeast Asia, which was used
by the Japanese, Portuguese, Dutch, French and Chinese merchants. (busy)
17. Nha Trang, a _____________ coastal city in Central Viet Nam, is generally recognized
as Viet Nam's main beach destination. (delight)
18. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a metropolis which is still young but
very _____________. (dynamist)
19. The Mekong Delta is well-known for its busy waterways with many rivers, canals and
streams through _____________ the region. (flow)
20. Phu Quoc Island is the _____________ place for riding, snorkeling, scuba diving, and
relaxing. (idea)
GRAMMAR
1. Future simple tense (Thì tương lai đơn)

a. Cách sử dụng
- Diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai, không phụ thuộc vào điều kiện nào.
E.g: We will go to the beach tomorrow.
(Chúng ta sẽ đi đến bãi biển vào ngày mai.)
I will write a book someday.
(Một ngày nào đó, tôi sẽ viết một cuốn sách.)
- Diễn tả dự đoán về tương lai dựa trên thông tin hiện có.
E.g: The weather looks like it will be nice tomorrow.
(Thời tiết dường như sẽ đẹp vào ngày mai.)
I think I will get a job offer soon.
(Tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ sớm nhận được một lời đề nghị việc làm.)
- Diễn tả quyết tâm hoặc lời hứa.
E.g: I will help you with your homework.
(Tôi sẽ giúp bạn làm bài tập về nhà.)
He will never forget her.
(Anh ta sẽ không bao giờ quên cô ấy.)

b. Cấu trúc
Khẳng S + will + V(infinitive)

định
Phủ S + will + not +

định V(infinitive)
Nghi Will + S + not +

vấn V(infinitive)?
E.g: I will go to the park tomorrow. (Tôi sẽ đi đến công viên vào ngày mai.)
She will not attend the party tonight. (Cô ấy sẽ không tham dự bừa tiệc tối nay.)
Will you come to the meeting tomorrow? (Bạn sẽ đến cuộc họp vào ngày mai chứ?)
c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu xuất ü in + thời gian trong tương lai (in 2 minutes: trong 2phút
hiện các trạng từ nữa)
chỉ thời gian như: ü tomorrow: ngày mai
ü next day / week/ next month/ next year: ngày tiếp theo/
tuần tới/ tháng tới/ năm tới
Động từ chỉ khả ü think/ believe/ suppose/...: nghĩ/ tin/ cho là

năng sẽ xảy ra như: ü perhaps/ probably: có lẽ
ü promise: hứa
2. First conditional sentence (Câu điều kiện loại 1)
- Câu điều kiện loại 1 được dùng để diễn tả một giả định có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc
tương lai.
E.g: If I get up early, I will go to school on time.
(Nếu tôi dậy sớm, tôi sẽ đi học đúng giờ.)
- Dùng để đề nghị hay gợi ý.
E.g: If you need a glass of water, I can get you one.
(Nếu anh cần một cốc nước, tôi có thể lấy giúp anh.)
- Dùng để cảnh báo hay hàm ý đe dọa:
E.g: If you don't work hard, you won't pass the exam.
(Nếu con không học hành chăm chỉ, con sẽ trượt kỳ thì.)
b. Cấu trúc
If + S + V(s/es), S + will/ can/ may... + V
c. Lưu ý
* Trường hợp nói về sự thật hiển nhiên hoặc việc luôn đúng, ta dùng thì hiện tại đơn ở cả
2 vế của câu điều kiện.
If + S + V (s/es), S + V(s/es)
If + S + V (s/es), V
E.g: If we heat the chocolate, it smelts.
(Nếu chúng ta đun nóng sô cô la, nó sẽ tan chảy.)
Don't touch anything if you don't want to get out of here.

(Đừng chạm vào bất cứ thứ gì nếu cậu không muốn ra khỏi đây.)
* Câu điều kiện loại 1 phủ định (Unless = If...not)
Trong câu điều kiện phủ định, ta có thể dùng Unless thay cho If... not.
E.g: If you don't pass the driving test, you cannot have a driving license.
= Unless you pass the driving test, you cannot have a driving license.
(Nếu bạn không vượt qua kỳ thi sát hạch lái xe, bạn sẽ không có bằng lái.)
Chú ý: đã dùng Unless thì trong câu không còn “not” nữa.
* Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 1
Đảo ngữ trong câu điều kiện loại 1 sẽ giúp câu mang sắc thái lịch sự hơn và thường dùng
trong trường hợp đưa ra lời yêu cầu, nhờ vả.
Cấu trúc:
Should + S + (not) + be +..., + S + will/may/can + V
Should + S + (not) + V +..., + S + will/may/can + V
E.g: If you are regularly late for school, you will be punished.
= Should you be regularly late for school, you will be punished.
= If you go to school late regularly, you will be punished.
= Should you go to school late regularly, you will be punished.
(Nếu bạn thường xuyên đi học muộn, bạn sẽ bị phạt.)

1. This beach looks amazing! I think we _____________ this place!

A. are loving B. are going to love C. will love
2. I _____________ you to the airport tomorrow if you need someone to give you a lift.
A. take B. am taking C. will take
3. My plane _____________ at Manchester airport at 8 p.m tomorrow evening.
A. lands B. will land C. Landed
4. We have some ideas for what we want to do while we are here in Scotland. If the
weather is nice, we _____________ a mountain on one of the days.
A. climb B. are climbing C. are going to climb
5. What shall I do today? I think I _____________ to the beach while the Sun is out!
A. go B. am going C. will go
6. I'm sorry but I cannot come to the meal tonight. I _____________ work at 8 p.m.
tonight, so I _____________ arrive at the restaurant on time!
A. finish - will B. will finish – will C. finishes – will
7. If you tell me your secret, I promise I _____________ anyone!
A. am not telling B. won't tell C. am telling
8. I think the Earth _____________ a lot warmer in 50 years.
A. is becoming B. will become C. becomes
9. I _____________ my friend in Sicily sometime this year, but I’m not sure when.
A. am visiting B. am going to visit C. will visit
10. I _____________ a valedictorian next year.
A. am going to try B. will try C. will going to try
Task 2. Choose the correct answer.
1. I haven't got my phone.’ -'That's OK. I’ll lend/I am going to lend you mine.
2. It's Julia's birthday next week, so we 11 buy/we're going to buy her some flowers.
3 .Will you lend me £ 10? I promise I' 11 give/I am going to give it back to you
tomorrow.
4. We ll have/We're going to have a barbecue tomorrow. It's all planned, so I hope it

won't rain.
5. 'Jim's starting university tomorrow.' - 'What will he/is he going to study?'
6. You won t like/you are not going to like that film. It's very frightening. Let's choose
another one.
7. Do you think they'll like/they are going to like the presents we got for them?
8. Look! The coach will leave/is going to leave! Run or we'11 miss it
Task 3. Give the correct tense of the verbs in brackets using the first conditional.
1. If you (go)________ on a business trip, please inform me.

2. If he (eat)_______ another cake, he (be)_____ sick.
3. 1 (tell)________ you more about the Ban Flower Festival if I (meet)____ you.
4. If I (be)______ allowed to choose a topic, I (give)________ a presentation on Bat Trang
Village.
5. If I (not have)___________ to go to school this summer vacation, I (travel)_____
Mongolia to learn more about nomadic life.
6. What (you / do)_________ if she refuses your invitation?
7. If the sun (shine)__________, ,we (walk)__________ into town
8. Unless they (pass)__________ their examinations, they (have)__________ to join the
army.
9. You (have)________ a stomachache if you drink that contaminated water.
10. If we (have)________ several days off, we (learn)_________ how to cook some kinds
of street food.
11. If I _____________ (study) hard, I _____________ (improve) my English.
12. Theresa _____________ (go) to Japan if she _____________ (get) a cheap flight.
13. If her boyfriend _____________ (not call) today, she _____________ (leave) him.
14. If the phone _____________ (ring), _____________ (you/answer) it?
15. What _____________ (you/do)____ if you _____________ (not find) your wallet?
16. He _____________ (find)____a part time job if he _____________ (keep) looking.
17. If you _____________ (feel) unwell tomorrow, _____________ (take) a rest.
18. If they _____________ (not tell) us, we _____________ (keep) asking.
19. _____________ (you/let) me go if I _____________ (promise) to come back early?
20. He _____________ (eat) some popcorn if he _____________ (feel) hungry.
Task 4. Find and correct the mistakes.
1. Will he goes camping tomorrow? _______________

2. The phone's ringing. - OK, I'm going to answer it._______________
3. I'm sure she is going to lend you her car. _______________
4. I won't probably be home tonight. _______________
5. I promise I'm not going to be late again. _______________
6. I'll call you when I'll arrive in Spain. _______________
7. We don't will have an English exam next Thursday. _______________
8. If you don't be careful, you will fall off your bike. _______________
9. You don't pass the exam if you don't study hard. _______________
10. If you will help me, I can finish my report. _______________
LISTENING
Task 1. Listen and fill in the blanks.

In Vietnam, the lifestyle of a tenth-grade student is marked by a ____________. Students
at this age are usually ____________ in a rigorous education system that places great
emphasis on academic achievements. A typical day for a Vietnamese tenth-grader starts
early, often with a ____________ of local favorites like pho or banh mi, before heading to
school. The school day is filled with classes covering subjects like mathematics, literature,
science, and history, reflecting Vietnam's respect for a well-rounded education. Despite
the demanding academic schedule, students also engage in extracurricular activities such
as sports, arts, and cultural clubs, fostering a sense of camaraderie and balance.
_____________ plays a central role in a tenth-grader's life, with strong familial bonds and
respect for elders being deeply ingrained cultural values. In their ___________,
Vietnamese students might be found exploring the vibrant street food scene, enjoying
popular music and entertainment, or taking part in traditional festivals that showcase the
country's rich heritage. The lifestyle of a Vietnamese tenth-grade student is thus a
dynamic fusion of academic pursuit, cultural reverence, and youthful exploration.
Task 2. Listen and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)
1. Western education often emphasizes critical thinking and creativity over rigid structures.
(_______)
2. Extracurricular activities in Western schools include sports, arts, and clubs catering to
various interests. (_______)
3. Many Western students engage in part-time jobs or community service, promoting
independence and life skills. (_______)
4. Technology is a significant part of education in Western countries, aiding in research and
communication. (_________)
5. While family values are not important, Western students are encouraged to pursue
individual aspirations and career goals. (________)
SPEAKING

1. Hey, Jessica! I've been curious 1- A. Well, we have a fixed schedule
about how your daily life is like with different subjects each day.
compared to mine. We're both Math, science, social studies, and
in 8th grade, but I'm guessing language arts are the core subjects
things might be a bit different we cover. After lunch, we have a
for you. couple more classes, and the school
day ends around 2:30 PM.
2. That's pretty much when I wake 2- B. Weekends are a mix of relaxation
up too, around 6:45 AM. But and getting things done. I might
my school starts a bit earlier, so have some extra time for hobbies
I'm usually out the door by 7:15 like drawing or reading. But I also
AM. What's your school day use weekends to finish up any
like? school projects and maybe watch a
movie with my family.
3- C. Totally agree, Mark! It's fun to
3. That sounds quite similar to my share and learn about each other's
school day. We also have a set lives. It's like finding out the little
schedule with classes like math, things that make our routines
science, English, and history. unique while also realizing how
But our school ends around 3:15 much we have in common.
PM. So, what do you usually do
after school?
4- D. After school, I have some

4. Oh, nice! I play soccer after extracurricular activities a few days
school, usually on Mondays, a week. I'm in the art club, and I
Wednesdays, and Fridays. take piano lessons on Tuesdays and
Sometimes I have basketball Thursdays. On other days, I might
practice too. And I totally get have some free time to catch up on
the homework thing – it seems homework or hang out with
never-ending sometimes. Do friends.
you have any chores or
responsibilities at home?
5. True, we have those 5- E. Yeah, definitely. I have some daily

responsibilities too. I help with chores like setting the table for
setting the table and clearing it dinner and helping with dishes. On
after dinner. And I take turns weekends, I usually help with
with my siblings to walk the cleaning the house or doing
dog. By the way, how do you laundry. It's all part of contributing
spend your weekends? to the household.
6- F. Hi, Mark! Yeah, it's interesting
6. Sounds nice! Weekends for me how our routines might vary. So,
are about hanging out with on a typical day for me, I usually
friends, playing sports, and wake up around 6:30 AM. After
maybe catching a movie too. getting ready, I have a quick
And, of course, some time for
breakfast, maybe a bowl of cereal
video games, which is a must
or a toast, and then head off to
for me. It's cool to see how even
though we have different school by 7:30 AM.
routines, there are a lot of
similarities in how we spend our
time.
Task 2. Put the sentences into the correct order.
Student 1: True, I should probably spend less time on TikTok and more time doing other
stuff. Hey, speaking of real-life experiences, are you up for a hike this weekend?
Student 2: Yeah, I watched it on Netflix. It was pretty cool. How about you?
Student 2: I get that. But we still hang out at the park sometimes, and we can plan more
outdoor activities. Plus, we need to find a balance between screens and real-life
experiences
Student 1: Hey, did you catch that new movie that came out last weekend?
Student 1: Yeah, you're right. But sometimes, I miss the old days when we used to play
outside till it got dark. Now, it's all about gaming and chatting online.
Student 1: Same here! Netflix and chill, you know. Speaking of which, do you ever feel like
we spend too much time in front of screens?
Student 2: Totally, especially with all the online classes and social media. It's hard to
escape. But it's not all bad, right? We can learn a lot from the internet too.
Student 2: Definitely! Let's get back to nature for a change
READING
Task 1. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers.
Life in the big city is face-paced, fun and exciting. There are countless job
opportunities and activities to occupy your time. However, with the good, there also comes
the bad. Although the big city has more job opportunities; there are also more people
competing for a single job. This can make your job search frustrating. Oddly enough, you
will see hundreds, if not thousands of jobs available each week, but you still might remain
unemployed, especially when the economy is down. In addition, the cost of living is typically
higher in big cities, and it can cost you an arm and a leg for a small apartment in a decent
area of the city, not to mention other costs to fulfill your basic demands. Diversity is a good
thing, but the number of people can be a bit overwhelming if you are not accustomed to it.
There will always be crowds and always be people around. Moreover, traffic can be a
nightmare in the big city. It can get so bad that it can turn you into an evil person. If you hate
driving in traffic, then the big city life is not for you. Heavy traffic also contributes to
pollution, which is one of the biggest disadvantages of living in the city. Obviously, our
health is affected most by certain diseases relating to the respiratory system and other body
parts. A lot of premature deaths are supposed to be the result of long-term exposure to small
particles. Most importantly, there is always more crime in a big city, causing you second case
your decision for living in a big city. You arc much more likely to be a victim of a crime
living in a big city than in a small town.
1. According to the passage, some good things of living in the city are ____________.
A. excellent educational system and recreational activities
B. excellent educational system and countless job opportunities
C. countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time
D. a lot of kinds of entertainment and shopping centers
2. While big cities have more job opportunities, it also gives ____________.
A. more competition for a single job B. higher salary
C. growing economic crisis D. greater chances of being unemployed
3. What does the phrase “cost an arm and a leg” mean?
A. your legs and arms have good value B. cost a small amount of money
C. you must work hard to earn money D. cost a lot of money
4. According to the paragraph, city is not a perfect place for ____________.
A. extroverted people B. introverted people
C. people who hate driving in traffic D. people who prefer a busy life
5. In the big city, people tend to when traffic is getting heavy ____________.
A. go crazy B. get enough time to relax

C. wait a bit longer D. slow down themselves
6. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A. Pollution causes health problems. B. Cities are always crowded.
C. It costs a lot of money to live in a big city. D. Crime is not a serious problem in big cities.
Task 2. Read the text then answer the questions.
Toronto is one of the world's most multicultural cities. Almost half of its population are
immigrants. You'll hear more than 140 languages and dialects spoken on the streets in this
“City of Neighborhoods”. It's the most populous city in Canada (more than 5 million in the
Greater Toronto Area) and the province of Ontario's economic engine. Toronto's motto is
“Diversity Our Strength”. Toronto prides itself on its wide range of cultures, languages, food
and arts.
Visit Toronto, and one of the first things you'll notice is that the city's appeal lies in its
citizens' friendliness: ask for directions, and you'll be helped. Along with its highly artistic
culture and fascinating museums that proudly display the country's history, it's clear that a
Toronto trip has something for everyone.
Although Toronto's climate is partially moderated by its Great Lakes location, it is more
extreme than Bordeaux's and Christchurch's, with somewhat hotter summers and considerably
colder winters. Summertime in Toronto is festival time. Just about every weekend, and some
weekdays, you'll find one happening. If crowds aren't your thing, avoid the Caribana festival
(July 28 through July 31), when the city greets more than one million visitors.
1. Where is Toronto?
__________________________________________________________________________
2. What is the population of the Greater Toronto Area?
__________________________________________________________________________
3. What makes Toronto proud of itself?
__________________________________________________________________________
4. What is one of the first things in Toronto that appeal to tourists?
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Which of Toronto proudly displays the country’s history?
__________________________________________________________________________
6. How is the climate in Toronto?
__________________________________________________________________________
7. When is the festival time in Toronto?
__________________________________________________________________________
8. How many visitors does the city greet at the Caribana festival?
___________________________________________________________________________________
Task 3. Read and Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Technology has attracted the attention of many people in the world especially the young
generation and this has affected their lifestyle. They use electronic devices such as phones,
laptops, iPods, tablets, computers and many others. Electronic devices are so addictive that
people would rather use them for enjoyment than their necessity. Due to this addictiveness,
it has resulted in negative effects on people's life and their mental health.
Technology has both negative and positive impacts on people's lives; it just depends on
how the person uses the electronic gadget. Technology has made it easier to access
information which is very helpful for businesses or even a student. But not all technology
was made for positive purposes as due to technology, there was a development of weapons
which is a threat to the society.
We can say that addiction refers to a situation when you like a particular thing so much that
you lose control over your mind, and this is what is happening to today's world especially
the young generation. They became so addicted to the technology gadgets that all they
think about is that it has control over their mind. They spend most of their time on
electronic devices that they don't even realise.
Adapted from: https://www.es/printables.com/
Statements True (T) False (F)
1. Technology has captured the attention of people of all ages

in the world.
2. Electronic devices are not so addictive.
3. Technology has negative effects on people's life and their

mental health.
4. People find it easier to access information thanks to
technology
5. The young generation spend little time on electronic
devices
WRITING
Task 1. Write in complete sentences using the given words.
1. If / we / not / go shopping / soon / we / be / late.

________________________________________________________________________
2. If Sarah / not be / ready / by 8 a.m /I / go / without her.
________________________________________________________________________
3. If / you / send / your mother / this letter / it / come / to / her / tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________________
4. She / get / the / job / if / she / do / well / in / interview.
________________________________________________________________________
5. They / not miss / the flight / if they / be / in a hurry.
________________________________________________________________________
6. He / learn / quickly / if / he / practice / frequently.
________________________________________________________________________
7. If / it / rain / they / postpone / the match.
________________________________________________________________________
8. You / not be able to sleep / if / you watch / this horror movie.
________________________________________________________________________
9. I / go / shopping / with / my mother / if /I / have / time.
________________________________________________________________________
10. If / you / be / hungry / eat / something.
________________________________________________________________________
Task 2. Rewrite the sentence without changing its meaning. Use unless.
1. If you don’t do this now, you will regret it.

________________________________________________________________________
2. I will feel bored if my best friend doesn't come to the party with me.
________________________________________________________________________
3. We won’t talk to her if she doesn't apologize.
________________________________________________________________________
4. The baby will cry louder if they don't give him some toys.
________________________________________________________________________
5. If she doesn't promise to come back home early, her father won’t let her go.
________________________________________________________________________
6. If we don't buy a good map, we will be lost.
________________________________________________________________________
7. If Mary doesn’t have enough money, she won’t buy that ear
________________________________________________________________________
8. You can't have many job opportunities if you don't have an IELTS degree.
________________________________________________________________________
9. If you don't eat less, you can't lose weight.
________________________________________________________________________
10. If he doesn't speak English well, he can't take part in this English contest.
Task 3.What lifestyle do you like the most? Write a para graph of 180 words about that style.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
TEST FOR UNIT 6
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three
in each question.
1. A. adult B. artisan C. avoid D. alive
2. A. bamboo B. igloo C. cook D. choose
3. A. mushroom B. musher C. furious D. hurry
Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each
question.
4. A. balance B. common C. cuisine D. diet
5. A. online B. offline C. musher D. igloo
6. My daughter is becoming more ____________ and likes to do things on her own.
A. independent B. depend C. dependent D. dependence
7. Art is a great form of ____________ and allows people to express themselves
creatively.
A. express B. expression C. expressive D. expresses
8. If I ____________ well, I will see a doctor.
A. don’t feel B. doesn’t feel C. feel D. feels
9. It’s important to interact ____________ different cultures to gain a broader
understanding of the world.
A. at B. in C. with D. on
10. If it rains tomorrow, I ____________ indoors and read a book.
A. stay B. stays C. stayed D. will stay
11. I received an ____________ to the party next week.
A. invitation B. invite C. invited D. invitatory
12. Would you like to participate ____________ the charity walk with us?
13. She is always in a ____________ in the morning to catch the train.
A. hungry B. hurries C. hurry D. angry
14. Learning a new language can be seen as a ____________ of broadening your
horizons.
A. ways B. methods C. means D. roads
15. In ____________, people tend to spend more time on their phones than they realise.
A. common B. situation C. general D. cases
Choose the word or phrase is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of
16. Online learning has become increasingly popular due to the pandemic.
A. Offline B. Face-to-face C. Virtual D. Good
17. My boss was furious when I accidentally deleted the important files.
A. extremely sad B. extremely happy C. extremely well D. extremely angry
18. Our actions can have a significant impact on the environment.
A. effect B. ignore C. weakness D. donation
Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in
each of the following sentences.
19. Walking is a common form of exercise that many people enjoy.
A. unhealthy B. unpopular C. unable D. unusual
20. I prefer to have a light breakfast in the morning, like a bowl of cereal or a piece of
toast.
A. small B. dark C. normal D. big
21. _______________ is the key to unlocking many opportunities in life.
A. Educate B. Education C. Educator D. Educated
22. In _______________, studies have shown that regular exercise can improve your
mood.
A. fact B. typical C. race D. light
23. I like to have my coffee a little bit of cream and sugar.
A. on B. for C. with D. to
24. Why don’t you come _______________ for dinner tonight?
A. with B. over C. On D. by
25. Smoking is _______________ to your health and can cause serious diseases.
A. harm B. harmless C. harmful D. unharm
26. Paris is famous _______________ its beautiful architecture and rich culture.
A. with B. for C. to D. in
27. The two friends enjoy spending time with _______________.
A. one anotherB. each another C. each other D. one other
28. I will give a _______________ on the new marketing strategy at the meeting.
A. present B. pre sentation C. presenter D. presents
29. The restaurant is well-known _______________ serving delicious seafood dishes.
A. of B. on C. with D. for
30. The children had fun _______________ crafts at the art class.
A. making B. interacting C. serving D. maintaining
31. If (A) someone came (B) into the store, smile (C) and say, “May (D) I help you?”
32. If (A) you do not understand (B) what were written (C) in the book, you could ask (D)
Mr. Pike.
33. If (A) there isn't (B) enough food (C), we couldn't continue (D) our journey.
34. If (A) anyone will phone (B), tell (C) them I'll be (D) back at 11:00.
35. I will come (A) to meet Mr. Pike and tell him about(B) your problems if (C) you didn't
solve (D) them.
countries. In some countries, a kiss can be friendly greeting, or a goodbye. South
Americans and Europeans say hello with kisses much more often than North Americans.
They also sometimes say goodbye by kissing their own fingertips and then “blowing” the
kiss away. In these regions, men at business meeting even greet each other with a kiss on
the cheek, instead of a handshake.
Then there are beliefs that kissing has a special meaning. In ancient Rome, the groom
at a wedding must kiss the bride as a legal agreement. And did your mother ever kiss your
hurt finger to make the pain stop? English used to think that kisses have magical powers.
Not everyone in the world kisses though. Eskimos couples rubbed their noses together,
and so did some African tribes and Pacific Islanders. The Ainu of Japan preferred to bite
their loved one’s cheek.
These days, kissing is mostly a sign of romance. Thanks to international travel and
sharing customs, that meaning has become universal.
T F
36. The meaning of kisses is different in different places.
37. North Americans greet each other by kissing more frequently than
South Americans.
38. South Americans sometimes kiss their own fingertips and then
39. Some African tribes say “I love you” by biting the cheek.
40. People worldwide now often see a kiss as a sign of love.
Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each
of the questions below.
traditions. One of those is an old saying that dates back to 19th century England about
what a bride should wear or carry: “Something old, something new, something borrowed,
something blue.”
A bride wears something old to remind her of her family and the past. Some brides
wear their mother’s wedding dress or a piece of her jewelry. Something new means good
luck and hope for a happy future with her new husband. Again, this item may be the dress,
but often it is a pair of new shoes. Something borrowed such as a friend’s handkerchief
a married friend’s bridal veil means the bride has friends and family who are willing to
help her. Something blue is a symbol of trust and faith between the couple. These days,
some brides are creative with this item by painting their fingernails a light blue color or
wearing a garter on the their leg. Another tradition says that the groom should take the
garter after the ceremony and throw it to the single men. The man who catches it will be
the next one to get married.
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or the
best combines the two given sentences.
D. All are correct.
_____The end_____
UNIT 6 LIFESTYLE
PRONOUNCIATION
/br/ /pr/
breakfast /ˈbrek.fəst/ present /ˈprez.ənt/
1. /br/=/b/ +/r/
/b/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát âm, dây thanh sẽ rung lên.
/r/: co lưỡi về phía sau, cong đầu lưỡi lên để tạo nên một khoảng trống ở giữa miệng
miệng và đẩu lưỡi ra ngoài.
Exampe: bride, brother, library
2. /pr/=/p/ +/r/
/p/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát âm, dây thanh không rung.
/r/: co lưỡi về phía sau, cong đẩu lưỡi lên để tạo nên một khoảng trống ở giữa miệng
miệng và đầu lưỡi ra ngoài.
Example: prize, problem, apricot
3. Sự khác nhau giữa /br/ và /pr/
´ Khi phát âm cụm phụ âm /br/ gây rung ở họng còn /pr/ thì không tạo độ rung.
1 A. breakfast B. brief C. bright D. climb

2 A. practice B. cupboard C. pray D. plan
3 A. fable B. brave C. dragon D. tale
4 A. energetic B. majestic C. emphatic D. pathetic
5 A. houses B. horses C. places D. faces
7 A. companion B. comparison C. company D.
compartment
8 A. pollution B. earplug C. dump D. dust
9 A. wicked B. confused C. beloved D. naked
10 A. south B. sound C. mouth D. touch
1. A. breakfast (long "ea" sound) B. brief C. bright D. climb (short "i" sound)
2. A. practice B. cupboard (different "o" sound) C. pray D. plan
3. A. fable B. brave C. dragon (different "a" sound) D. tale
4. A. energetic B. majestic C. emphatic D. pathetic (different "a" sound)
5. A. houses B. horses C. places D. faces (different "a" sound)
6. A. heroic B. government C. poetic D. radio (different "o" sound)
7. A. companion B. comparison C. company D. compartment (different "a" sound)
8. A. pollution B. earplug C. dump D. dust (different "u" sound)
9. A. wicked B. confused C. beloved D. naked (different "a" sound)
10. A. south B. sound C. mouth D. touch (different "ou" sound)
1 A. solution B. intention C. decorate D. exciting

3 A. loyalty B. marvelous C. technician D. century
6 A. domestic B. reference C. substantial D. compliment
8 A. appearance B. partnership C. argument D. maximum
9 A. production B. imagine C. biologist D. fortunate
A. volunteer B. understand C. lemonade D. Australia
VOCABULARY
WORD PRONUNCIATIO MEANING

N
dogsled (n) /ˈdɒɡsled/ xe trượt tuyết chó kéo
experience (n, v) kinh nghiệm, trải nghiệm
greet (v) /ɡriːt/ chào, chào hỏi

greeting (n) lời chào
habit (n) thói quen
in the habit of /ɪn ðə ˈhæbɪt əv/ có thói quen làm gì
hurry (n, v) /ˈhʌri/ vội vàng
in a hurry /ɪn ə ˈhʌri/ đang vội
igloo (n) lều tuyết
impact (n) sự ảnh hưởng
independent (adj) độc lập

interact (v) /ˌɪntərˈækt/ tương tác
interaction (n) /ˌɪntərˈækʃn/ sự tương tác
lifestyle (n) lối sống
make craft làm hàng thủ công
maintain (v) duy trì, gìn giữ
musher (n) /ˈmʌʃə/ người điều khiển xe trượt tuyết chó kéo
nomadic (adj) /nəʊˈmædɪk/ du mục

ofine (adj, adv) /ˌɒfˈlaɪn/ trực tiếp
online (adj, adv) /ˌɒnˈlaɪn/ trực tuyến
online learning (n) việc học trực tuyến
revive (v) làm sống lại, hồi sinh
serve (v) /sɜːv/ phục vụ
street food dogsled making crafts Weaving

tribal dance online learning dim sum Bamboo baskets
native art greeting musher Igloo
1 online learning 2 street food 3 tribal dance 4 dim sum
5 making crafts 6 native art 7musher 8dogsled
9 weaving 10 greeting 11Bamboo baskets 12 Igloo
Task 2. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their meanings.
1. S-M-H-R-E-U 1-D A. a long very thin piece of a material such as

→ MUSHER cotton, nylon,
or silk, especially one that is used in sewing
2. L-O-F-I-N-E-F 2-I B. an act of shaking somebody's hand with your
→ OFFLINE own
3. T-S-L-L-Y-E-I-F-E 3-F C. a knee-length pleated skirt usually of tartan

→ LIFESTYLE worn by men in Scotland
4. R-L-Y-E-E-I-S-U-L 4-J D. a person who controls the dogs that are

→ pulling a sledge
5. K-H-A-S-D-H-E-A-N 5-B E. to cut a design into a piece of wood or marble

→ HANDSHAKE
6. D-R-E-H-T-A 6-A F. the mode of living of an individual or a

→ THREAD group.
7. N-T-K-I 7-H G. a dish of meat, vegetables, etc., cooked in an
→ KNIT Indian-style sauce of hot-tasting spices and
typically served with rice.
8. L-T-I-K 8-C H. to make clothes by using two long needles to
→ KILT connect wool or another type of thread into
joined rows
9. R-C-U-Y-R 9-G I. not directly controlled by or connected to a
→ CURRY computer or to the internet
10. R-E-V-A-C 10-E J. used to describe an action that is done in a

10. → CARVE relaxed way, without hurying
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
well-known craft practice tribal modern

native greet adopt kilts online
1. It was so interesting to meet the___ tribal ______ groups and talk about their culture.
2.- What is the traditional__ craft ____ of this village? - It's weaving bamboo baskets.
3. I think I will take part in an__ online ____ course, but I'm not sure about its benefits.
4. Going out for breakfast has become a common__ practice ____ in our city.
5. Many people are trying to__ adopt __ a healthy lifestyle these days.
6. We may see___ modern __ art in galleries and museums around the city.
7. Which country is__ well-known ______ for fish and chips?
8. Do Scottish men wear____ kilts _____?
9. Students prefer____ native ______ technology as it can help them learn in a more
convenient and comfortable way.
10. Handshaking, bowing, and hugging are some of the ways in which people__ greet ___
one another.
Task 4. Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word in brackets
1. I had a great experience skydiving for the first time last weekend. (experiential)
2. After finishing college, I moved to a new city and learned to be more independent,
managing my own budget and making my own decisions. (depend)
3. It’s important to maintain a healthy lifestyle by exercising regularly and eating a balanced
diet. (maintenance)
4. Some cultures have a tradition of leading a nomadic lifestyle, moving from place to place
to find food and water sources. (nomad)
5. The government is planning to revive the old historical sites in the city to attract more
tourists and preserve the local heritage. (revival)
6. I am going to visit Da Nang, so can you tell me what the greatest attractions in Da Nang
are? (attract)
7. Don’t worry about your travelling because the public transport here is convenient and
reliable. (rely)
8. Sydney is a metropolitan and multicultural city so you have a great variety of things and
foods from different countries. (multiculture)
9. My aunt lives in one of the most fashionable parts in Paris. She is a well-known fashion
designer there. (fashion)
10.The outdoor food markets in Singapore are fun and affordable so when you go there you
should try some food there. (afford).
11.Ha Noi, especially the Old Quarter, become a perfect city for walking with handicraft
shops, street food, etc. (especial)
12.Ha Long Bay, which means descending dragon, is the natural heritage of the world with
1,600 limestone islands. (nature)
13.Below Sa Pa are picturesque rice terraces in the endless valley. (picture)
14.Besides the beach, the main attraction in Da Nang is the Museum of Cham Sculpture with
the world's largest collection of Cham artifacts. (attract)
15.Hue becomes one of the most popular destinations for travelers to Viet Nam with the
number of three million tourists a year. (popularity)
16.Hoi An used to be one of the busiest ports in Southeast Asia, which was used by the
Japanese, Portuguese, Dutch, French and Chinese merchants. (busy)
17.Nha Trang, a delightful coastal city in Central Viet Nam, is generally recognized as Viet
Nam's main beach destination. (delight)
18.Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a metropolis which is still young but very
dynamic. (dynamist)
19.The Mekong Delta is well-known for its busy waterways with many rivers, canals and
streams through which the region. (flow)
20.Phu Quoc Island is the ideal place for riding, snorkeling, scuba diving, and relaxing. (idea)
GRAMMAR
1. Future simple tense ( Thì tương lai đon)

- Diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai, không phụ thuộc vào điều kiện nào.
E.g: We will go to the beach tomorrow.
(Chúng ta sẽ đi đến bãi biển vào ngày mai.)
I will write a book someday.

(Một ngày nào đó, tôi sẽ viết một cuốn sách.)
- Diễn tả dự đoán về tương lai dựa trên thông tin hiện có.
E.g: The weather looks like it will be nice tomorrow.
(Thời tiết dường như sẽ đẹp vào ngày mai.)
I think I will get a job offer soon.
(Tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ sớm nhận được một lời đề nghị việc làm.)
- Diễn tả quyết tâm hoặc lời hứa.
E.g: I will help you with your homework.
(Tôi sẽ giúp bạn làm bài tập về nhà.)
He will never forget her.
(Anh ta sẽ không bao giờ quên cô ấy.)

b. Cấu trúc
Khẳng định S + will + V(infinitive)
Phủ định S + will + not + V(infinitive)
Nghi vấn Will + S + not + V(infinitive)?

E.g: I will go to the park tomorrow. (Tôi sẽ đi đến công viên vào ngày mai.)
She will not attend the party tonight. (Cô ấy sẽ không tham dự bừa tiệc tối nay.)
Will you come to the meeting tomorrow? (Bạn sẽ đến cuộc họp vào ngày mai chứ?)
c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu xuất hiện các ü in + thời gian trong tương lai (in 2 minutes: trong 2phút
trạng từ chỉ thời gian nữa)
như: ü tomorrow: ngày mai
ü next day / week/ next month/ next year: ngày tiếp theo/
tuần tới/ tháng tới/ năm tới
Động từ chỉ khả năng sẽ ü think/ believe/ suppose/...: nghĩ/ tin/ cho là
xảy ra như: ü perhaps/ probably: có lẽ
ü promise: hứa
2. First conditional sentence (Câu điều kiện loại 1)
- Câu điều kiện loại 1 được dùng để diễn tả một giả định có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc
tương lai.
E.g: If I get up early, I will go to school on time.
(Nếu tôi dậy sớm, tôi sẽ đi học đúng giờ.)
- Dùng để đề nghị hay gợi ý.
E.g: If you need a glass of water, I can get you one.
(Nếu anh cần một cốc nước, tôi có thể lấy giúp anh.)
- Dùng để cảnh báo hay hàm ý đe dọa:
E.g: If you don't work hard, you won't pass the exam.
(Nếu con không học hành chăm chỉ, con sẽ trượt kỳ thì.)
b. Cấu trúc
If + S + V(s/es), S + will/ can/ may... + V
c. Lưu ý
* Trường hợp nói về sự thật hiển nhiên hoặc việc luôn đúng, ta dùng thì hiện tại đơn ở cả
2 vế của câu điều kiện.
If + S + V (s/es), S + V(s/es)
If + S + V (s/es), V
E.g: If we heat the chocolate, it smelts.
(Nếu chúng ta đun nóng sô cô la, nó sẽ tan chảy.)
Don't touch anything if you don't want to get out of here.
(Đừng chạm vào bất cứ thứ gì nếu cậu không muốn ra khỏi đây.)
* Câu điều kiện loại 1 phủ định (Unless = If...not)
Trong câu điều kiện phủ định, ta có thể dùng Unless thay cho If... not.
E.g: If you don't pass the driving test, you cannot have a driving license.
= Unless you pass the driving test, you cannot have a driving license.
(Nếu bạn không vượt qua kỳ thi sát hạch lái xe, bạn sẽ không có bằng lái.)
Chú ý: đã dùng Unless thì trong câu không còn “not” nữa.
* Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 1
Đảo ngữ trong câu điều kiện loại 1 sẽ giúp câu mang sắc thái lịch sự hơn và thường dùng
trong trường hợp đưa ra lời yêu cầu, nhờ vả.
Cấu trúc:
Should + S + (not) + be +..., + S + will/may/can + V
Should + S + (not) + V +..., + S + will/may/can + V
E.g: If you are regularly late for school, you will be punished.
= Should you be regularly late for school, you will be punished.
= If you go to school late regularly, you will be punished.
= Should you go to school late regularly, you will be punished.
(Nếu bạn thường xuyên đi học muộn, bạn sẽ bị phạt.)

1. This beach looks amazing! I think we _____________ this place!
A. are loving B. are going to love C. will love
2. I _____________ you to the airport tomorrow if you need someone to give you a lift.
A. take B. am taking C. will take
3. My plane _____________ at Manchester airport at 8 p.m tomorrow evening.
A. lands B. will land C. Landed
4. We have some ideas for what we want to do while we are here in Scotland. If the
weather is nice, we _____________ a mountain on one of the days.
A. climb B. are climbing C. are going to climb
5. What shall I do today? I think I _____________ to the beach while the Sun is out!
A. go B. am going C. will go
6. I'm sorry but I cannot come to the meal tonight. I _____________ work at 8 p.m.
tonight, so I _____________ arrive at the restaurant on time!
A. finish - will B. will finish – will C. finishes – will
7. If you tell me your secret, I promise I _____________ anyone!
A. am not telling B. won't tell C. am telling
8. I think the Earth _____________ a lot warmer in 50 years.
A. is becoming B. will become C. becomes
9. I _____________ my friend in Sicily sometime this year, but I’m not sure when.
A. am visiting B. am going to visit C. will visit
10. I _____________ a valedictorian next year.
A. am going to try B. will try C. will going to try
Task 2. Choose the correct answer.
1. I haven't got my phone.’ -'That's OK. I’ll lend/I am going to lend you mine.
2. It's Julia's birthday next week, so we 11 buy/we're going to buy her some flowers.
3 .Will you lend me £ 10? I promise I' 11 give/I am going to give it back to you
tomorrow.
4. We ll have/We're going to have a barbecue tomorrow. It's all planned, so I hope it

won't rain.
5. 'Jim's starting university tomorrow.' - 'What will he/is he going to study?'
6. You won’t like/you are not going to like that film. It's very frightening. Let's choose
another one.
7. Do you think they'll like/they are going to like the presents we got for them?
8. Look! The coach will leave/is going to leave! Run or we'11 miss it
Task 3. Give the correct tense of the verbs in brackets using the first conditional.
1. If you go, please inform me.

2. If he eats another cake, he will be sick.
3. I will tell you more about the Ban Flower Festival if I meet you.
4. If I am allowed to choose a topic, I will give a presentation on Bat Trang Village.
5. If I don't have to go to school this summer vacation, I will travel to Mongolia to learn
more about nomadic life.
6. What will you do if she refuses your invitation?
7. If the sun shines, we will walk into town.
8. Unless they pass their examinations, they will have to join the army.
9. You will have a stomachache if you drink that contaminated water.
10.If we have several days off, we will learn how to cook some kinds of street food.
11.If I study hard, I will improve my English.
12.Theresa will go to Japan if she gets a cheap flight.
13.If her boyfriend doesn't call today, she will leave him.
14.If the phone rings, will you answer it?
15.What will you do if you don't find your wallet?
16.He will find a part-time job if he keeps looking.
17.If you feel unwell tomorrow, take a rest.
18.If they don't tell us, we will keep asking.
19.Will you let me go if I promise to come back early?
20.He will eat some popcorn if he feels hungry.
Task 4. Find and correct the mistakes.
1. Will he goes camping tomorrow? _______________

2.The phone's ringing. - OK, I'm going to answer it. _______________
3. I'm sure she is going to lend you her car. _______________
4. I won't probably be home tonight. _______________
5. I promise I'm not going to be late again. _______________
6. I'll call you when I'll arrive in Spain. _______________
7. We don't will have an English exam next Thursday. _______________
8. If you don't be careful, you will fall off your bike. _______________
9. You don't pass the exam if you don't study hard. _______________
10. If you will help me, I can finish my report. _______________
1. Will he go camping tomorrow?
2. The phone's ringing. - OK, I'll answer it.
3. I'm sure she will lend you her car.
4. I probably won't be home tonight.
5. I promise I won't be late again.
6. I'll call you when I arrive in Spain.
7. We won't have an English exam next Thursday.
8. If you aren't careful, you will fall off your bike.
9. You won't pass the exam if you don't study hard.
10. If you help me, I can finish my report.
LISTENING
Task 1. Listen and fill in the blanks.
In Vietnam, the lifestyle of a tenth-grade student is marked by a modernity. Students at

this age are usually immersed in a rigorous education system that places great emphasis
on academic achievements. A typical day for a Vietnamese tenth-grader starts early, often
with a quick breakfast of local favorites like pho or banh mi, before heading to school.
The school day is filled with classes covering subjects like mathematics, literature,
science, and history, reflecting Vietnam's respect for a well-rounded education. Despite
the demanding academic schedule, students also engage in extracurricular activities such
as sports, arts, and cultural clubs, fostering a sense of camaraderie and balance. Family
plays a central role in a tenth-grader's life, with strong familial bonds and respect for
elders being deeply ingrained cultural values. In their leisure time, Vietnamese students
might be found exploring the vibrant street food scene, enjoying popular music and
entertainment, or taking part in traditional festivals that showcase the country's rich
heritage. The lifestyle of a Vietnamese tenth-grade student is thus a dynamic fusion of
academic pursuit, cultural reverence, and youthful exploration.
Task 2. Listen and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)
The Western lifestyle of a tenth-grade student is characterized by its diversity and

individualism. Firstly, students in Western countries often have a more flexible education
system that encourages critical thinking and creativity. This allows them to pursue a
broader range of interests and electives. Secondly, extracurricular activities play a pivotal
role, with options ranging from sports and arts to various clubs that reflect personal
passions. Thirdly, the concept of personal space and independence is prominent, as many
Western students might have part-time jobs or engage in community service to develop life
skills and contribute to society. Fourthly, the influence of technology is significant, with
students utilizing digital tools for research, communication, and learning. Lastly, family
values are still cherished, but individual aspirations are also highly valued, leading to open
discussions and decisions about career paths and future goals. Now, let's evaluate these
statements to determine if they are true or false:
1. Western education often emphasizes critical thinking and creativity over rigid structures.
(True)
2. Extracurricular activities in Western schools include sports, arts, and clubs catering to
various interests. (True)
3. Many Western students engage in part-time jobs or community service, promoting
independence and life skills. (True)
4. Technology is a significant part of education in Western countries, aiding in research and
communication. (True)
5. While family values are not important, Western students are encouraged to pursue
individual aspirations and career goals. (False)
SPEAKING

1. Hey, Jessica! I've been curious 1-F A. Well, we have a fixed schedule
about how your daily life is like with different subjects each day.
compared to mine. We're both Math, science, social studies, and
in 8th grade, but I'm guessing language arts are the core subjects
things might be a bit different we cover. After lunch, we have a
for you. couple more classes, and the school
day ends around 2:30 PM.
2. That's pretty much when I wake 2-A B. Weekends are a mix of relaxation
up too, around 6:45 AM. But and getting things done. I might
my school starts a bit earlier, so have some extra time for hobbies
I'm usually out the door by 7:15 like drawing or reading. But I also
AM. What's your school day use weekends to finish up any
like? school projects and maybe watch a
movie with my family.
3-D C. Totally agree, Mark! It's fun to
3. That sounds quite similar to my share and learn about each other's
school day. We also have a set lives. It's like finding out the little
schedule with classes like math, things that make our routines
science, English, and history. unique while also realizing how
But our school ends around 3:15 much we have in common.
PM. So, what do you usually do
after school?
4-E D. After school, I have some

4. Oh, nice! I play soccer after extracurricular activities a few days
school, usually on Mondays, a week. I'm in the art club, and I
Wednesdays, and Fridays. take piano lessons on Tuesdays and
Sometimes I have basketball Thursdays. On other days, I might
practice too. And I totally get have some free time to catch up on
the homework thing – it seems homework or hang out with
never-ending sometimes. Do friends.
you have any chores or
responsibilities at home?
5. True, we have those 5-B E. Yeah, definitely. I have some daily

responsibilities too. I help with chores like setting the table for
setting the table and clearing it dinner and helping with dishes. On
after dinner. And I take turns weekends, I usually help with
with my siblings to walk the cleaning the house or doing
dog. By the way, how do you laundry. It's all part of contributing
spend your weekends? to the household.
6-C F. Hi, Mark! Yeah, it's interesting
6. Sounds nice! Weekends for me how our routines might vary. So,
are about hanging out with on a typical day for me, I usually
friends, playing sports, and wake up around 6:30 AM. After
maybe catching a movie too. getting ready, I have a quick
And, of course, some time for
breakfast, maybe a bowl of cereal
video games, which is a must
or a toast, and then head off to
for me. It's cool to see how even
school by 7:30 AM.
though we have different
routines, there are a lot of
similarities in how we spend our
time.
Task 2. Put the sentences into the correct order.
Student 1: Hey, did you catch that new movie that came out last weekend?
Student 2: Yeah, I watched it on Netflix. It was pretty cool. How about you?
Student 1: Same here! Netflix and chill, you know. Speaking of which, do you ever feel like
we spend too much time in front of screens?
Student 2: Totally, especially with all the online classes and social media. It's hard to
escape. But it's not all bad, right? We can learn a lot from the internet too.
Student 1: Yeah, you're right. But sometimes, I miss the old days when we used to play
outside till it got dark. Now, it's all about gaming and chatting online.
Student 2: I get that. But we still hang out at the park sometimes, and we can plan more
outdoor activities. Plus, we need to find a balance between screens and real-life
experiences.
Student 1: True, I should probably spend less time on TikTok and more time doing other
stuff. Hey, speaking of real-life experiences, are you up for a hike this weekend?
Student 2: Definitely! Let's get back to nature for a change.
READING
Task 1. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers.
Life in the big city is face-paced, fun and exciting. There are countless job
opportunities and activities to occupy your time. However, with the good, there also comes
the bad. Although the big city has more job opportunities; there are also more people
competing for a single job. This can make your job search frustrating. Oddly enough, you
will see hundreds, if not thousands of jobs available each week, but you still might remain
unemployed, especially when the economy is down. In addition, the cost of living is typically
higher in big cities, and it can cost you an arm and a leg for a small apartment in a decent
area of the city, not to mention other costs to fulfill your basic demands. Diversity is a good
thing, but the number of people can be a bit overwhelming if you are not accustomed to it.
There will always be crowds and always be people around. Moreover, traffic can be a
nightmare in the big city. It can get so bad that it can turn you into an evil person. If you hate
driving in traffic, then the big city life is not for you. Heavy traffic also contributes to
pollution, which is one of the biggest disadvantages of living in the city. Obviously, our
health is affected most by certain diseases relating to the respiratory system and other body
parts. A lot of premature deaths are supposed to be the result of long-term exposure to small
particles. Most importantly, there is always more crime in a big city, causing you second case
your decision for living in a big city. You arc much more likely to be a victim of a crime
living in a big city than in a small town.
1. According to the passage, some good things of living in the city are ____________.
A. excellent educational system and recreational activities
B. excellent educational system and countless job opportunities
C. countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time
D. a lot of kinds of entertainment and shopping centers
2. While big cities have more job opportunities, it also gives ____________.
A. more competition for a single job B. higher salary
C. growing economic crisis D. greater chances of being unemployed
3. What does the phrase “cost an arm and a leg” mean?
A. your legs and arms have good value B. cost a small amount of money
C. you must work hard to earn money D. cost a lot of money
4. According to the paragraph, city is not a perfect place for ____________.
A. extroverted people B. introverted people
C. people who hate driving in traffic D. people who prefer a busy life
5. In the big city, people tend to when traffic is getting heavy ____________.
A. go crazy B. get enough time to relax
C. wait a bit longer D. slow down themselves
6. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A. Pollution causes health problems. B. Cities are always crowded.
C. It costs a lot of money to live in a big city. D. Crime is not a serious problem in big cities.
Task 2. Read the text then answer the questions.
Toronto is one of the world's most multicultural cities. Almost half of its population are
immigrants. You'll hear more than 140 languages and dialects spoken on the streets in this
“City of Neighborhoods”. It's the most populous city in Canada (more than 5 million in the
Greater Toronto Area) and the province of Ontario's economic engine. Toronto's motto is
“Diversity Our Strength”. Toronto prides itself on its wide range of cultures, languages, food
and arts.
Visit Toronto, and one of the first things you'll notice is that the city's appeal lies in its
citizens' friendliness: ask for directions, and you'll be helped. Along with its highly artistic
culture and fascinating museums that proudly display the country's history, it's clear that a
Toronto trip has something for everyone.
Although Toronto's climate is partially moderated by its Great Lakes location, it is more
extreme than Bordeaux's and Christchurch's, with somewhat hotter summers and considerably
colder winters. Summertime in Toronto is festival time. Just about every weekend, and some
weekdays, you'll find one happening. If crowds aren't your thing, avoid the Caribana festival
(July 28 through July 31), when the city greets more than one million visitors.
1. Where is Toronto? Answer: Toronto is located in Canada.
2. What is the population of the Greater Toronto Area? Answer: The population of the
Greater Toronto Area is more than 5 million.
3. What makes Toronto proud of itself? Answer: Toronto prides itself on its wide range of
cultures, languages, food, and arts.
4. What is one of the first things in Toronto that appeal to tourists? Answer: One of the first
things in Toronto that appeals to tourists is the friendliness of its citizens.
5. Which of Toronto proudly displays the country’s history? Answer: Fascinating museums
in Toronto proudly display the country's history.
6. How is the climate in Toronto? Answer: Toronto's climate is more extreme than
Bordeaux's and Christchurch's, with somewhat hotter summers and considerably colder
winters.
7. When is the festival time in Toronto? Answer: Summertime in Toronto is festival time,
happening almost every weekend and some weekdays.
8. How many visitors does the city greet at the Caribana festival? Answer: The city greets
more than one million visitors at the Caribana festival.
Task 3. Read and Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Technology has attracted the attention of many people in the world especially the young
generation and this has affected their lifestyle. They use electronic devices such as phones,
laptops, iPods, tablets, computers and many others. Electronic devices are so addictive that
people would rather use them for enjoyment than their necessity. Due to this addictiveness,
it has resulted in negative effects on people's life and their mental health.
Technology has both negative and positive impacts on people's lives; it just depends on
how the person uses the electronic gadget. Technology has made it easier to access
information which is very helpful for businesses or even a student. But not all technology
was made for positive purposes as due to technology, there was a development of weapons
which is a threat to the society.
We can say that addiction refers to a situation when you like a particular thing so much that
you lose control over your mind, and this is what is happening to today's world especially
the young generation. They became so addicted to the technology gadgets that all they
think about is that it has control over their mind. They spend most of their time on
electronic devices that they don't even realise.
Adapted from: https://www.es/printables.com/
Statements True (T) False (F)
1. Technology has captured the attention of people of all ages T

in the world.
2. Electronic devices are not so addictive. F
3. Technology has negative effects on people's life and their T

mental health.
4. People find it easier to access information thanks to T
technology
5. The young generation spend little time on electronic F
devices
WRITING
Task 1. Write in complete sentences using the given words.
1. If / we / not / go shopping / soon / we / be / late.

________________________________________________________________________
2. If Sarah / not be / ready / by 8 a.m /I / go / without her.
________________________________________________________________________
3. If / you / send / your mother / this letter / it / come / to / her / tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________________
4. She / get / the / job / if / she / do / well / in / interview.
________________________________________________________________________
5. They / not miss / the flight / if they / be / in a hurry.
________________________________________________________________________
6. He / learn / quickly / if / he / practice / frequently.
________________________________________________________________________
7. If / it / rain / they / postpone / the match.
________________________________________________________________________
8. You / not be able to sleep / if / you watch / this horror movie.
________________________________________________________________________
9. I / go / shopping / with / my mother / if /I / have / time.
________________________________________________________________________
10. If / you / be / hungry / eat / something.
1. If we do not go shopping soon, we will be late.
2. If Sarah is not ready by 8 a.m, I will go without her.
3. If you send your mother this letter, it will come to her tomorrow.
4. She will get the job if she does well in the interview.
5. They will not miss the flight if they are in a hurry.
6. He will learn quickly if he practices frequently.
7. If it rains, they will postpone the match.
8. You will not be able to sleep if you watch this horror movie.
9. I will go shopping with my mother if I have time.
10. If you are hungry, eat something.
Task 2. Rewrite the sentence without changing its meaning. Use unless.
1. If you don’t do this now, you will regret it.

________________________________________________________________________
2. I will feel bored if my best friend doesn't come to the party with me.
________________________________________________________________________
3. We won’t talk to her if she doesn't apologize.
________________________________________________________________________
4. The baby will cry louder if they don't give him some toys.
________________________________________________________________________
5. If she doesn't promise to come back home early, her father won’t let her go.
________________________________________________________________________
6. If we don't buy a good map, we will be lost.
________________________________________________________________________
7. If Mary doesn’t have enough money, she won’t buy that ear
________________________________________________________________________
8. You can't have many job opportunities if you don't have an IELTS degree.
________________________________________________________________________
9. If you don't eat less, you can't lose weight.
________________________________________________________________________
10. If he doesn't speak English well, he can't take part in this English contest.
1. Unless you do this now, you will regret it.
2. I will feel bored unless my best friend comes to the party with me.
3. We won’t talk to her unless she apologizes.
4. The baby will cry louder unless they give him some toys.
5. Unless she promises to come back home early, her father won’t let her go.
6. Unless we buy a good map, we will be lost.
7. Mary won't buy that ear unless she has enough money.
8. You can't have many job opportunities unless you have an IELTS degree.
9. Unless you eat less, you can't lose weight.
Task 3.What lifestyle do you like the most? Write a para graph of 180 words about that
style.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
TEST FOR UNIT 6
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three
in each question.
1. A. adult B. artisan C. avoid D. alive
2. A. bamboo B. igloo C. cook D. choose
3. A. mushroom B. musher C. furious D. hurry
Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each
question.
4. A. balance B. common C. cuisine D. diet
5. A. online B. offline C. musher D. igloo
6. My daughter is becoming more ____________ and likes to do things on her own.
A. independent B. depend C. dependent D. dependence
7. Art is a great form of ____________ and allows people to express themselves
creatively.
A. express B. expression C. expressive D. expresses
8. If I ____________ well, I will see a doctor.
A. don’t feel B. doesn’t feel C. feel D. feels
9. It’s important to interact ____________ different cultures to gain a broader
understanding of the world.
10. If it rains tomorrow, I ____________ indoors and read a book.
A. stay B. stays C. stayed D. will stay
11. I received an ____________ to the party next week.
A. invitation B. invite C. invited D. invitatory
12. Would you like to participate ____________ the charity walk with us?
13. She is always in a ____________ in the morning to catch the train.
A. hungry B. hurries C. hurry D. angry
14. Learning a new language can be seen as a ____________ of broadening your
horizons.
A. ways B. methods C. means D. roads
15. In ____________, people tend to spend more time on their phones than they realise.
A. common B. situation C. general D. cases
Choose the word or phrase is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of
16. Online learning has become increasingly popular due to the pandemic.
A. Offline B. Face-to-face C. Virtual D. Good
17. My boss was furious when I accidentally deleted the important files.
A. extremely sad B. extremely happy C. extremely well D. extremely angry
18. Our actions can have a significant impact on the environment.
A. effect B. ignore C. weakness D. donation
Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in
each of the following sentences.
19. Walking is a common form of exercise that many people enjoy.
A. unhealthy B. unpopular C. unable D. unusual
20. I prefer to have a light breakfast in the morning, like a bowl of cereal or a piece of
toast.
A. small B. dark C. normal D. big
21. _______________ is the key to unlocking many opportunities in life.
A. Educate B. Education C. Educator D. Educated
22. In _______________, studies have shown that regular exercise can improve your
mood.
A. fact B. typical C. race D. light
23. I like to have my coffee a little bit of cream and sugar.
A. on B. for C. with D. to
24. Why don’t you come _______________ for dinner tonight?
A. with B. over C. On D. by
25. Smoking is _______________ to your health and can cause serious diseases.
A. harm B. harmless C. harmful D. unharm
26. Paris is famous _______________ its beautiful architecture and rich culture.
A. with B. for C. to D. in
27. The two friends enjoy spending time with _______________.
A. one another B. each another C. each other D. one other
28. I will give a _______________ on the new marketing strategy at the meeting.
A. present B. presentation C. presenter D. presents
29. The restaurant is well-known _______________ serving delicious seafood dishes.
A. of B. on C. with D. for
30. The children had fun _______________ crafts at the art class.
A. making B. interacting C. serving D. maintaining
31. If (A) someone came (B) into the store, smile (C) and say, “May (D) I help you?”
32. If (A) you do not understand (B) what were written (C) in the book, you could ask (D)
Mr. Pike.
33. If (A) there isn't (B) enough food (C), we couldn't continue (D) our journey.
34. If (A) anyone will phone (B), tell (C) them I'll be (D) back at 11:00.
35. I will come (A) to meet Mr. Pike and tell him about(B) your problems if (C) you didn't
solve (D) them.
countries. In some countries, a kiss can be friendly greeting, or a goodbye. South
Americans and Europeans say hello with kisses much more often than North Americans.
They also sometimes say goodbye by kissing their own fingertips and then “blowing” the
kiss away. In these regions, men at business meeting even greet each other with a kiss on
the cheek, instead of a handshake.
Then there are beliefs that kissing has a special meaning. In ancient Rome, the groom
at a wedding must kiss the bride as a legal agreement. And did your mother ever kiss your
hurt finger to make the pain stop? English used to think that kisses have magical powers.
Not everyone in the world kisses though. Eskimos couples rubbed their noses together,
and so did some African tribes and Pacific Islanders. The Ainu of Japan preferred to bite
their loved one’s cheek.
These days, kissing is mostly a sign of romance. Thanks to international travel and
sharing customs, that meaning has become universal.
T F
36. The meaning of kisses is different in different places. T
37. North Americans greet each other by kissing more frequently than F
South Americans.
38. South Americans sometimes kiss their own fingertips and then T
39. Some African tribes say “I love you” by biting the cheek. F
40. People worldwide now often see a kiss as a sign of love. T
Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each
of the questions below.
traditions. One of those is an old saying that dates back to 19th century England about
what a bride should wear or carry: “Something old, something new, something borrowed,
something blue.”
A bride wears something old to remind her of her family and the past. Some brides
wear their mother’s wedding dress or a piece of her jewelry. Something new means good
luck and hope for a happy future with her new husband. Again, this item may be the dress,
but often it is a pair of new shoes. Something borrowed such as a friend’s handkerchief
a married friend’s bridal veil means the bride has friends and family who are willing to
help her. Something blue is a symbol of trust and faith between the couple. These days,
some brides are creative with this item by painting their fingernails a light blue color or
wearing a garter on the their leg. Another tradition says that the groom should take the
garter after the ceremony and throw it to the single men. The man who catches it will be
the next one to get married.
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or the
best combines the two given sentences.
D. All are correct.
_____The end_____
UNIT
+* 8 SHOPPING
PRONOUNCIATION
/sp/ /st/
special /ˈspeʃəl/ stay /steɪ/
I. Cách phát âm
∑ Âm/st/ được tạo ra bởi 2 âm/s/ và /t/
- /s/: mặt lưỡi chạm nhẹ vào lợi hàm răng trên,
phần gạc mềm được nâng lên. Sau đó, hơi được
đẩy thoát ra giữa mặt lưỡi và lợi hàm trên
nhưng không tạo ra độ rung ở cổ họng.
- /k/: đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi hàm trên và nâng
phần ngạc mềm lên để chặn luồng khí trong
miệng. Sau đó, bật mạnh hơi để tạo ra âm/t/
mà không lảm rung dây thanh.
- Kết hợp từ âm/s/ sang âm/t/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/st/
• Âm /sp/ được kết hợp bởi 2 âm /s/ và /p/
- /s/: mặt lưỡi chạm nhẹ vào lợi hàm răng
trên, phần gạc mềm được nâng lên. Sau đó, hơi
được đẩy thoát ra giữa mặt lưỡi và lợi hàm trên
- /p/ mím nhẹ hai môi và nâng ngạc mềm lên
để chặn luồng khí trong miệng. Sau đó, bật hơi
để tạo ra mà không làm rung dây thanh trong
cổ họng.
- Kết hợp từ âm/s/ sang âm/p/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/sp/
II. sự khác nhau giữa /st/ and /sp/

1. Về mặt âm thanh: Sự khác biệt của cụm phụ âm /st/ và /sp/ xuất phát từ sự khác biệt
của vị trí môi và lưỡi khi bật hơi phát âm âm /t/ và /p/
- Với âm /t/ đầu lưỡi lại chạm vào lợi hàm trên và hai môi hé mở.
- Với âm /p/ lưỡi thả lỏng nhưng hai môi lại mím nhẹ.
/st/: still style
/st/: spill spy
2. Về mặt chính tả:
- Cụm phụ âm /st/ được phát âm trong các từ có cụm chữ cái
Ex: still, costume, longest,...
- Cụm phụ âm /sp/ được phát âm trong các từ có cụm chữ cái sp
Ex: spill, spa, sport,...
Task 1. Pick out the word which has /st/ or /sp/, then divide them into correct columns.
display skirt clasp schedule spy

sky cracks atmosphere special ancestor
disc spouse stuck phosphate smoke
aspect stand sculpture cyclist stain
least sport packs snake students
spark hospital speak stay philosophy
costume request space scanner spill
/sp/ /st/
……………………………………… …………………………………
………………………................. …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………
……………………… …………………………………
……………………………………… …………………………………
……………………… …………………
Task 2: Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1 A. partner B. dollar C. dark D. artist

2 A. island B. outstand C. economics D. thirsty
3 A. spicy B. style C. typewriter D. try
4 A. discount B. mouth C. shoulder D. south
5 A. shop B. gone C. clothes D. boring
6 A. painting B. entertain C. remain D. bargain
7 A. brand B. range C. sale D. bake
8 A. excitement B. assitant C. expire D. item
9 A. display B. benefit C. internet D. episode
10 A. credit B. customer C. announcement D. seller
11 A. return B. further C. schedule D. purchase
12 A. complainted B. addicted C. divided D. expired
13 A. brand B. advantage C. wander D. access
14 A. stadium B. often C. castle D. whistle
15 A. access B. centre C. market D. well-lit
Task 3: Choose the word with a different stress pattern form the others.
1 A. expire B. wander C. complaint D. prefer

2 A. episode B. addicted C. excitement D. assistant
3 A. shuttle B. seller C. credit D. support
4 A. customer B. advantage C. decorate D. homemaker
5 A. speciality B. economics C. shopaholic D. convenience
6 A. popularity B. C. supermarket D. decoration
advertisement
7 A. surround B. discount C. shopper D. schedule
8 A. travelling B. smartphone C. product D. refusal
9 A. holiday B. exercise C. consider D. interview
10 A. receive B. repeat C. private D. provide
11 A. builder B. teacher C. writer D. career
12 A. complaint B. problem C. customer D. hotline
13 A. seller B. discount C. attract D. enter
14 A. shopping B. return C. owner D. item
15 A. access B. sometimes C. often D. display
VOCABULARY
access (n) /ˈækses/ nguồn để tiếp cận, truy cập vào

addicted (adj) (to) say mê, nghiện
advertisement (n) /ədˈvɜːtɪsmənt/ quảng cáo

bargain (v) /ˈbɑːɡən/ mặc cả
complaint (n) /kəmˈpleɪnt/ lời phàn nàn / khiếu nại
convenience (store) /kənˈviːniəns (stɔː)/ (cửa hàng) tiện ích
customer (n) /ˈkʌstəmə/ khách hàng
discount (shop) /ˈdɪskaʊnt (ʃɒp)/ (cửa hàng) hạ giá
display (n, v) sự trưng bày, bày biện, trưng bày
dollar store /ˈdɒlə ˌstɔː/ cửa hàng đồng giá (một đô la)
fair (n) /feə/ hội chợ
farmers’ market (n) /ˈfɑːməz mɑːkɪt/ chợ nông sản
goods (n) /ɡʊdz/ hàng hoá
home-grown (adj) /ˌhəʊm ˈɡrəʊn/ tự trồng
home-made (adj) /ˌhəʊm ˈmeɪd/ tự làm
item (n) một món hàng
on sale /ɒn seɪl/ đang (được bán) hạ giá

open-air market /ˌəʊpən ˈeə ˈmɑːkɪt/ chợ họp ngoài trời
price tag (n) /ˈpraɪs tæɡ/ nhãn ghi giá một mặt hàng
schedule (n) /ˈʃedjuːl/ lịch trình, thời gian biểu
open-air market shopaholic complaint price tag

bargain home-grown discount shop home-made
convenience store speciality shop addicted online shopping
1. _________________ 2. _____________ 3. _______________ 4. _______________
Task 2. Complete the sentences with the words / phrases below. There are some words you may not
need to use.
5. ________________ 6. _____________ 7. _______________ 8. _______________
9. _________________ 10. ____________ 11. _______________ 12. _______________
market supermarket range price tag speciality

shopaholic produce seller convenience costumes
shopaholic browse price tag discount outlets
offer customer home-made open air convenient

service
1. I don’t know how much the sweater costs because the ____________is missing.
2. She admitted that she is a ________________. She can’t resist shopping every weekend.
3. We can’t come to various shops to check the goods and prices, so we _____________the
online stores first to save time.
4. As we were not satisfied with the service of the shops in the mall, we came to
______________for a complaint.
5. They give 10% _____________for cash payment.
6. How much is it? I can’t find the ____________.
7. The shop sells only fresh local ______________.
8. The _____________chain announced that it was cutting the cost of all its fresh and frozen
meat.
9. The children were dressed in Halloween _____________.
10. The __________of the painting was kept secret.
11. All our fruit comes from the farmers’ __________.
12. Most ____________ stores are located on busy street corners or at gas stations.
13. She used to be an absolute ____________ until she had a baby.
14. A ____________ shop is a shop that sells unusual or special products.
15. They sell a wide __________ of skin-care products.
A B
1. browse A. to try to make someone agree to give you
something that is better for you, such as a better
price or better working conditions
2. home-made B. a person who is buying things from a shop or a
number of shops.
3. internet C. from your own garden
access
4. bargain D. to look through a book a magazine without reading
everything, or to walk around a shop looking at
several things without intending to buy any of them
5. speciality E. a shop where everything costs one dollar
shop
6. shopaholic F. made at home and not bought from shop
7. display G. a market where local farmers sell the fruit,
vegetables, meat, ect… that they produce on their
farm
8. shopper H. to be no longer legally acceptable because the
period of time for which it could be used has ended
9. home- I. to arrange something or a collection of things so that
grown it can be seen by the public
10. expire J. the ability to connect to the internet
11.dollar K. a person who enjoys shopping very much and does
store it a lot.
12. farmer’s L. a shop that focuses on selling a particular brand or
market a particular type of product
1. I will never return to that store again. The sales ___________ was rule and they kept
talking to each other when I asked for help. ( ASSIST)
2. Every day, millions of __________ hit the stores in full force - both online and on
foot. (SHOP)
3. My friend Abby is a real ___________; she almost always comes home with bags full of
new purchases. (SHOP)
4. On the weekends, several shops ____________ customers by offering a variety of things
at discounts. (ATTRACTION)
5. Kathy's always been a _____________ - she never stays anywhere for long. (WANDER)
6. A lot of people visit shopping center over the holidays to admire the _____________ .
(DECORATE)
7. For some people, shopping online has become an ___________. Even goods they don't
truly need, they can't help but buy them. (ADDICTED)
8. You can shop online by simply browsing a __________'s website, choose the item you
want, and place your purchase to shop online. (SELL)
9. It's easy and ____________ to shop in a mall. Nearly everything you need is there.
(CONVENIENCE)
10. A bakery and a florist are two examples of ____________ stores. (SPECIAL)
11. There are department stores with a wide range of ___________ in almost every major
city. (PRODUCT)
12. I'm phoning to ____________ about the jacket I bought yesterday. (COMPLAINT)
13. The light from a gas lamp was soft and _____________. (YELLOW)
14. I don't need to bargain at the grocery because everything has a __________ price on the
price tag. (FIX)
15. You may get a lot of locally grown produce when you go to a __________'s market.
(FARM)
GRAMMAR
I.Present tenses (CÁC THÌ HIỆN TẠI)

SIMPLE PRESENT PRESENT CONTINUOUS
(THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN) (THÌ HIỆN TẠI TIẾP DIỄN)
CẤU
TRÚC
Khẳng S + Vs/es + O S + is/am/are + V-ing
định: S + do/does + not + V S + is/am/are not + V-ing
Phủ định: Do/Does + S + V? Is/Am/Are + S + V-ing?
Nghi vấn:
CÁCH
DÙNG:
1.Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả một Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tả một hành
chân lý, một sự thật hiển động đang diễn ra và kéo dài dài một thời
nhiên. gian ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ:
Ví dụ: The children are playing football now.
The sun rises in the East.
Tom comes from England.
2. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả 1 thói Thì này cũng thường tiếp theo sau câu đề
quen, một hành động xảy ra nghị, mệnh lệnh.
thường xuyên ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Mary often goes to school by Look! The child is crying.
bicycle. Be quiet! The baby is sleeping in the next
I get up early every morning. room.
Lưu ý: Ta thêm “es” sau các động từ Không dùng thì này với các động từ chỉ
tận cùng là: o, ch, sh, ss, z. nhận thức tri giác như: to see, hear,
understand, know, like, want, glance,
feel, think, smell, love, hate, realize,
seem, remember, forget, etc...
Dấu hiệu Thường có các từ: always, Thường có các từ: now, at the moment, at
nhận biết: every, usually, often, present, right now...
generally, frequently.
II. PRESENT SIMPLE AND PRESENT CONTINUOS FOR FUTURE
Thì hiện tại đơn để diễn tả thì tương lai khi nói về lịch làm việc, thời gian biểu, lịch trình tàu xe
… (như giao thông công cộng, lịch chiếu phim, lịch phát song chương trình truyền hình…)
Ex: The train leaves Poly mouth at 11.30 and arrives in London at 14.45.
It’s Friday tomorrow.
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn được sử dụng với nghĩa tương lai khi diễn tả một kế hoạch trong tương lai
gần (có dự định trước).
Ex: - What are you doing on Saturday evening?

- I’m not working tomorrow, so we can go out somewhere.
III. Adverbs of frequency (TRẠNG TỪ CHỈ TẦN XUẤT)
Usage
1. Trạng từ tần suất được sử dụng để diễn tả mức độ thường xuyên của một hành động
hay một thói quen. (luôn luôn, thường xuyên, thỉnh thoảng, không bao giờ,…)
Ví dụ:
– He always do morning exercise at 5 a.m. (Anh ta luôn luôn tập thể dục lúc 5 giờ sáng)
2. Trạng từ chỉ tần suất dùng để trả lời các câu hỏi về “How often ( Có thường….?)”
Ví dụ:
– How often do you go shopping? (Bạn có thường đi mua sắm không?)
=> I sometimes go shopping. (Tôi thỉnh thoảng mới đi mua sắm)
Các trạng từ chỉ tần suất thường sử dụng
Trạng từ chỉ tần suất Ý nghĩa
Always Luôn luôn (ở mức 100%)
Usually Thường xuyên (mức 90%)
Often Thường thường (mức 70%)
Sometimes Đôi khi, đôi lúc (mức 50%)
Never Không bao giờ (mức 0%)
∑ She always gets up late. (Cô ấy luôn luôn thức dậy trễ.)
∑ She often goes to the park. (Cô ấy thường đi công viên.)
∑ She sometimes eats at home. (Cô ấy thỉnh thoảng mới ăn ở nhà.)
∑ She seldom goes picnic. (Cô ấy hiếm khi đi dã ngoại.)
∑ She never plays badminton. (Cô ấy không bao giờ chơi tennis.)
Form :
1. Đứng sau động từ “tobe”
Ví dụ: I am never late for school. (Tôi không bao giờ đi học trễ)
2. Đứng trước động từ chính và đứng sau chủ từ
Ví dụ: He sometimes wash his car. (Anh ta thỉnh thoảng mới rửa xe)
3. Đứng giữa trợ động từ và động từ chính trong câu
Ví dụ:
– I have never been abroad. (Tôi chưa bao giờ đi nước ngoài)
– You should usually do your homework before going to school. (Bạn nên làm bài tập về nhà
trước khi đến lớp)
Task 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs given
make wander try on browse display

missed grow hang out bargain return
1. I __________ the start of the class because my bus was late.
2. The company is ___________ with growers over the price of coffee.
3. __________ a shopping list to prevent buying unnecessary things.
4. The trip allows you plenty of time for _____________ around the shops.
5. Some people _____________ their goods on stalls, while others had just put them out on
the pavement.
6. _____________ the shoes to see if they fit.
7. Haven't you got anything better to do than _____________ with friends at the shopping
centre?
8. We spent the morning _______________around the old part of the city.
9. The new TV broke so they ____________ it to the shop.
10. The villagers ___________ coffee and maize to sell in the market.
Task 2. Circle the correct answer.
1. Tomorrow the sun (rises/ is rising) at 6.44 and it (sets/ is setting) at 18.33.
2. I (don’t do / am not doing) anything tonight. I want to relax.
3. What time (do you meet/ are you meeting) John on Sunday?
4. This year the school (ends/ is ending) on 28 June.
5. After the reconstruction, the supermarket (opens/ is opening) on Monday again

6. I can’t help you. I (see/ am seeing) the doctor this afternoon.
7. We’ve already booked our holiday. We (go/ are going) to Rome in May.
8. Could you meet us at the airport tomorrow morning? The plane (lands/ is landing) at 10.15.
9. The piano concert doesn’t start/ is not starting) at 8 °’clock. It’s cancelled.
10. (Do you have/ Are you having) your birthday party this week or next week? I forgot.
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the simple present, present continuous.
1. We ________ dinner party on Friday and you’re invited. (have)
2. Most shops ________ in Spa until 10 am. (not open)
3. What time ________ the comer shop ________? (shut)
4. Where ________ you ________ in Bangkok? (stay)
5. My tai-chi classes ________ next week. (start)
6. Our flight in London ________ at 4 o’clock in the afternoon. (land)
7. Everything’s arranged. We ________ house this Saturday. (move)
8. We ________ at Litith’s Café this afternoon at four. (meet)
9. I’m sorry. I can’t meet up this weekend. We ________ to Wales. (go)
10. Our ferry for Ibiza ________ at 6 tomorrow morning. (depart)
11. The train ________ at 9 at night. (arrive)
12. Giovanni ________ to spend the weekend with us. (come)
13. What time ________ you ________ to the doctors on Wednesday? (go)
14. What time ________ the film ________? (start)
15. ________ the concert ________ at 7 or 8? (begin)
Task 4. Circle the correct options in brackets.
1. She lives next door but we (rarely see / see rarely) her.
2. Her husband (sometimes goes / goes sometimes) to the bar in the evening.
3. We (always are / are always) at home on holidays.
4. Lan (frequently doesn’t play / doesn't frequently play) basketball.
5. They (hardly ever go / go hardly ever) swimming.
6. My personal doctor checks my health (hardly / regularly).
7. My friend and I take vacations together quite (never / frequently).
8. What does Mai (often do / do often) at break time?
9. (Do often you shop / Do you often shop) online?
10.(Does occasionally Tom visits / Does Tom occasionally visits) his grandmother?
Task 5. Put the adverbs in brackets in the correct place of the following sentences.
1. My mother goes to the supermarket on Saturdays. (usually)
‡ _____________________________________
2. Most children get up early on the weekends. (rarely)
‡ _____________________________________
3. She is patient when teaching her students. (always)
‡ _____________________________________
4. Linda cooks dinner for her family. (sometimes)
‡ _____________________________________
5. He jogs in the morning. (often)
‡ _____________________________________
6. She is sad. (seldom)
‡ _____________________________________
7. My sister misses an episode of the Kid's Talents programme. (never)
‡ _____________________________________
8. My father doesn't go fishing. (frequently)
‡ _____________________________________
9. I am excited to see her. (always)
‡ _____________________________________
10.He smiles. (hardlyever)
‡ _____________________________________
1. I sometimes just go shopping a few times a year since I don't enjoy it.
A B C D
2. . She put on a number of dresses before deciding on one for the celebration
A B C D
3. The farmer's market, where local farmers sell its products, is one of my mother's favorite
places to shop. A B C
D
4. My friend Alex has a problem with addiction on online shopping. Her purchasing power is
limitless.
D A B C
5. Before deciding purchase something, customers can touch the products and tries on
clothes and shoes.
A B C D
6. Some people visit shopping centers to browse while others go there for entertain.
A B C D
7. The summer term will begin on April 10th, so you should carefully prepare for it.
A B C D
8. I only go shopping a few times a year because I am not interested it.
A B C D
9. What time will the bus arrive in Seattle?
A B C D
10. When you will visit a famer's market, you will find a lot of fruit and vegetable. A
B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listening to the passage and fill in the missing words.
Shopping must be one of the world’s most (1) _________ hobbies. I hate it. There’s
nothing more boring than (2) __________around shopping malls. What a waste of time.
I know a lot of people who like window shopping – just walking around shops without
wanting to buy anything. Crazy! My plan for shopping is ‘quickly in, quickly out’. If I
have to go shopping, I go in the morning on a weekday. This is when the stores are (3)
________ and you can get what you want quickly, without thousands of other (4)
_________ getting in your way. The worst time to go shopping is on a Saturday
afternoon (5) _____________ season. It seems as though all of the world’s (6)
________________ are in the same store as you. I was happy when online shopping
came along. This is very relaxing.
Task 2: Listen and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)
1. All the stores are under one roof.

______
2. Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased with the new mall.
______
3. It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present shopping area.
______
4. All of the goods in the small shops is cheaper than ones in the new stores.
______
5. Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close.
______
SPEAKING
Task 1. Choose the correct response. Then practise the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: Why do people often go shopping at B: a/ Because they have to park their cars.
street markets? b/ Because it’s convenient.
2. A: Is it right that people not only go to B: a/ Yes, it’s a place to meet and exchange
a traditional market to get food? information.
b/ Yes, we can get a wide range of food.
3. A: I think retailers in Viet Nam are B: a/ Oh, yes. They have much experience.
good at calculation. b/ Oh, yes. They have no math skills.
4. A: Where can I get shopping B: a/ From online shopping.
experience? b/ From a traditional market.
5. A: Why is he a shopaholic? B: a/ Because he often bargains.
b/ Because he buys a lot of junk.
6. A: Can we bargain in a supermarket? B: a/ Certainly not. They offer fixed prices.
b/ Certainly. You can see the price tags.
7. A: Why do visitors go to convenience B: a/ Because they are open all the time.
shops? b/ Because they offer fresher goods.
8. A: Why do the whole family go B: a/ Because they don’t want to leave anyone
shopping at a supermarket? at home alone.
b/ Because there are goods and entertainment
for all ages
9. A: Why don’t you bring your credit B: a/ Credit cards are not convenient now.
card? b/ I can’t use it at an open-air market.
10. A: Is it necessary to make a shopping B: a/ Yes, it helps us to save time.
list? b/ No, we buy many unnecessary things.
Task 2. Choose the most suitable response A, B, C or D to complete each of the following exchanges.
1. “Hello, I’d like to make a complaint about my internet service. – “ _________________”

A. Thank you for your service.
B. I’m sorry to hear that, what is the problem?
C. Help youself.
D. Your internet speed is very slow.
2. “I’m having some big problems on this tour. – “ _____________________”
A. What’s the matter? We are here to help you.
B. This company seems very disorganized.
C. Please, make yourself at home.
D. What don’t you like about your food?
3. I’m sorry you are having an unpleasant time. What may I help you with? – “_____________”
A. Did you enjoy your dinner?
B. I’d like to discuss some problems that I’m having here.
C. Couldn’t be better. Thank you.
D. That is very rude.
4. “Good morning, can I help you?” – “ _______________”
A. I’d like to make a complaint about my T-shirt that I bought yesterday.
B. Don’t forget to do what I have told you.
C. Not a problem, sir.
D. It is my pleasure.
5. “You shouldn’t put my bag on the ground like that. – “ _____________”
A. That’s what I think.
B. Don’t mention it.
C. I’m sorry, but it too heavy.
D. I’m grateful for your kind heart.
Choose the best option A, B, or C to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of
the following exchanges.
1. - Customer: I’m sorry to say that there’s something wrong with the charger I bought last
month.
- Shop assistant: ________
A. Can I have a look at your bill?
B.Are you sure it’s our fault?
C. I’m sorry. I’ll exchange a new one for you.
2. - Customer: I’m not satisfied with the service that the shop assistant provided.
- Shopkeeper: ________
A. Oh, I’ll sack her.
B.I’m so sorry. Can I know what happened?
C. I’m sorry. There is nothing we can do about it.
3. - Shop assistant: What can I help you, Sir?
- Customer: ________
A. I’d like to exchange this calculator. This one doesn’t work.
B.I want to meet your boss.
C. Are you the boss of this shop?
4. - Customer: Hi, can I exchange this watch? I dropped it and now it doesn’t work.
A. That’s not my mistake.
B.I’m afraid there isn’t much we can do about it.
C. I can’t tell you how sorry I am.
5. - Customer: Sorry to bother you but I hope I can get a refund for this coat.
A. Are you kidding, sir? We don’t have such a policy.
B. What’s wrong with it, Sir? Can I exchange another one for you?
C. We don’t have a policy. Customers should think carefully before picking something.
READING
Teen Shopping Habits in Vietnam
We interviewed three teens about their shopping habits. Read on to find the best tips.
Thanh, 16: “I like to shop at thrift stores. It's more fun and, of course, less expensive than
buying clothes in the shopping mall. And your clothes will be unique. Also, we already have
so much trash on our planet, so I don't think we need to buy new clothes. My top tip is to pay
attention to the brands. Some brands use quality materials, and if you see them at a thrift store,
get them quickly before someone else does.”
Vân, 15: “I buy most of my clothes from a local store near my house. I can walk there in just
a few minutes. It's much easier and less crowded than at shopping malls, and the customer
service is better. The sales assistants are friendlier and always give me good advice on what to
buy.”
Ngọc, 15: “I prefer to do my shopping at shopping malls. It's easier because my parents don't
have to take me to different stores. My advice is to be careful with money. Decide how much
you can spend,and don't spend more than that. Never buy things you don't need just because
they're on sale. My least favorite clothes are always things I bought just because they were
cheap.”
1. Where does Thanh buy her clothes?
‡ __________________________________________
2. What is Thanh’s advice for shoppers?
‡ __________________________________________
3. Why does Van prefer a local store to shopping malls?
‡ __________________________________________
4. Why does Ngoc like shopping malls?
‡ __________________________________________
Task 2. Read the text and decide if the statements are true (T), false (F), or not given (NG)
Lung Phin Market is probably one of the must-visit fair in Ha Giang because it is special in
many ways.
The market only opens in the Tiger and Monkey days in a month, and is reopened after every
six days. This means if the market takes place on Tiger day this week, Monkey day is the
launching day in the next week. The fair is an occasion for 16 ethnic minorities from around
this area to gather up and have fun.
On this day, youngsters of all ages and genders dress up, travel to the fair hoping to find
themselves a good ending for their love affairs. Hmong girls dress nicely instunning floral
pattern costumes while Dao girls pick shiny pieces of jewellery so as to impress those they’re
in love with. Small kids wear new clothes and ask to go along with their parents to the fair to
enjoy the animated atmosphere.
Lung Phin fair offers a variety of local products. Mostly there are essential ones for ordinary
life such as rice, meat, and handmade garments. These are made by peoples in the most
meticulous way. Some sellers only bring to the fair a pair of chicken, a dozen of eggs or simply
several bundles of sugar cane, some mint honey, snow tea, or brocade.
(Adapted from: https://vietnamdiscovery.com)
Statements
T F NG
1. Lung Phin market is a special fair that visitors should come to.
2. The market opens only two days a month.
3. The fair is an occasion for people to come to buy goods and enjoy
the animated atmosphere.
4. Many Hmong and Dao girls find their lovers in this fair.
5. The products here are made in an extremely careful way.
There are three extra words that you do not

need to use.
supermarkets custom products produce

vendors habit range businessmen
Despite the changes in society, most of Vietnamese mothers and grandmothers still go to the
traditional markets for daily fresh (1)__________. They are always fond of freshness, and have
the (2) _________of going shopping every day to prepare meals for the whole family. Some
young ladies love shopping at (3) _____________, but they often complain about the freshness
of seafood there.
People often stop their motorbikes at a street-side market as it is much quicker than parking
their motorbike in the supermarket basement. They can sit on their motorbike and get food
from the street (4) ___________. Sellers in these markets often have really quick calculation
without using any calculator in hand.
Big markets are like the trading hub of the region or wholesale markets, so everything can be
found there with a wide (5) __________ of goods. Wandering around a market, a tourist can
experience the lives of local people.
Read the passages and answer the questions below.
A. Match the shops with their descriptions (A - C) below. There are shops you may not need
to use.
A. Department stores B. Supermarkets E.Open-air markets

C. Corner shops D. Fair trades
(1) _____
Britain was once known as a nation of shopkeepers, however the small shop in the UK is
almost a thing of the past. They are often run by families operating as sole traders. They usually
specialise in a small range of goods, e.g. butchers, tailors, greengrocers, newsagents etc. Prices
are often higher in these shops, as they cannot afford to buy in large quantities, and the range
of goods on offer is often small.
(2) _____
They must have a minimum selling area of 186m2 and at least 3 check outs. They are often
situated on the edge of a town by a main road or motorway. They are mostly self-service and
sell a range of goods including groceries, clothing, electrical goods, etc.; however, their main
selling items are food and drink. Prices are generally low. Tescos, Sainsburys and Asda are
three of the largest ones in the UK.
(3) _____
They are a collection of shops under one roof, but under the control of one firm. They sell a
wide range of goods. They usually occupy large buildings in expensive city centres. Each store
has a number of departments and each department specialises in a particular type of product
or service such as electrical goods, carpets, clothing, furniture, ... The most famous one in the
UK is probably Harrods. They also offer customer loyalty cards, or store credit cards.
(Adapted from: https://www.learnenglish.de)
B. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.
1. The word specialise in passage 1 means ________.
A. study much B. train hard
C. spend more time on D. become expert
2. If you want goods at a variety of choices and low prices, you should go to ________.
A. a department store B. a corner shop
C. a supermarket D. an open-air market
WRITING
Task 1. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences.
1. shopping malls/ I/ with/ browsing/ am interested/ wandering/ friends/ in/ hanging out/
chatting/ while/ and/ through.
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
2. entertainment/often/ all ages/ these/ free/ customers/ of/ for/These/ year-round/ centres/
offer
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
3. because/ a/ never/ prices/ you/ supermarket/ In/ can/ fixed/ bargain/ the/ are
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
4. because/ need/ dollar store/ purchase/ them/ from/ dont’/ I/ items/ don’t/ often/ the/ I
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
5. shopping centres/ to/ a lot of/ During/ decoration/ to/ see/ holidays/ people/ go/
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
6. for/ I/ browsing/ am/of/ clothes/ the/ in/ online/ habit
‡ ____________________________________________________________________
7. bus/ to/ 9:00/ The/ that/ a/ ward Thu Duc/ says/ schedule/ is/ bus/ at/ there
‡ ____________________________________________________________________
8. comfortable/ try/ for/ four/ are/ but/ on/ dresses/ none/I
‡ _______________________________________________________________________
1. Her income is quite low. She can’t resist buying new things. (although)
____________________________________________________________________
2. Our customer service staff have to take good care of our customers. They would turn to
other brands. (otherwise)
____________________________________________________________________
3. The price tag can tell you about prices. You can still bargain and pay 20% lower than the
prices on the tags. (but)
____________________________________________________________________
4. Many shops are offering 50% discounts before Tet. Customers seem to be very careful about
spendings as the economy is facing a downturn. (however)
____________________________________________________________________
5. I told the shop assistant that I was not satisfied with the product. She refused to give me a
refund. (yet)
______ ____________________________________________________________________
6. It’s no trouble at all. It’s a great pleasure to know your tradition. (on the contrary)
____________________________________________________________________
7. The coffee shop provides free Wi-Fi. There are several high speed cable ports. (in
addition)
____________________________________________________________________
8. She first disagreed to join our shopping. She changed her mind later. (however)
____________________________________________________________________
Task 3. Write a short paragraph to talk about advantages and disadvantages of online shopping
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
TEST FOR UNIT 7

each question.
1. A. wrong B. store C. order D. clothes
2. A. credit B. customer C. announcement D. seller
3. A. complainted B. addicted C. divided D. expired
4. A. shopping B. return C. owner D. item
5. A. customer B. advantage C. decorate D. homemaker
6. The responsibility of a ________ is to provide customers with help and sell goods.
A. shop assistant B. dealer C. customer service D. cashier
7. I don’t know how to ________ for lower prices so I shop in supermarkets as theyhave fixed
prices.
A. negotiate B. bargain C. discuss D. beg
8. They aim to respond to all customer _____________within 24 hours.
A. illness B. dissatisfaction C. complains D. complaints
9. Take your student card with you, you will get a ________ of 30%.
A. sale B. bargain C. decrease D. discount
10.We went ________ in an antique shop and got this vase. It is good value for mymoney.
A. window shopping C. brand shopping
B. bargain hunting D. brand hunting
11. We have new shoes ________ from today. The prices are a bit high but they areworth
your money.
A.on sale B. for sale C. for buy D. under offer
12. Electronic goods are ________ at 30% this week, so I will get a new dishwasher.
A.for sale B. on discount C. on sale D. for rent
13.I like shopping in that small convenience store because they are always ________.
A.clean and clear C. chalk and cheese
B.spick and span D. bread and butter
14.I am not a shopaholic. In fact, I go shopping ________.
A. out of the blue C. once on a blue moon
B.once in a blue moon D. Monday blues
15. It has a _____________of more than $2,000.
A.price control B. price tag C. price war D. priceless
Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of
16. All the items have fixed prices on their price tag.
A. clothes B. drinks C. food D. goods
17. The market near my house is small but offers a wide range of products.
A. some B. a few C. less D. lots of
18. Most mothers love shopping at the discount shops because they offer lower prices on all
products.
A. increase B. reduction C. agreement D. extension
19. Never buy things you don’t need just because they are on sale.
A. reduce in price B. increase in price C. double in price D. halve in price
20. Kristen was well known for being a shopaholic and Tom didn't want to be anywhere near
her when she was let loose in a mall.
A. frequent shopper B. consumerist C. saver D. mallrat
21. The factory outlets ________ a special offer for all items next week as planned.
A. will give B. give C. are giving D. are going to give
22.The sale season ________ in December, so let’s wait until then. It’s just a monthfrom
now.
A.will begins B. is beginning C. begins D. is going to begin
23.The Community Fair ________ this Spring, and we have all decided to attend it
A.is held B. will be held C. will take place D. is taking place
24.________ they took their laptops to the shop, they asked for their receipts.
A. If B. When C. Since D. Because
25.My mother prefers___________at the supermarket to the market.
A. shop B. to shop C. shops D. to shopping
26.The bowl is ______ glass and paper is _________tree.
A. made from/made by B. made by/ made in
B.made of/ made by D. made of/ made from
27.I was late for work only one time last year. I’m__________late.
A. sometime B. always C. never D. rarely
28.I went through about four years of being addicted __________video games.
A. play B. to play C. to playing D. playing
29.I________eat junk food because I know it’s not healthy.
A. sometimes B. seldom C. always D. often
30.A: Do you ever drink coffee? B: Yes, but only _______, not often. Just a few times
a week.
A.usually B. sometimes C. rarely D. never
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below
31. I sometimes just go shopping a few times a year since I don't enjoy it.
A B C D
32. You are still responsible for pay the shipping costs if you return an item.
A B C D
33. My uncle often shops at dollar stores. He claims that nothing there is worthwhile
purchasing.
34. You should spend your money in sale products. They will last a long time.
A B C D
35. I’m sure you will have an forgettable time when you attend traditional shopping in
Vietnam.
D A B C
MALL OF AMERICA
The USA is famous for its skyscrapers that appear in most big cities and its huge shopping
malls. Americans love shopping there.
The Mall of America, or MOA, in Minnesota with over 520 stores is the biggest mall in the
USA. About 40 million people from many countries visit it every year. You can find everything
there from accessories and books to electronics, toys, and travel. When you get tired of
shopping, you can eat in two big food courts. 20 fast food restaurants serve a variety of dishes
and snacks. After that you can watch a movie in a 14-screen movie theatre, visit a dinosaur
museum, have fun at the indoor amusement park with roller coasters, or play golf. There is
even an aquarium with over 4,500 sea creatures including sharks. MOA has something for
everyone.
T F
36. Americans love shopping in skyscrapers in cities
37. The Mall of America is the biggest mall in the world
38. MOA offers shoppers a wide range of goods and services
39. There are 20 fast food restaurants in two big food courts.
40. There aren’t any types of entertainment for children in MOA.
Viet Nam has a reputation for its low living costs. Thus, people, especially travellers can
shop for quality goods. People can shop in various kinds of shops, from big shopping malls to
street stores. There is a variety of different items such as clothes, silk, jewellery, handicrafts to
offer.
The top places for shopping in Viet Nam include street night markets, supermarkets and
shopping centres. Ha Noi Night Market, for example, can give shoppers unique experiences
of a night market. They can also enjoy various kinds of delicious street food such as bun thang,
La Vong grilled fish, pho, banh mi, and bun cha. Other items up for sale are T-shirts,
handicrafts, accessories, shoes, sunglasses and souvenirs, which shoppers can buy at prices as
low as 25 per cent of the originally quoted prices. Takashimaya - a famous shopping centre in
Ho Chi Minh City - offers the best products from Japan, Europe and North America right in
the heart of the city. Aeon Mall in Ha Noi, which hosts four storeys of stores ranging from
jewellery and cosmetics to shoes and clothing from top brands of the world, is another example
of an ideal shopping centre for people coming here.
Remember that bargaining is a must-learn skill here, especially in some local markets. You
will be surprised by how much you can put the prices down after bargaining successfully.
(Adapted from: https://www.holidify.com)
41.The costs of living in Viet Nam are ________.
A. high B. low C. exceptionally high D. of
average level
42. ________ is an example of street night markets in Viet Nam.
A. Shopping mall C. Takashimaya inHo Chi Minh City
B.Ha Noi NightMarket D. Ha Noi AeonMall
43. Takashimaya in Ho Chi Minh City ________.
A. was a famous shopping centre
B. offers best traditional products
C. is on the outskirt of the city
D. has Japanese and European items to offer
44. What is closest in meaning to quoted prices?
A. Prices that customer pay.
B.Prices that shops tell customers.
C.Prices that are copied.
D.Prices that customers want to pay.
45. What should you remember when you shop in Viet Nam?
A.Go to different shopping centres C. Learn to bargain
B.Ask for a discount of 25% D. Pay 25% of the real prices
46.I don't often buy clothes online because they don't look as they do in person.
A. I don’t like purchase clothing online since it doesn't appear like what I see in person.
B. Because they don't appear like in real life, I usually purchase clothing online.
C. Because they don't look like they do in real life, I seldom ever purchase clothing online.
D. I buy rarely clothing online since it doesn't appear like what I see in person.
47.Do you usually go shopping at a speciality shop?
A. Do usually you go shopping at a speciality shop.
B. Do you frequently visit specialty stores to shop?
C. Do you go shopping at a speciality shop frequently?
D. Do you typically shopping at specialty stores?
48.Due to the supermarket's set prices, I am unable to bargain there.
A. Because the fixed prices at supermarkets, I can never haggle there.
B. Since grocery pricing are set, I can never haggle there.
C. I can never bargain at a supermarket because the prices is fixed.
D. Since grocery pricing are fixed, I never can haggle there.
49.I like spending time with friends over the weekend to browse instead of buy.
A. I enjoy getting out with friends on the weekends to browse and buy.
B. I prefer getting out with friends on the weekends to buy something.
C. I’m interested in spending time with friends to browse
D. On the weekends, I like to spend time with friends to browse instead of make purchases.
50.Let's get ready for the festival. It begins on March first.
A. Let's get ready for the festival. It will begin on March first.
B. Let's get ready for the festival. It began on March first.
C. Let's get ready for the festival. It begins on the first of March.
D. Let's get ready for the festival. It begins at March 1st.
_____The end_____
UNIT
+* 8 SHOPPING
PRONOUNCIATION
/sp/ /st/
special /ˈspeʃəl/ stay /steɪ/
I. Cách phát âm
∑ Âm/st/ được tạo ra bởi 2 âm/s/ và /t/
- /s/: mặt lưỡi chạm nhẹ vào lợi hàm răng trên,
phần gạc mềm được nâng lên. Sau đó, hơi được
đẩy thoát ra giữa mặt lưỡi và lợi hàm trên
- /k/: đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi hàm trên và nâng
phần ngạc mềm lên để chặn luồng khí trong
miệng. Sau đó, bật mạnh hơi để tạo ra âm/t/
mà không lảm rung dây thanh.
- Kết hợp từ âm/s/ sang âm/t/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/st/
• Âm /sp/ được kết hợp bởi 2 âm /s/ và /p/
- /s/: mặt lưỡi chạm nhẹ vào lợi hàm răng
trên, phần gạc mềm được nâng lên. Sau đó, hơi
được đẩy thoát ra giữa mặt lưỡi và lợi hàm trên
- /p/ mím nhẹ hai môi và nâng ngạc mềm lên
để chặn luồng khí trong miệng. Sau đó, bật hơi
để tạo ra mà không làm rung dây thanh trong
cổ họng.
- Kết hợp từ âm/s/ sang âm/p/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/sp/
II. sự khác nhau giữa /st/ and /sp/

1. Về mặt âm thanh: Sự khác biệt của cụm phụ âm /st/ và /sp/ xuất phát từ sự khác biệt
của vị trí môi và lưỡi khi bật hơi phát âm âm /t/ và /p/
- Với âm /t/ đầu lưỡi lại chạm vào lợi hàm trên và hai môi hé mở.
- Với âm /p/ lưỡi thả lỏng nhưng hai môi lại mím nhẹ.
/st/: still style
/st/: spill spy
2. Về mặt chính tả:
- Cụm phụ âm /st/ được phát âm trong các từ có cụm chữ cái
Ex: still, costume, longest,...
- Cụm phụ âm /sp/ được phát âm trong các từ có cụm chữ cái sp
Ex: spill, spa, sport,...
Task 1. Pick out the word which has /st/ or /sp/, then divide them into correct columns.
display skirt clasp schedule spy

sky cracks atmosphere special ancestor
disc spouse stuck phosphate smoke
aspect stand sculpture cyclist stain
least sport packs snake students
spark hospital speak stay philosophy
costume request space scanner spill
/sp/ /st/
spy Stain
spill costume
special ancestor
space cyclist
spark stuck
spouse request
speak stand
sport least
hospital stay
students
………………………………………
Task 2: Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1 A. partner B. dollar C. dark D. artist

2 A. island B. outstand C. economics D. thirsty
3 A. spicy B. style C. typewriter D. try
4 A. discount B. mouth C. shoulder D. south
5 A. shop B. gone C. clothes D. boring
6 A. painting B. entertain C. remain D. bargain
7 A. brand B. range C. sale D. bake
8 A. excitement B. assitant C. expire D. item
9 A. display B. benefit C. internet D. episode
10 A. credit B. customer C. announcement D. seller
11 A. return B. further C. schedule D. purchase
12 A. complainted B. addicted C. divided D. expired
13 A. brand B. advantage C. wander D. access
14 A. stadium B. often C. castle D. whistle
15 A. access B. centre C. market D. well-lit
Task 3. Choose the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1 A. expire B. wander C. complaint D. prefer

2 A. episode B. addicted C. excitement D. assistant
3 A. shuttle B. seller C. credit D. support
4 A. customer B. advantage C. decorate D. homemaker
5 A. speciality B. economics C. shopaholic D. convenience
6 A. popularity B. advertisement C. supermarket D. decoration
7 A. surround B. discount C. shopper D. schedule
8 A. travelling B. smartphone C. product D. refusal
9 A. holiday B. exercise C. consider D. interview
10 A. receive B. repeat C. private D. provide
11 A. builder B. teacher C. writer D. career
12 A. complaint B. problem C. customer D. hotline
13 A. seller B. discount C. attract D. enter
14 A. shopping B. return C. owner D. item
15 A. access B. sometimes C. often D. display
VOCABULARY
access (n) /ˈækses/ nguồn để tiếp cận, truy cập vào

addicted (adj) (to) say mê, nghiện
advertisement (n) /ədˈvɜːtɪsmənt/ quảng cáo

bargain (v) /ˈbɑːɡən/ mặc cả
complaint (n) /kəmˈpleɪnt/ lời phàn nàn / khiếu nại
convenience (store) /kənˈviːniəns (stɔː)/ (cửa hàng) tiện ích
customer (n) /ˈkʌstəmə/ khách hàng
discount (shop) /ˈdɪskaʊnt (ʃɒp)/ (cửa hàng) hạ giá
display (n, v) sự trưng bày, bày biện, trưng bày
dollar store /ˈdɒlə ˌstɔː/ cửa hàng đồng giá (một đô la)
fair (n) /feə/ hội chợ
farmers’ market (n) /ˈfɑːməz mɑːkɪt/ chợ nông sản
goods (n) /ɡʊdz/ hàng hoá
home-grown (adj) /ˌhəʊm ˈɡrəʊn/ tự trồng
home-made (adj) /ˌhəʊm ˈmeɪd/ tự làm
item (n) một món hàng
on sale /ɒn seɪl/ đang (được bán) hạ giá

open-air market /ˌəʊpən ˈeə ˈmɑːkɪt/ chợ họp ngoài trời
price tag (n) /ˈpraɪs tæɡ/ nhãn ghi giá một mặt hàng
schedule (n) /ˈʃedjuːl/ lịch trình, thời gian biểu
1.open-air market 3.shopaholic 9.complaint 10.price tag

7.bargain 2.home-grown 12.discount shop 8.home-made
6.convenience 4. speciality shop 5.addicted 11.online shopping
store
1. open-air market 2 home-grown 3. shopaholic 4. speciality shop
5. addicted 6. convenience 7. bargain 8. home-made

store
9. complaint 10. price tag 11.online 12. discount shop

shopping
11.market 8.supermarket 15.range 6.price tag 14.speciality
2.shopaholic 7.produce 10.seller 12.convenience 9.costumes

13.shopaholic 3.browse 1.price tag 5.discount outlets
Task 2.offer
Complete the sentences with thehome-made
4.customer words / phrases open
below.
airThere are some words you may not
convenient
need to use. service
1. I don’t know how much the sweater costs because the _ price tag ____is missing.
2. She admitted that she is a __ shopaholic ______________. She can’t resist shopping
every weekend.
3. We can’t come to various shops to check the goods and prices, so we _ browse
____________the online stores first to save time.
4. As we were not satisfied with the service of the shops in the mall, we came to _ customer
service _____________for a complaint.
5. They give 10% __ discount ___________for cash payment.
6. How much is it? I can’t find the price tag ____________.
7. The shop sells only fresh local _ produce _____________.
8. The supermarket _____________chain announced that it was cutting the cost of all its
fresh and frozen meat.
9. The children were dressed in Halloween _ costumes ____________.
10. The _ seller _________of the painting was kept secret.
11. All our fruit comes from the farmers’ market __________.
12. Most _ convenience ____stores are located on busy street corners or at gas stations.
13. She used to be an absolute _ shopaholic ___________ until she had a baby.
14. A _ speciality ___________ shop is a shop that sells unusual or special products.
15. They sell a wide __ range ________ of skin-care products.
A B
1. browse 1-D A. to try to make someone agree to give you
something that is better for you, such as a better
price or better working conditions
2. home-made 2-F B. a person who is buying things from a shop or a
number of shops.
3. internet 3-J C. from your own garden
access
4. bargain 4-A D. to look through a book a magazine without reading
everything, or to walk around a shop looking at
several things without intending to buy any of them
5. speciality 5-L E. a shop where everything costs one dollar
shop
6. shopaholic 6-K F. made at home and not bought from shop
7. display 7-I G. a market where local farmers sell the fruit,
vegetables, meat, ect… that they produce on their
farm
8. shopper 8-B H. to be no longer legally acceptable because the
period of time for which it could be used has ended
9. home- 9-C I. to arrange something or a collection of things so that
grown it can be seen by the public
10. expire 10-H J. the ability to connect to the internet
11.dollar 11- E K. a person who enjoys shopping very much and does
store it a lot.
12. farmer’s 12-G L. a shop that focuses on selling a particular brand or
market a particular type of product
1. I will never return to that store again. The sales _assistant__________ was rule and they
kept talking to each other when I asked for help. ( ASSIST)
2. Every day, millions of __shoppers________ hit the stores in full force - both online and
on foot. (SHOP)
3. My friend Abby is a real ___shopaholic________; she almost always comes home with
bags full of new purchases. (SHOP)
4. On the weekends, several shops ___attract_________ customers by offering a variety of
things at discounts. (ATTRACTION)
5. Kathy's always been a ___wanderer__________ - she never stays anywhere for long.
(WANDER)
6. A lot of people visit shopping center over the holidays to admire the
_decoration____________ . (DECORATE)
7. For some people, shopping online has become an _addiction__________. Even goods
they don't truly need, they can't help but buy them. (ADDICTED)
8. You can shop online by simply browsing a _sale_________'s website, choose the item you
want, and place your purchase to shop online. (SELL)
9. It's easy and _convenient___________ to shop in a mall. Nearly everything you need is
there. (CONVENIENCE)
10. A bakery and a florist are two examples of ___speciality_________ stores. (SPECIAL)
11. There are department stores with a wide range of ____ products _______ in almost every
major city. (PRODUCT)
12. I'm phoning to __complain__________ about the jacket I bought yesterday.
(COMPLAINT)
13. The light from a gas lamp was soft and __yellowesh___________. (YELLOW)
14. I don't need to bargain at the grocery because everything has a ____fixed______ price on
the price tag. (FIX)
15. You may get a lot of locally grown produce when you go to a __farmer________'s
market. (FARM)
GRAMMAR
I.Present tenses (CÁC THÌ HIỆN TẠI)
SIMPLE PRESENT PRESENT CONTINUOUS

(THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN) (THÌ HIỆN TẠI TIẾP DIỄN)
CẤU
TRÚC
Khẳng S + Vs/es + O S + is/am/are + V-ing
định: S + do/does + not + V S + is/am/are not + V-ing
Phủ định: Do/Does + S + V? Is/Am/Are + S + V-ing?
Nghi vấn:
CÁCH
DÙNG:
1. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả một Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tả một hành
chân lý, một sự thật hiển động đang diễn ra và kéo dài dài một thời
nhiên. gian ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ:
Ví dụ: The children are playing football now.
The sun rises in the East.
Tom comes from England.
2. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả 1 thói Thì này cũng thường tiếp theo sau câu đề
quen, một hành động xảy ra nghị, mệnh lệnh.
thường xuyên ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Mary often goes to school by Look! The child is crying.
bicycle. Be quiet! The baby is sleeping in the next
I get up early every morning. room.
Lưu ý: Ta thêm “es” sau các động từ Không dùng thì này với các động từ chỉ
tận cùng là: o, ch, sh, ss, z. nhận thức tri giác như: to see, hear,
understand, know, like, want, glance,
feel, think, smell, love, hate, realize,
seem, remember, forget, etc...
Dấu hiệu Thường có các từ: always, Thường có các từ: now, at the moment, at
nhận biết: every, usually, often, present, right now...
generally, frequently.
II. PRESENT SIMPLE AND PRESENT CONTINUOS FOR FUTURE
Thì hiện tại đơn để diễn tả thì tương lai khi nói về lịch làm việc, thời gian biểu, lịch trình tàu xe
… (như giao thông công cộng, lịch chiếu phim, lịch phát song chương trình truyền hình…)
Ex: The train leaves Poly mouth at 11.30 and arrives in London at 14.45.
It’s Friday tomorrow.
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn được sử dụng với nghĩa tương lai khi diễn tả một kế hoạch trong tương lai
gần (có dự định trước).
Ex: - What are you doing on Saturday evening?
- I’m not working tomorrow, so we can go out somewhere.

III. Adverbs of frequency (TRẠNG TỪ CHỈ TẦN XUẤT)
Usage
1. Trạng từ tần suất được sử dụng để diễn tả mức độ thường xuyên của một hành động
hay một thói quen. (luôn luôn, thường xuyên, thỉnh thoảng, không bao giờ,…)
Ví dụ:
– He always do morning exercise at 5 a.m. (Anh ta luôn luôn tập thể dục lúc 5 giờ sáng)
2. Trạng từ chỉ tần suất dùng để trả lời các câu hỏi về “How often ( Có thường….?)”
Ví dụ:
– How often do you go shopping? (Bạn có thường đi mua sắm không?)
=> I sometimes go shopping. (Tôi thỉnh thoảng mới đi mua sắm)
Các trạng từ chỉ tần suất thường sử dụng
Trạng từ chỉ tần suất Ý nghĩa
Always Luôn luôn (ở mức 100%)
Usually Thường xuyên (mức 90%)
Often Thường thường (mức 70%)
Sometimes Đôi khi, đôi lúc (mức 50%)
Never Không bao giờ (mức 0%)
∑ She always gets up late. (Cô ấy luôn luôn thức dậy trễ.)
∑ She often goes to the park. (Cô ấy thường đi công viên.)
∑ She sometimes eats at home. (Cô ấy thỉnh thoảng mới ăn ở nhà.)
∑ She seldom goes picnic. (Cô ấy hiếm khi đi dã ngoại.)
∑ She never plays badminton. (Cô ấy không bao giờ chơi tennis.)
Form :
1. Đứng sau động từ “tobe”
Ví dụ: I am never late for school. (Tôi không bao giờ đi học trễ)
2. Đứng trước động từ chính và đứng sau chủ từ
Ví dụ: He sometimes wash his car. (Anh ta thỉnh thoảng mới rửa xe)
3. Đứng giữa trợ động từ và động từ chính trong câu
Ví dụ:
– I have never been abroad. (Tôi chưa bao giờ đi nước ngoài)
– You should usually do your homework before going to school. (Bạn nên làm bài tập về nhà
trước khi đến lớp)
Task 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs given
make wander try on browse display
missed grow hang out bargain return
1. I __ missed ________ the start of the class because my bus was late.
2. The company is ___ bargaining ________ with growers over the price of coffee.
3. __Make________ a shopping list to prevent buying unnecessary things.
4. The trip allows you plenty of time for __browsing___________ around the shops.
5. Some people __displayed___________ their goods on stalls, while others had just put
them out on the pavement.
6. _Try on____________ the shoes to see if they fit.
7. Haven't you got anything better to do than _hanging out____________ with friends at
the shopping centre?
8. We spent the morning _wandering______________around the old part of the city.
9. The new TV broke so they ____returned________ it to the shop.
10. The villagers ___grows________ coffee and maize to sell in the market.
Task 2. Circle the correct answer.
1. Tomorrow the sun (rises/ is rising) at 6.44 and it (sets/ is setting) at 18.33.
2. I (don’t do / am not doing) anything tonight. I want to relax.
3. What time (do you meet/ are you meeting) John on Sunday?
4. This year the school (ends/ is ending) on 28 June.
5. After the reconstruction, the supermarket (opens/ is opening) on Monday again

6. I can’t help you. I (see/ am seeing) the doctor this afternoon.
7. We’ve already booked our holiday. We (go/ are going) to Rome in May.
8. Could you meet us at the airport tomorrow morning? The plane (lands/ is landing) at 10.15.
9. The piano concert (doesn’t start/ is not starting) at 8 °’clock. It’s cancelled.
10. (Do you have/ Are you having) your birthday party this week or next week? I forgot.
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the simple present, present continuous.
1. We ___ are having _____ dinner party on Friday and you’re invited. (have)
2. Most shops __ don’t open ______ in Spa until 10 am. (not open)
3. What time __ does the corner shop shut (shut)?

4. Where ___ are _____ you ___ staying _____ in Bangkok? (stay)
5. My tai-chi classes __. start ______ next week. (start)
6. Our flight in London ___lands _____ at 4 o’clock in the afternoon. (land)
7. Everything’s arranged. We ___are moving_____ house this Saturday. (move)
8. We __ are meeting ______ at Litith’s Café this afternoon at four. (meet)
9. I’m sorry. I can’t meet up this weekend. We __ are going ______ to Wales. (go)
10. Our ferry for Ibiza __ departs ______ at 6 tomorrow morning. (depart)
11. The train ___arrives_____ at 9 at night. (arrive)
12. Giovanni __is coming______ to spend the weekend with us. (come)
13. What time __do______ you _____go___ to the doctors on Wednesday? (go)
14. What time ___does_____ the film __start______? (start)
15. ____Does____ the concert ___begin_____ at 7 or 8? (begin)
Task 4. Circle the correct options in brackets.
1. She lives next door but we (rarely see / see rarely) her.
2. Her husband (sometimes goes / goes sometimes) to the bar in the evening.
3. We (always are / are always) at home on holidays.
4. Lan (frequently doesn’t play / doesn't frequently play) basketball.
5. They (hardly ever go / go hardly ever) swimming.
6. My personal doctor checks my health (hardly / regularly).
7. My friend and I take vacations together quite (never / frequently).
8. What does Mai (often do / do often) at break time?
9. (Do often you shop / Do you often shop) online?
10.(Does occasionally Tom visits / Does Tom occasionally visits) his grandmother?
Task 5. Put the adverbs in brackets in the correct place of the following sentences.
1. My mother goes to the supermarket on Saturdays. (usually)

‡ My mother usually goes to the supermarket on
Saturdays. _______________________________
2. Most children get up early on the weekends. (rarely)
‡ Most children rarely get up early on the weekends
3. She is patient when teaching her students. (always)
‡ She is always patient when teaching her students
4. Linda cooks dinner for her family. (sometimes)
‡ Linda sometimes cooks dinner for her family _
5. He jogs in the morning. (often)
‡ He often jogs in the morning ______________
6. She is sad. (seldom)
‡ She is seldom sad _______________________
7. My sister misses an episode of the Kid's Talents programme. (never)
‡ My sister never misses an episode of the Kid's Talents program
8. My father doesn't go fishing. (frequently)
‡ My father frequently doesn't go fishing ______
9. I am excited to see her. (always)
‡ I am always excited to see her _____________
10.He smiles. (hardlyever)
‡ He hardly ever smiles____________________
Task 6. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it. Tailieuchuan.vn
1. I sometimes just go shopping a few times a year since I don't enjoy it. ( ‡just sometimes)
A B C D
2. . She put on a number of dresses before deciding on one for the celebration. (‡ tried
on) A B C D
3. The farmer's market, where local farmers sell its products, is one of my mother's favorite
places to shop. A B C
D (‡ their)
4. My friend Alex has a problem with addiction on online shopping. Her purchasing power is
limitless.
A B C
D (‡ to)
5. Before deciding purchase something, customers can touch the products and tries on
clothes and shoes.
A B C D
(‡ try on)
6. Some people visit shopping centers to browse while others go there for entertain. (‡
entertainment)
A B C D
7. The summer term will begin on April 10th, so you should carefully prepare for it. (‡
begins)
A B C D
8. I only go shopping a few times a year because I am not interested it. (‡ am not
interested in)
A B C D
9. What time will the bus arrive in Seattle? (‡ does)
A B C D
10. When you will visit a famer's market, you will find a lot of fruit and vegetable. (‡ visit)
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listening to the passage and fill in the missing words.
Shopping must be one of the world’s most (1) __popular_______ hobbies. I hate it. There’s
nothing more boring than (2) wadering__________around shopping malls. What a waste of
time. I know a lot of people who like window shopping – just walking around shops without
wanting to buy anything. Crazy! My plan for shopping is ‘quickly in, quickly out’. If I have
to go shopping, I go in the morning on a weekday. This is when the stores are (3)
empty________ and you can get what you want quickly, without thousands of other (4)
__shoppers_______ getting in your way. The worst time to go shopping is on a Saturday
afternoon (5) during sale_____________ season. It seems as though all of the world’s (6)
__bargain hunters______________ are in the same store as you. I was happy when online
shopping came along. This is very relaxing.
Task 2: Listen and decideiff the statements are True (T) or False (F)
1. All the stores are under one roof.

_T_____
2. Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased with the new mall.
F______
3. It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present shopping
area. __T____
4. All of the goods in the small shops is cheaper than ones in the new stores.
__F____
5. Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close.
_T_____
A new shopping mall is opening in Nam's neighborhood today. It is very different from the
present shopping area. All the shops are under one roof. That will be very convenient,
especially during the hot and humid summer months. Customers will shop in comfort and
won't notice the weather. Some people in the neighborhood, however, are not happy about the
changes. The owners of the small stores on Tran Phu Street think the mall will take their
business. Some of the goods in the new stores will be the same as the ones in the small shops,
but the stores in the mall will offer a wider selection of products, some at cheaper prices. The
residents and store owners have been concerned about the new mall for a few months. They
have organized a community meeting in order to discuss the situation.
Tài liệu phát hành trên website Tailieuchuan.vn
SPEAKING
Task 1. Choose the correct response. Then practise the short exchanges in pairs.
1. A: Why do people often go shopping at B: a/ Because they have to park their cars.
street markets? b/ Because it’s convenient.
2. A: Is it right that people not only go to B: a/ Yes, it’s a place to meet and exchange
a traditional market to get food? information.
b/ Yes, we can get a wide range of food.
3. A: I think retailers in Viet Nam are B: a/ Oh, yes. They have much experience.
good at calculation. b/ Oh, yes. They have no math skills.
4. A: Where can I get shopping B: a/ From online shopping.
experience? b/ From a traditional market.
5. A: Why is he a shopaholic? B: a/ Because he often bargains.

b/ Because he buys a lot of junk.
6. A: Can we bargain in a supermarket? B: a/ Certainly not. They offer fixed prices.
b/ Certainly. You can see the price tags.
7. A: Why do visitors go to convenience B: a/ Because they are open all the time.
shops? b/ Because they offer fresher goods.
8. A: Why do the whole family go B: a/ Because they don’t want to leave anyone
shopping at a supermarket? at home alone.
b/ Because there are goods and entertainment
for all ages
9. A: Why don’t you bring your credit B: a/ Credit cards are not convenient now.
card? b/ I can’t use it at an open-air market.
10. A: Is it necessary to make a shopping B: a/ Yes, it helps us to save time.

list? b/ No, we buy many unnecessary things.
Task 2. Choose the most suitable response A, B, C or D to complete each of the following exchanges.
1. “Hello, I’d like to make a complaint about my internet service. – “ _________________”
A. Thank you for your service.
B. I’m sorry to hear that, what is the problem?
C. Help youself.
D. Your internet speed is very slow.
2. “I’m having some big problems on this tour. – “ _____________________”
A. What’s the matter? We are here to help you.
B. This company seems very disorganized.
C. Please, make yourself at home.
D. What don’t you like about your food?
3. I’m sorry you are having an unpleasant time. What may I help you with? – “_____________”
A. Did you enjoy your dinner?
B. I’d like to discuss some problems that I’m having here.
C. Couldn’t be better. Thank you.
D. That is very rude.
4. “Good morning, can I help you?” – “ _______________”
A. I’d like to make a complaint about my T-shirt that I bought yesterday.
B. Don’t forget to do what I have told you.
C. Not a problem, sir.
D. It is my pleasure.
5. “You shouldn’t put my bag on the ground like that. – “ _____________”
A. That’s what I think.
B. Don’t mention it.
C. I’m sorry, but it too heavy.
D. I’m grateful for your kind heart.
6.- Customer: I’m sorry to say that there’s something wrong with the charger I bought last
month.
A. Can I have a look at your bill?
B.Are you sure it’s our fault?
C. I’m sorry. I’ll exchange a new one for you.
7.- Customer: I’m not satisfied with the service that the shop assistant provided.
- Shopkeeper: ________
A. Oh, I’ll sack her.
B.I’m so sorry. Can I know what happened?
C. I’m sorry. There is nothing we can do about it.
8.- Shop assistant: What can I help you, Sir?
- Customer: ________
D. I’d like to exchange this calculator. This one doesn’t work.
E. I want to meet your boss.
F. Are you the boss of this shop?
9.- Customer: Hi, can I exchange this watch? I dropped it and now it doesn’t work.
G. That’s not my mistake.
H. I’m afraid there isn’t much we can do about it.
I. I can’t tell you how sorry I am.
10- Customer: Sorry to bother you but I hope I can get a refund for this coat.
J. Are you kidding, sir? We don’t have such a policy.
K. What’s wrong with it, Sir? Can I exchange another one for you?
L. We don’t have a policy. Customers should think carefully before picking something.
READING
Teen Shopping Habits in Vietnam
We interviewed three teens about their shopping habits. Read on to find the best tips.
Thanh, 16: “I like to shop at thrift stores. It's more fun and, of course, less expensive than
buying clothes in the shopping mall. And your clothes will be unique. Also, we already have
so much trash on our planet, so I don't think we need to buy new clothes. My top tip is to pay
attention to the brands. Some brands use quality materials, and if you see them at a thrift store,
get them quickly before someone else does.”
Vân, 15: “I buy most of my clothes from a local store near my house. I can walk there in just
a few minutes. It's much easier and less crowded than at shopping malls, and the customer
service is better. The sales assistants are friendlier and always give me good advice on what to
buy.”
Ngọc, 15: “I prefer to do my shopping at shopping malls. It's easier because my parents don't
have to take me to different stores. My advice is to be careful with money. Decide how much
you can spend,and don't spend more than that. Never buy things you don't need just because
they're on sale. My least favorite clothes are always things I bought just because they were
cheap.”
1. Where does Thanh buy her clothes?
‡ She buys her clothers at thrift stores.
2. What is Thanh’s advice for shoppers?
‡ Her advice for shoppers is to pay attention to the brands
3. Why does Van prefer a local store to shopping malls?
‡ Because it's much easier and less crowed than at shopping malls, and the customer service
is better ______________________________________
4. Why does Ngoc like shopping malls?
‡ Because her parents don't have to take her to different stores.
Task 2. Read the text and decide if the statements are true (T), false (F), or not given (NG)
Lung Phin Market is probably one of the must-visit fair in Ha Giang because it is special in
many ways.
The market only opens in the Tiger and Monkey days in a month, and is reopened after every
six days. This means if the market takes place on Tiger day this week, Monkey day is the
launching day in the next week. The fair is an occasion for 16 ethnic minorities from around
this area to gather up and have fun.
On this day, youngsters of all ages and genders dress up, travel to the fair hoping to find
themselves a good ending for their love affairs. Hmong girls dress nicely instunning floral
pattern costumes while Dao girls pick shiny pieces of jewellery so as to impress those they’re
in love with. Small kids wear new clothes and ask to go along with their parents to the fair to
Lung Phin fair offers a variety of local products. Mostly there are essential ones for ordinary
life such as rice, meat, and handmade garments. These are made by peoples in the most
meticulous way. Some sellers only bring to the fair a pair of chicken, a dozen of eggs or simply
several bundles of sugar cane, some mint honey, snow tea, or brocade.
(Adapted from: https://vietnamdiscovery.com)
Statements NG
T F
1. Lung Phin market is a special fair that visitors should come T
to.
2. The market opens only two days a month. F
3. The fair is an occasion for people to come to buy goods and T
4. Many Hmong and Dao girls find their lovers in this fair. NG
5. The products here are made in an extremely careful way. T
There are three extra words that you do not

need to use.
3.supermarkets custom 1.products produce

4. vendors 2.habit 5. range businessmen
Despite the changes in society, most of Vietnamese mothers and grandmothers still go to the
traditional markets for daily fresh (1)__ products ________. They are always fond of freshness,
and have the (2) __ habit _______of going shopping every day to prepare meals for the whole
family. Some young ladies love shopping at (3) _ supermarkets ____________, but they often
complain about the freshness of seafood there.
People often stop their motorbikes at a street-side market as it is much quicker than parking
their motorbike in the supermarket basement. They can sit on their motorbike and get food
from the street (4) __ vendors _________. Sellers in these markets often have really quick
calculation without using any calculator in hand.
Big markets are like the trading hub of the region or wholesale markets, so everything can be
found there with a wide (5) _ range _________ of goods. Wandering around a market, a tourist
can experience the lives of local people.
Read the passages and answer the questions below.
A. Match the shops with their descriptions (A - C) below. There are shops you may not need
to use.
A. Department stores B. Supermarkets E.Open-air markets

C. Corner shops D. Fair trades
(1) _C____
Britain was once known as a nation of shopkeepers, however the small shop in the UK is
almost a thing of the past. They are often run by families operating as sole traders. They usually
specialise in a small range of goods, e.g. butchers, tailors, greengrocers, newsagents etc. Prices
are often higher in these shops, as they cannot afford to buy in large quantities, and the range
of goods on offer is often small.
(2) _B____
They must have a minimum selling area of 186m2 and at least 3 check outs. They are often
situated on the edge of a town by a main road or motorway. They are mostly self-service and
sell a range of goods including groceries, clothing, electrical goods, etc.; however, their main
selling items are food and drink. Prices are generally low. Tescos, Sainsburys and Asda are
three of the largest ones in the UK.
(3) A_____
They are a collection of shops under one roof, but under the control of one firm. They sell a
wide range of goods. They usually occupy large buildings in expensive city centres. Each store
has a number of departments and each department specialises in a particular type of product
or service such as electrical goods, carpets, clothing, furniture, ... The most famous one in the
UK is probably Harrods. They also offer customer loyalty cards, or store credit cards.
(Adapted from: https://www.learnenglish.de)
B. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.
1. The word specialise in passage 1 means ________.
A. study much B. train hard
C. spend more time on D. become expert
2. If you want goods at a variety of choices and low prices, you should go to ________.
A. a department store B. a corner shop
C. a supermarket D. an open-air market
WRITING
Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences.
1. shopping malls/ I/ with/ browsing/ am interested/ wandering/ friends/ in/ hanging out/
chatting/ while/ and/ through.
‡ I am interested in hanging out with friends, chatting, and browsing through shopping malls
while wandering ____________________________________________________________
2. entertainment/often/ all ages/ these/ free/ customers/ of/ for/These/ year-round/ centres/
offer
‡ These entertainment centres offer free year-round entertainment for customers of all ages_
3. because/ a/ never/ prices/ you/ supermarket/ In/ can/ fixed/ bargain/ the/ are
‡ In a supermarket, you can never bargain because the prices are fixed _________________
4. because/ need/ dollar store/ purchase/ them/ from/ dont’/ I/ items/ don’t/ often/ the/ I
‡I don't often purchase items from the dollar store because I don't need them ____________
5. shopping centres/ to/ a lot of/ During/ decoration/ to/ see/ holidays/ people/ go/
‡ During the holidays, a lot of people go to shopping centres to see decorations __________
6. for/ I/ browsing/ am/of/ clothes/ the/ in/ online/ habit
‡ I am in the habit of browsing for clothes online_______________________________
7. bus/ to/ 9:00/ The/ that/ a/ ward Thu Duc/ says/ schedule/ is/ bus/ at/ there
‡ The bus schedule to Thu Duc ward says that there is a bus at 9:00 ________________
8. comfortable/ try/ for/ four/ are/ but/ on/ dresses/ none/I
‡ I try on four dresses, but none are comfortable for me_____________________________
1. Her income is quite low. She can’t resist buying new things. (although)
Although her income is quite low, she can't resist buying new things
____________________________________________________________________
2. Our customer service staff have to take good care of our customers. They would turn to
other brands. (otherwise)
Our customer service staff have to take good care of our customers; otherwise,
they would turn to other brands
____________________________________________________________________
3. The price tag can tell you about prices. You can still bargain and pay 20% lower than the
prices on the tags. (but)
The price tag can tell you about prices, but you can still bargain and pay 20%
lower than the prices on the tags
____________________________________________________________________
4. Many shops are offering 50% discounts before Tet. Customers seem to be very careful about
spendings as the economy is facing a downturn. (however)
Many shops are offering 50% discounts before Tet; however, customers seem to
be very careful about spendings as the economy is facing a downturn
____________________________________________________________________
5. I told the shop assistant that I was not satisfied with the product. She refused to give me a
refund. (yet)
I told the shop assistant that I was not satisfied with the product, yet she refused to give me a refund
________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________
6. It’s no trouble at all. It’s a great pleasure to know your tradition. (on the contrary)
On the contrary, it's no trouble at all; it's a great pleasure to know your tradition
____________________________________________________________________
7. The coffee shop provides free Wi-Fi. There are several high speed cable ports. (in
addition)
In addition to providing free Wi-Fi, the coffee shop has several high-speed cable ports
____________________________________________________________________
8. She first disagreed to join our shopping. She changed her mind later. (however)
She first disagreed to join our shopping; however, she changed her mind later
____________________________________________________________________
Task 3. Write a short paragraph to talk about advantages and disadvantages of online shopping
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
Online shopping comes with several advantages and disadvantages. On the positive side, one of the key benefits
is convenience. Shoppers can browse and make purchases from the comfort of their homes, saving time and
eliminating the need to travel to physical stores. The online marketplace also provides a vast array of products,
giving consumers access to a wide variety of choices. Additionally, online shopping often offers competitive prices
and the ability to easily compare products and reviews. However, there are downsides to consider. Security
concerns, such as the risk of fraud or personal information theft, exist in the online space. Furthermore, the inability
to physically examine items before purchasing may lead to dissatisfaction if the product received does not meet
expectations. Striking a balance by practicing caution, choosing reputable websites, and being aware of potential
pitfalls is essential for a positive online shopping experience.
TEST FOR UNIT 7
each question.
1. A. wrong B. store C. order D. clothes
2. A. credit B. customer C. announcement D. seller
3. A. complainted B. addicted C. divided D. expired
4. A. shopping B. return C. owner D. item
5. A. customer B. advantage C. decorate D. homemaker
6. The responsibility of a ________ is to provide customers with help and sell goods.
A. shop assistant B. dealer C. customer service D. cashier
7. I don’t know how to ________ for lower prices so I shop in supermarkets as theyhave fixed
prices.
A. negotiate B. bargain C. discuss D. beg
8. They aim to respond to all customer _____________within 24 hours.
A. illness B. dissatisfaction C. complains D. complaints
9. Take your student card with you, you will get a ________ of 30%.
A. sale B. bargain C. decrease D. discount
10.We went ________ in an antique shop and got this vase. It is good value for mymoney.
A. window shopping C. brand shopping
B. bargain hunting D. brand hunting
11. We have new shoes ________ from today. The prices are a bit high but they areworth
your money.
A.on sale B. for sale C. for buy D. under offer
12. Electronic goods are ________ at 30% this week, so I will get a new dishwasher.
A.for sale B. on discount C. on sale D. for rent
13.I like shopping in that small convenience store because they are always ________.
A.clean and clear C. chalk and cheese
B.spick and span D. bread and butter
14.I am not a shopaholic. In fact, I go shopping ________.
A. out of the blue C. once on a blue moon
B.once in a blue moon D. Monday blues
15. It has a _____________of more than $2,000.
A.price control B. price tag C. price war D. priceless
16. All the items have fixed prices on their price tag.
A. clothes B. drinks C. food D. goods
17. The market near my house is small but offers a wide range of products.
A. some B. a few C. less D. lots of
18. Most mothers love shopping at the discount shops because they offer lower prices on all
products.
A. increase B. reduction C. agreement D. extension
19. Never buy things you don’t need just because they are on sale.
A. reduce in price B. increase in price C. double in price D. halve in price
20. Kristen was well known for being a shopaholic and Tom didn't want to be anywhere near
her when she was let loose in a mall.
A. frequent shopper B. consumerist C. saver D. mallrat
21. The factory outlets ________ a special offer for all items next week as planned.
A. will give B. give C. are giving D. are going to give
22.The sale season ________ in December, so let’s wait until then. It’s just a monthfrom
now.
B. will begins B. is beginning C. begins D. is going to begin
22.The Community Fair ________ this Spring, and we have all decided to attend it
A.is held B. will be held C. will take place D. is taking place
24.________ they took their laptops to the shop, they asked for their receipts.
A. If B. When C. Since D. Because
25.My mother prefers___________at the supermarket to the market.
A. shop B. to shop C. shops D. to shopping
26.The bowl is ______ glass and paper is _________tree.
A. made from/made by B. made by/ made in
B.made of/ made by D. made of/ made from
27.I was late for work only one time last year. I’m__________late.
A. sometime B. always C. never D. rarely
28.I went through about four years of being addicted __________video games.
A. play B. to play C. to playing D. playing
29.I________eat junk food because I know it’s not healthy.
A. sometimes B. seldom C. always D. often
30.A: Do you ever drink coffee? B: Yes, but only _______, not often. Just a few times
a week.
B. usually B. sometimes C. rarely D. never
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below
31. I sometimes just go shopping a few times a year since I don't enjoy it. ( ‡just sometimes)
A B C D
32. You are still responsible for pay the shipping costs if you return an item. ( ‡ paying)
A B C D
33. My uncle often shops at dollar stores. He claims that nothing there is worthwhile
purchasing. (‡ never)
A B C D
34. You should spend your money in sale products. They will last a long time. (‡ on sale)
A B C D
35. I’m sure you will have an forgettable time when you attend traditional shopping in
Vietnam. ( unforgettable)
D
A B C
MALL OF AMERICA
The USA is famous for its skyscrapers that appear in most big cities and its huge shopping
malls. Americans love shopping there.
The Mall of America, or MOA, in Minnesota with over 520 stores is the biggest mall in the
USA. About 40 million people from many countries visit it every year. You can find everything
there from accessories and books to electronics, toys, and travel. When you get tired of
shopping, you can eat in two big food courts. 20 fast food restaurants serve a variety of dishes
and snacks. After that you can watch a movie in a 14-screen movie theatre, visit a dinosaur
museum, have fun at the indoor amusement park with roller coasters, or play golf. There is
even an aquarium with over 4,500 sea creatures including sharks. MOA has something for
everyone.
T F
36. Americans love shopping in skyscrapers in cities F
37. The Mall of America is the biggest mall in the world F
38. MOA offers shoppers a wide range of goods and services T
39. There are 20 fast food restaurants in two big food courts. F
40. There aren’t any types of entertainment for children in MOA. F
Viet Nam has a reputation for its low living costs. Thus, people, especially travellers can
shop for quality goods. People can shop in various kinds of shops, from big shopping malls to
street stores. There is a variety of different items such as clothes, silk, jewellery, handicrafts to
offer.
The top places for shopping in Viet Nam include street night markets, supermarkets and
shopping centres. Ha Noi Night Market, for example, can give shoppers unique experiences
of a night market. They can also enjoy various kinds of delicious street food such as bun thang,
La Vong grilled fish, pho, banh mi, and bun cha. Other items up for sale are T-shirts,
handicrafts, accessories, shoes, sunglasses and souvenirs, which shoppers can buy at prices as
low as 25 per cent of the originally quoted prices. Takashimaya - a famous shopping centre in
Ho Chi Minh City - offers the best products from Japan, Europe and North America right in
the heart of the city. Aeon Mall in Ha Noi, which hosts four storeys of stores ranging from
jewellery and cosmetics to shoes and clothing from top brands of the world, is another example
of an ideal shopping centre for people coming here.
Remember that bargaining is a must-learn skill here, especially in some local markets. You
will be surprised by how much you can put the prices down after bargaining successfully.
(Adapted from: https://www.holidify.com)
41.The costs of living in Viet Nam are ________.
A. high B. low C. exceptionally high D. of
average level
42. ________ is an example of street night markets in Viet Nam.
A. Shopping mall C. Takashimaya inHo Chi Minh City
B. Ha Noi NightMarket D. Ha Noi AeonMall
43. Takashimaya in Ho Chi Minh City ________.
A.was a famous shopping centre
B.offers best traditional products
C. is on the outskirt of the city
D. has Japanese and European items to offer
44. What is closest in meaning to quoted prices?
A. Prices that customer pay.
B. Prices that shops tell customers.
C. Prices that are copied.
D. Prices that customers want to pay.
45. What should you remember when you shop in Viet Nam?
A.Go to different shopping centres C. Learn to bargain
B.Ask for a discount of 25% D. Pay 25% of the real prices
46.I don't often buy clothes online because they don't look as they do in person.
A. I don’t like purchase clothing online since it doesn't appear like what I see in person.
B. Because they don't appear like in real life, I usually purchase clothing online.
C. Because they don't look like they do in real life, I seldom ever purchase clothing online.
D. I buy rarely clothing online since it doesn't appear like what I see in person.
47.Do you usually go shopping at a speciality shop?
A. Do usually you go shopping at a speciality shop.
B. Do you frequently visit specialty stores to shop?
C. Do you go shopping at a speciality shop frequently?
D. Do you typically shopping at specialty stores?
48.Due to the supermarket's set prices, I am unable to bargain there.
A. Because the fixed prices at supermarkets, I can never haggle there.
B. Since grocery pricing are set, I can never haggle there.
C. I can never bargain at a supermarket because the prices is fixed.
D. Since grocery pricing are fixed, I never can haggle there.
49.I like spending time with friends over the weekend to browse instead of buy.
A. I enjoy getting out with friends on the weekends to browse and buy.
B. I prefer getting out with friends on the weekends to buy something.
C. I’m interested in spending time with friends to browse
D. On the weekends, I like to spend time with friends to browse instead of make purchases.
50.Let's get ready for the festival. It begins on March first.
A. Let's get ready for the festival. It will begin on March first.
B. Let's get ready for the festival. It began on March first.
C. Let's get ready for the festival. It begins on the first of March.
D. Let's get ready for the festival. It begins at March 1st.
_____The end_____
GLOBAL8 - UNIT 7: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PRONOUNCIATION
Cluster /bl/ Cluster /kl/
black /blæk/ clean / kliːn /

I. Cách phát âm
● Âm/bl/ được tạo ra bởi 2 âm/b/ và /l/

- /b/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc
mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát
âm, dây thanh sẽ rung lên.
- /l/: để đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi của hàm răng
trê. Khi phát âm, luồng hơi sẽ đi qua khoảng
trống giữa lưỡi vá khoang miệng ra ngoài.
- Kết hợp từ âm/b/ sang âm/l/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/bl/
• Âm /kl/ được kết hợp bởi 2 âm /k/ và /l/
- /k/: mở miệng, cuống lưỡi co lại, chạm
vào phần gạc mềm hay là phần trong cùng của
vòm miệng để chặn luồng khí trong miệng. Sau
đó, bật mạnh luồng khí ra khỏi miệng mà
không làm rung dây thanh trong cổ họng.
- /l/ để đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi của hàm răng
trên. Khi phát âm, luồng hơi sẽ đi qua khoảng
- Kết hợp từ âm/k/ sang âm/l/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/kl/
II. Sự khác nhau giữa /bl/ và/kl/

● Về mặt âm thanh: Sự khác biệt của cụm phụ âm /bl/ xuất phát từ sự khác biệt của vị trí
môi và lưỡi khi bật hơi phát âm âm /b/ và /k/
- Khi phát âm âm /b/ chúng ta mím môi nhẹ, còn âm /k/ chúng ta cần mở miệng.
- Với âm /b/ chúng ta để lưỡi thả lỏng như bình thường, trong khi với âm /k/ chúng ta co
cuống lưỡi lại, chạm vào phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng khí trong miệng.
- Phát âm âm /b/ làm rung dây thanh trong cổ họng nhưng âm /k/ thì không
1 A. measure B. leather C. mean D. feather

2 A. poison B. visual C. measure D. pleasure
3 A. chemical B. brochure C. mechanical D. orchid
4 A. initial B. tactical C. topical D. critical
6 A. atmosphere B. national C. aquatic D. apartment
7 A. resident B. medical C. illustrate D. electric
8 A. symbolize B. continent C. introduce D. Japanese
9 A. untreated B. measure C. pleasure D. bread
10 A. thermal B. thankful C. there D. thorough

11 A. rubbish B. product C. rubric D. cutting
12 A. warming B. protecting C. littering D. carbon
13 A. species B. recycle C. ecosystem D. renewable

14 A. forest B. toxic C. resource D. coral
15 A. campsite B. plastic C. tornado D. land
1 A. national B. physical C. arrival D. natural

3 A. aquatic B. problematic C. influential D. degradable
6 A. scientific B. fantastic C. majestic D. domestic
8 A. expect B. happen C. local D. wander
9 A. botanical B. dialectical C. economic D. alphabetic
10 A. replace B. abroad C. surprise D. nation
11 A. litter B. global C. carbon D. release
12 A. diverse B. wildlife C. toxic D. campfire
13 A. recycle B. tornado C. ecosystem D. renewable
14 A. oxygen B. dangerous C. neighborhood D. endangered
15 A. serious B. habitat C. quality D. protection
VOCABULARY



hoạt động tự làm ra, sửa chữa hoặc
DIY (do-it-yourself) (/ˌduː ɪt jəˈself/) trang trí đồ vật tại nhà
(n)



carbon footprint single-use products bulding a campfire endangered species

ecosystem saving water harmful substance picking up rubbish
plastic rubbish dumping site marine life 3Rs
1………………………….. 2. ………………………… 3. ………………………… 4. …………………………
5. ………………………… 6. ………………………… 7. ………………………… 8. …………………………

9. ………………………… 10. ……………………… 11. ……………………… 12. ………………………
ecosystem harmful substance 3Rs plastic rubbish

carbon footprint single-use tree planting endangered species
marine life extinction industrial waste dumping site
1. They are trying to protect __________________ such as saolas, dugongs, lynxes, wolfs and
several species of the vulture.
2. ______________ is one of the causes of air pollution.
3. _________________improves wildlife habitat connectivity, supports biodiversity and and
removes harmful pollutants from the air.
4. An operation is beginning to try to save a species of crocodile from ________________.
5. Science tells us that healthy _______________ provide humans with things like food, clean
water, clean air, and protection from natural disasters.
6. We should all go green by practising the ________: reduce, reuse, and recycle, which is
always encouraged by environmentalists.
7. A _______________ is anything that is contaminated and threatens the safe of man. It can be
in the form of food, water, drugs, fruits, ect…
8. Volunteers gather garbage and ________________for recycling.
9. Although _____________ plastic products are convenient, they are detrimental to the
environment.
10.A ________________is a ground for the disposal of waste materials.
11.______________ means any type or species of saltwater fish, shellfish, mollusks, coral, or
other marine animals.
12.__________________ is a term that represents the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) and
methane (CH4) released into the atmosphere.

protection pollution ecosystem corals species
littering habitat loss diversity footprint
1. Pollution can have serious effects on the balanced _____________

2. Businesses have a major role in environmental _____________.
3. With so many areas of woodland being cut down, a lot of wildlife is losing its natural
____________.
4. The sea turtle is an endangered ___________.
5. Habitat ____________ is occurring all around the world, and it’s damaging or destroying
ecosystems.
6. The company says it is responsible for the _____________in the river.
7. Flying is the biggest contribution to our carbon _____________.
8. About 60-70 per cent of _____________ growing close to the shore were broken and carried
ashore.
9. He got a ticket and was fined for ______________.
10.The project has tried to maintain the biological _____________ of this rainforest.
1. The river is heavily __________ (POLLUTE)

2. Everybody can do something to make our _____________ green. (NEIGHBOUR)
3. Could your group do a presentation on what we students can do to protect our
_____________? (ENVIRONMENTAL)
4. Last night I watched a documentary about some ____________ species in Asia.
(ENDANGER)
5. The factory dumps its ____________ waste right into the river without treating.
(INDUSTRY)
6. The music club made so much noise that the ____________ complained to its owner.
(RESIDE)
7. Are all types of pollution ____________ to the health of humans and animals? ( HARM)
8. The _____________ are concerned about the oil spills in the East Sea. (ENVIRONMENT)
9. If we use water _____________ , more people will have fresh water. (CARE)
10.You should never buy___________ made from endangered animals. ( PRODUCE)
11.A new series of educational programmes shows the ____________ of wildlife to humans.
(IMPORTANT)
12.Animals should be kept in their ____________ habitats. (NATURE)
13.Earth Hour has grown to become an international ____________ for the environment.
(MOVE)
14.We think it’s very ____________ that you’re climbing the mountain alone. (DANGER)
15.The ecosystem in Con Dao National Park is very ____________ with thousands of species.
( DIVERSITY)
GRAMMAR
I. Complex sentences with adverb clauses of time. (Câu phức với mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ
thời gian.)
1. Complex sentence (câu phức)
a. Định nghĩa: là câu có một mệnh đề độc lập và ít nhất một mệnh đề phụ thuộc. Mệnh đề độc
lập trong câu là mệnh đề chính. Câu phức được sử dụng khi ta cần bổ sung thông tin để giải thích
hoặc sửa đổi ý của mệnh đề chính trong câu.
b. Ví dụ:
Ex1: I took my dog to the vet because he was feeling sick.
(Tôi đưa con chó của tôi đến bác sĩ thú y vì nó đang ốm.)
⇨ Mệnh đề chính: “I took my dog to the vet, mệnh đề phụ:” he was feeling sick” bổ nghĩa lý
do tại sao” tôi” phải đưa chó của mình đi khám.”
Ex2: After Mary ate snacks, she got a stomachache.
( Sau khi Mary ăn vặt, cô ấy đã bị đau bụng.)
⇨ Mệnh đề chính:” She got a stomachache”, mệnh đề phụ:” Mary ate snack” đã bổ nghĩa lý
do tại sao” cô ấy đau bụng.”
1. An adverb clause ( mệnh đề trạng ngữ)
a. Định nghĩa: Là mệnh đề có chức năng ngữ pháp của một trạng ngữ (bổ nghĩa cho một mệnh
đề khác). Các mệnh đề trạng ngữ được gọi là mệnh đề phụ (là những mệnh đề không diễn tả
được một ý trọn vẹn và không thể đứng độc lập.)
b. Ví dụ:
Ex: When I finish studying, I will go abroad. ( Khi tôi học xong, tôi sẽ ra nước ngoài.)
⇨Nếu chỉ để mệnh đề trạng ngữ” When I finish studying”, thì câu sẽ không rõ nghĩa.
2. An adverb clause of time (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian)
a. Định nghĩa: là những mệnh đề bắt đầu bởi các liên từ chỉ thời gian như: while (trong khi,
trong lúc), when (vào lúc, khi), one, as soon as (ngay khi mà), till, until (cho đến khi), by the
time, before (trước khi), after (sau khi), since (kể từ khi), as long as, so long as ( chừng nào
mà),…
b. Ví dụ:
Ex1: When Mark was 13 years old, he went to Korea.
(Khi Mark 13 tuổi, anh ấy đã đến Hàn Quốc.)
Ex2: I will phone you as soon as I finish my work.
(Tôi sẽ gọi cho bạn ngay khi tôi hoàn tất công việc của mình.)
Ex3: My father was talking on the phone while my mother was helping my sister with her
homework.
(Bố tôi đang nói chuyện điện thoại trong khi mẹ tôi đang giúp em gái làm bài tập về nhà.)
c. Vị trí của mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
- Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian có thể được đặt ở đầu câu hoặc cuối câu. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ
chỉ thời gian đặt đầu câu sẽ được ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy.
Ex1: When Jennie was in Paris, she attended Paris Fashion Week.
(Khi Jennie đến Paris, cô ấy đã tham dự Tuần Lễ Thời Trang Paris.)
Ex2: He’ll wait here until she comes back. ( Anh ấy sẽ đợi ở đây cho đến khi cô ấy quay lại.)
d. Cách phối hợp động từ ở mệnh đề chính với trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian
● Thì hiện tại đơn
Main clause Conjunctions Adverb clause of time
when
after
S + V (s.future)/be going to before S + V (simple present)
as soon as
until
Examples:
- Andy will come soon. When he comes, we’ll see him.
- We’ll be able to leave for the station as soon as the bus arrives.
- Lisa will go to bed after she finishes her homework.
● Thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Main clause conjunctions Adverb clause of time
S + V (s.future)/be going to after S + V (present perfect)
Examples:
- John will go home after he has finished his work.
- Lan will work for her uncle’s company after she has graduated from college.
● Thì quá khứ đơn

when
until
S + V (simple past) as soon as S + V (simple past)
before
after
Examples:
- He said goodbye before he left.
- My father went home as soon as he finished work at the office.
- She cried after she received that award.
S + V (past continuous) when S + V (simple past)
Examples:
- Lily was talking on the phone when Linda came.
- They were having dinner when he arrived.
S + V (present perfect) since S + V (simple past)
Examples:
- I have played badminton since 7 years ago.
- They haven’t met Bob since we left school.
S + V (past perfect) by the time S + V(simple past)
before
Examples:
- He had explained everything clearly by the time we started our project.
- I had left before he came.
● Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
S + V (past continuous) while S + V(past continuous)
Examples:
- I was reading a book while my mother was cooking dinner.
- Peter and I were doing our homework while Alex and my brother were playing chess.
Task 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs given.
reduce release volunteer play turn off
raise avoid practise save pick up
1. We all need to do our part to _________ the planet.

2. Try to _________ foods which contain a lot of fat.
3. Please __________ the television before you go to bed.
4. The factory had _________a quantity of toxic waste into the sea.
5. By ____________ the 3 Rs, we can save resources for the future, and reduce the amountof
waste.
6. They will require car makers to ____________ emissions of carbon dioxide by 30%.
7. I _____________ to help clean up the beach last week.
8. The volunteers tried to ______________ litter on the rivers.
9. The campaign has succeeded in _____________ public awareness of the issue.
10. Schools ____________an important role in society.
Task 2. Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.
1. (Before / When / While) she is ready, we will leave.

2. I’ll send you a text message (until / as soon as / before) I hear from Nam.
3. (Before / After / While) she goes, she will turn off all the computers.
4. I’ll go online (while / as soon as / until) I get home.
5. (After /Before/ While) we receive your confirmation email, we will send you a link to
download the programme.
6. I have to wait (while / before / until) my mum comes home.
7. (Before / Until / When) Mr. Tan phones, please let me know.
8. Let’s play with the children (after / until / while) it is time to go.
9. He will send them an email (before/ until / as soon as) he arrives in London.
10.I will give you my reply (before / by / this time) I leave this afternoon
11.I’ll stay here (while / before/ until) Jack gets back and we’ll go together.
12.(When / Before / Until) you read his stories, you know that he’s a good writer.
13.You are too young to understand. I will explain it to you (when / before / while) you are older.
14.The children will want to go swimming (before / as soon as / until) they see the river.
15.The plane won’t take off (after / until / while) the clouds go off.
16.He will give you a job (when / before / until) you have enough qualifications.
17.I will finish my homework (before / until / as soon as) my father arrives home late this
evening.
18.I will do the next task (as soon as / before / by the time) I have finished the first one.
19.Mother to her son: I won’t let you watch TV (before / when / until) you finish your homework.
20.He usually surfs the Internet on his smartphone (before / after / while) he is waiting for the
bus.
Task 3. Complete the sentences with the correct form of tense of the verbs.
1. He (speak) ________ Japanese so well because he (come) ________ from Japan.
2. (you/ usually/go) ________ away for Christmas or (stay) ________ at home?
3. Look! Your friend (hold) ________ some roses. They (look) ________ lovely.
4. (you/ finish) ________ your assignment yet? - No, I _______.
5. My father usually (walk) ________ to work but now he (drive) ________ his car.
6. I (not think) ________ Mary (sleep) ________ because I can hear some noise from her
room.
7. My grandparents (bring) ________ me up since I was very small.
8. How long (Peter/ work) ________ in his firm?
9. James (always/ complain) ________. It (be) ________ hard to please him.
10. I (just realize) ________ that there are only four weeks to the end of term.
11. This is the second time I (be) ________ to London.
12. Now the children (not want) ________ to go to sleep. They (prefer) ________ their
mother to tell them bedtime stories.
13. (they/watch) a horror movie before? - Yes, they (watch) ________ a plenty of such
movies before.
14. Jim (look) ________ so tired now. He (work) ________ non-stop since the morning.
15. Where’s Mary? - She (listen) ________ new CD in her room.
16. Don’t forget to take your umbrella with today. You know It (be) ________ the raining
season now.
17. Jean always (learn) ________ English at this time every day but today she (not study) at
the moment.
18. What time (the meeting/happen) ________ tomorrow? I (not know) ________ it yet. I
(wait) ________ for the announcement.
19. Where (you/live) ________ since you moved from your old house?
20. Look! The sun (rise) ________ over the ocean. This is the most amazing scene I (ever
see) ________.
Task 4. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, c or D that needs correcting.
1. I cycle or walk to school every day instead of let my father drive me there.
A B C D
2. An ecosystem in Con Dao National Park is diverse with thousands of species.
A B C D
3. Many factories and hospitals are dumping toxic substances into rivers and lake.
A B C D
4. Before we reduce the use of single-use products, we help protect the environment.
A B C D
5. Wildlife habitats cannot be saved until we stop cutting down trees while burning
forests.
A B C D
6. If you saw litter on the street, pick it up and throw it in a rubbish bin.
A B C D
7. Natural disasters cause usually serious damage to our property and the environment.
A B C D
8. Earth Day is a day when many people gather to plant trees and cleaning up parks.
A B C D
9. Habitats of dangerous animals are damaged by human activities.
A B C D
10.Con Dao National Park is rich animal species and is important for their preservation.
A B C D
11.Saving natural resources is of great important to every country.
A B C D
12.I’ll go to supermarket after my mother will come home.
A B C D
13.I am going to speak with the boss when the meeting end
A B C D
14.Peter realized he had forgotten to knock on the door before he had left school.
A B C D
15.Before leaving, you should turn on the light to save energy.
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and decide if the statements are True ( T) or False(F)
1. A flood is land covered by water that is not usually covered by water. ______
2. Unless a flood causes some kind of financial damage or loss of life to humans or livestock,
it’s not considered a significant flood. _____
3. Floods is the most catastrophic of natural disasters. _______
4. Flood often cause loss of life and cause emotional trauma. _______
5. Floods affect not only human life but also destroy property. _______
Task 2: Listen and complete each gap in the table with ONE or TWO word from the recording.
Clean-up Team Clean the central (1) _________

● Pick up rubbish, bottles, and (2) _______
bags
● Water small trees and flowers
Donation Team Collect used items
(3) ________ the items and put them into correct
bags.
Media Team (4) _________ photos of the event on the club’s
website
Make (5) __________ for the club’s future
activities.
SPEAKING
Task 1. Match each of the sentences in box A with the corresponding response in box B.
Column A Column B
1. I live right around 13th street. 1- A. It is the presence of toxic chemicals

in soil.
2. You should update both accounts by 2- B. It is long-term changes in
next Monday. temperature
3. What do you mean by” soil 3- C. Sorry, was that thirtieth or thirteenth?
pollution”?
4. Could you explain what you mean 4- D. It is the total amount of greenhouses
by” carbon footprint”? gases that are generated by our
actions.
5. What does” climate change” mean? 5- E. Sorry, do you mean Monday the 14th,
or Monday the 21st?
6. I advise you not to use plastic bags. 6- F. I don’t get your idea. Can you be
They are harmful for the more specific?
environment.
7. How is climate change affecting our 7- G. Cut down on things that produce
weather? greenhouse gases.
8. What can individuals do to help 8- H. It is making places warmer or
combat climate change? colder.
Task 2. Put the sentences into the correct order to make a conversation.
Write questions for the underlined parts.
_____Recycling is important too. It reduces waste and saves resources.

_____Right, using less plastic is good. It helps keep our oceans clean.
_____That’s an easy thing to do. It saves electrictity and reduces pollution.
_____Hey, have you noticed how importan it is to take care of the environment?
_____And we should also save energy by turning off lights when leave a room.
_____True, when we recycle, we can make new things from old ones.
_____Yeah, trees are like nature’s air purifiers. They absorb carbon dioxide.
_____Definitely. One way we can help is by reducing our use of plastic.
_____Another thing is planting trees.Trees help clean the air.
_____Yeah, it’s super important. We need to protect the Earth
READING
You can help protect the environment through wise shopping.

Firstly, buy sustainable products. Plastic is one of the most significant contributors to
soil and water pollution, endangering both the land and water life. Fish and animals often
eat plastic because they mistake it as food. So, when you’re buying school supplies like
folders and pens, or buying toys and home accessories, try to look for more eco-friendly
alternatives. For example, buy a reusable bottle for water instead of bottled water. It’s not
only cheaper but also much better for the environment.
Secondly, only buy what you need. Think about your purchasing habits. Do you buy too
many products? Can you do without some of the things that you often buy? Are you a
responsible consumer? Simply buying more because of tempting offers or discounts will
actually cost us and the environment more. By buying only what you need, you reduce the
amount of waste, and thus pollution. As natural resources are limited, our big consumption
can contribute to exhausting them.
1. Why is plastic not environment-friendly?

…………………………………………………………………………
2. What products should we look for when we buy school or home supplies?
…………………………………………………………………………
3. What may make people buy more than they need?
…………………………………………………………………………
4. What does big consumption lead to?
…………………………………………………………………………
5. What does ‘eco-friendly’ mean?
…………………………………………………………………………
Earth Day Network's mission is to diversify, educate and activate the environmental movement
worldwide. More (1) _____________1 billion people now participate in Earth Day activities (2)
_____________ year. This can make it the largest observance in the world. Members of this
organization (3)_____________ through a combination of education, public policy, and consumer
campaigns.
The first Earth Day (4)_____________ April 22, 1970, activated 20 million Americans from
all walks of life and is widely (5) _____________ with launching the modern environmental
movement. The passage of the landmark Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Endangered Species
Act and (6)_____________ other ground-breaking environmental laws soon followed. Twenty
years (7)_____________, Earth Day went global, mobilizing 200 million people in 141 countries
and lifting environmental issues onto the world stage. Now, this day is becoming (8)
_____________and more popular in over the world.
1. A. of B. than C. then D. with
2. A. much B. many C. each D. other
3. A. to work B. works C. working D. work
4. A. on B. in C. at D. until
5. A. credit B. credits C. credited D. crediting
6. A. much B. many C. little D. few
7. A. later B. latest C. late D. lately
8. A. many B. much C. most D. more
Task 3. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow
Clean Up Australia Day

Grace Rees has recently taken part in Clean Up Australia Day. She spent the day collecting drinks
containers, sweet wrappers and small pieces of paper from a beach near her home.
Grace has been involved in this event for about five years now. ‘I’ve always done it with my
school, but this year my friends and I decided to register as our own group. We think it’s good not
only to pick up the rubbish, but to bring people’s attention to the fact that there is a lot of rubbish
out there. If you do it with friends and family, then it means you can have fun and do something
useful at the same time. It’s an important thing to do. We have such a beautiful environment, and
rubbish spoils it.’
The first Clean Up Day event took place in Sydney in 1989, when Australian Ian Kiernan, who
had just sailed around the world, decided to take action for something he felt strongly about:
the amount of plastic pollution in ocean (1)____________. He was worried that the polluted seas
were affecting sea (2)____________and that this was leading to some of them becoming
(3)____________.
The following year, the day became known as Clean Up Australia Day, and people all over the
continent joined in to collect rubbish. Every year, more and more of the (4) ____________take
part, and today it is one of the most successful community events which improve the
(5)____________.
In 2000, the event became Clean Up The World and over 40 million volunteers from over 120
countries took pan IO change the look of the (6)____________, getting rid of huge amounts of
rubbish.
k 1. Read the last three paragraphs of the text, and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each
gap.
1. A. places B. habitats C. locations D. societies
2. A. creatures B. bodies C. pets D. things
3. A. gone B. disappearedC. endangered D. warned
4. A. human B. person C. man D. population
5. A. environment B. climate C. situation D. location
6. A. view B. scenery C. landscape D. picture
Task 2. Read the text and choose the correct answers.
1. What is Grace’s attitude towards Clean Up Australia Day?
A. She doesn’t particularly enjoy the tasks she has to do.
B. She thinks schools should allow students time off to take part in it.
C. She sees it as an opportunity to tell other people about rubbish problems.
2. Ian Kiernan began the event because____________.
A. he realised that some sea creatures had disappeared.
B. he thought people were using too much plastic
C. he noticed that other countries were much cleaner
3. Which comment best describes the Clean Up Australia Day event?
A. It’s a great day for the families to meet up to discuss their problems.
B. It’s a time when people listen to Ian Kiernan’s talk about the environment.
C. It’s a period of time when people work together to achieve something good
Air pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other
sources create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution
threatens the health of the people who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution
when they are poured into the waterways. These wastes kill fish and make some areas
unfit for swimming. In addition, many large cities have difficulties in disposing of their
1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution. ___________
2. Air pollution doesn’t endanger people’s health in some cities. __________
3. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities. __________
4. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution. ___________
5. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only.__________
WRITING
Task 1. Use the connector provided at the end of each group of sentences to combine them into one.
1. Everybody in the Green Team was present. We started cleaning the beach. (when)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
2. You are brushing your teeth. Don’t let the water run. (while)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. The fire brigade got the news of the forest fire. They came. (as soon as)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. We picked up all the litter in the stadium. The stadium was clean. (until)
…………………………………………………………………………
5. He turned off all the lights and electric devices. He left the house. (before)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Phong was in New York. He stayed with his cousin. (when)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
7. We must join hands to save our environment. It’s too late! (before)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Hoa heard the news about the disaster. She phoned to tell me. (As soon as)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
9. He realised he didn’t have enough cash with him. He didn’t buy the suit. (When)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
10.At 4 p.m. yesterday, my mother was cleaning the house. I was looking after myyounger
brother. (while)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
11.You are in Ha Noi again. You must come and see us then. (when)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
12.He finds somewhere to live. Then he’ll give his parents the address. (when)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
13.I do the shopping. Then I will come back home. (after)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
14.It starts raining. Let’s go home before that. (before)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
15.She must apologise to him first. He won’t speak to her until then. (until)
……………………………………………………………………………………..
Task 2. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences.
1. destroy/ and/ habitats/ a lot of/ burning/ Cutting/ forests/ trees/ wildlife

2. save/ of the year/to/ We/ things/ the earth/ continue/ should/ doing/ every day

3. A volunteer/is/ protection/ organization/ my sister/ as/ for/ animal/ working/ an

4. Reduce/ dumping/ we/ pollution/ waste/ should/ lakes and rivers/ avoid/ to/

5. problems/ that/ global/ will/ think/ in the future/ people/ lots of/ warming/ cause

6. arrives/ we’ll/ as soon as/ leave/ be able to/ taxi/ for/ the/ airport/ the

7. good ways/ recycled materials/ and/ are/ made from/ products/recycling/ protect/ buying/

8. Life/ has/ air/ a/ on/ pollution/ harmful/ our/ effect

9. plastic bottles/ consumption/ should/ bags/ the/ of/ and/ single-use/ we/ products/ reduce/ like

10. visited/ I/ wildlife/ a lot/ last week/ learned/ Cuc Phuong National park/ about/ before/ I
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about activities you do on The Earth Day.
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
TESST FOR UNIT 7
PHONETICS
Exercise 1: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other
three in each question.
1. A. fish B. animal C. picture D. ideal
2. A. polluted B. played C. earned D. died
3. A. factory B. dirty C. laundry D. dry
Exercise 2: Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in
each question.
4. A. pollution B. presentation C. tradition D. intention
5. A. aquatic B. continue C. illustrate D. environment
VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR
Exercise 3: Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.
6. I think the waste from the factory has __________ the lake.
A. damaged B. pollution C. polluted D. damage
7. If the factory continues dumping poisons into the lake, all the fish and other _________ animals
will die.
A. aquatics B. aquatic C. aquatical D. aquatically
8. He is _________ a lot because it is cold.
A. sneezes B. sneeze C. sneezed D. sneezing
9. Don’t drink that water! It’s __________.
A. contaminated B. contamination C. contaminant D. contaminating
10. A huge amount of _________ chemical waste is dumped into the lake.
A. poison B. poisoning C. poisonous D. poisons
11. The crop was severely ________ by the acid rain.
A. damaged B. poisoned C. polluted D. contaminated
12. Many people _________ litter on the streets.
A. pay B. give C. catch D. throw
13. When _________ pollution happens, the water temperature in streams, rivers and lakes, or
oceans changes.
A. water B. thermal C. temperature D. heat
14. The sight of too many telephones poles, advertising billboards, overhead power lines, or shop
signs may cause _______.
A. light pollution B. air pollution C. visual pollution D. sight pollution
15. Many children around the world are suffering from birth defects because their parents are
_________ to radiation.
A. worked B. exposed C. expressed D. supposed
16. The supply is being tested for contamination.

A. population B. pollution C. combining D. containing
17. The fumes from vehicles is a contributing factor to make people cough.
A. noise B. fuel C. exhaust D. water
18. Several new botanical species have been killed in the last year because of water and soil
pollution.
A. mammals B. plants C. insects D. flowers
19. Cutting trees and burning forests destroy a lot of wildlife habitats.
A. Reducing B. Decreasing C. Carving D. Planting
20. Many wildlife animals are highly endangered these days.
A. at risk B. recommended C. safe D. expensive
21. They were fined for illegally ______________ waste into the river.
A. treating B. dumping C. dealing with D. creating
22. The air becomes polluted ________ we release too much carbon dioxide into it.
A. before B. while C. until D. when
23. How long did the villagers have to wait ________ the rescue team arrived?
A. while B. before C. after D. as soon as
24. ________ my family applied the Save Our Energy rules, our monthly use of
electricitywent down.
A. Until B. After C. While D. Till
25. You can’t camp here ________ you get a permit from the local authorities.
A. until B. when C. after D. as soon as
26. The cold weather in this country often makes him ________.
A. sneezing B. sneeze C. to sneeze D. sneezed
27. _______ there was a lot of acid rain, many botanical species died last year.
A. Since B. Cause C. Although D. So
28. ________ we put dustbins in public places, we saw the difference. There was muchless
littering.
A. While B. As soon as C. Till D. Before
29. If the villagers didn’t dump households waste into the river, it _______ less contaminated
now.
A. will be B. is C. could be D. being
30. If Hoa ________ ill, she would join our activity to protect the local environment.
A. wasn’t B. weren’t C. isn’t D. Both A&B
Exercise 5: Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
31. Water pollution(A) is the contamination of bodies(B) of water(C) such(D) lakes, rivers,
oceans, and groundwater.
32. Polluted(A) water also cause(B) the death(C) of aquatic(D) animals like fish or crabs.
33. If we didn’t(A) do nothing(B) to stop global warming, we would(C) see big changes(D) in
the future.
34. People in our area are all(A) aware about(B) this problem, and we are thinking of(C) some
ways to(D) to solve it.
35. I think I would(A) knock on(B) their door and explained(C) that it was polluting(D) the area.
READING
Exercise 6: Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True(T) or False(F).
Environmental pollution is one of the impacts of human activities on the Earth. There are
four types of pollution, namely, air pollution, soil pollution, water pollution and noise pollution.
Most of the air pollution results from the burning of fossil fuels, motor vehicles, factories,
aircraft and rockets. This can cause acid rain which damages water, soil, and plants. Air pollution
also contributes to the greenhouse effect.
Soil pollution is a result of dumping plastic or other waste in the ground and the overuse of
chemicals in growing crops. The long-term effects of soil pollution are contaminated vegetation
and the decrease of soil fertility.
Water pollution is a result of dumping pollutants such as oil and other chemicals in rivers,
which makes the water unclean or contaminated. Rubbish blockages in rivers can also cause
pollution.
The effects of water pollution include the destruction of rivers, lakes and the pollution of
groundwater, surface water and seawater.
Noise pollution is caused by loud and annoying sounds of motor vehicles, railway, aircraft
and jet engines, factory machinery and musical instruments. It can cause stress and psychological
and health problems for humans such as increased heart rate and hearing damage.
Environmental pollution is becoming an increasingly serious problem or threat that needs to
be taken care of as soon as possible, not only for the sake of the environment, but also for the
people that live in it.
(Source: Adapted from Time and date)
T F
36. Environmental pollution results from natural disasters.
37. The greenhouse effect is a result of water pollution.
38. Water pollutants such as oil and other chemicals and rubbish blockages
in river make contaminated.
39. Noise pollution can increase heart rate and damage hearing.
40. Environmental pollution needs to be taken care to protect the
environment and the people that live in it.
Exercise 7: Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best
answers each of the questions below.
Pollution is any contamination of the environment which causes harm to the
environment or the inhabitants of the environment. There are three main kinds of pollution.
Air pollution can be caused by liquids, or gases that make the air harmful to
breathe. There are two main types of air pollution: primary and secondary. Primary pollutants
enter the air directly, like smoke from factories and car exhaust. Secondary pollutants are
chemicals that mix together to pollute the air, like mixtures of emissions from vehicles and
factory smoke that change to form more dangerous pollutants in the air and sunlight.
Soil pollution can be caused by pesticides, leakage from chemical tanks, oil spills,
and other chemicals which get into the soil by dumping or accidental contamination. Soil
pollution can also cause water pollution when underground water becomes contaminated by
coming into contact with the polluted soil.
Water pollution can be caused by waste products, sewage, oil spills, and litter in
streams, rivers, lakes, and oceans. Some scientists believe that water pollution is the largest
cause of death and disease in the world, causing about 14,000 deaths in the world each day.
It is not possible for anyone to predict the exact timing and effects of global,
pollution and global climate change brought about by pollution. There, is general agreement by
scientists that the global climate will continue to change, the intensity of weather elfects will
continue to increase, and some species of animals will become extinct.
(Adapted from BBC)
41. What is the most suitable title for the passage?
A. Solutions to pollution
B. Environmental issues
C. Causes and effects of pollution
D. Environmental impacts
42. What kind of pollution is considered as the cause of the most death and disease?
A. Air pollution
B. Water pollution
C. Soil pollution
D. None of the above
43. What is NOT a cause of soil pollution?
A. Chemicals
B. Exhaust fumes
C. Oil sprills
D. Pesticides
44. What kind of pollution may oil sprills cause?
A. Air pollution
B. Water pollution
C. Soil pollution
D. Both B and C are correct
45. According to the agreement of scientists, what is NOT environmental effect caused by
pollution?
A. Global climate change
B. Intensity of weather effects
C. Animal extinction
D. Disappearance of the rainforests.
WRITING
Exercise 8: Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root
sentence or best combines the two given sentences.
46. A garden party is going to be organised to raise money for the victims of the flood.
A. They are going to organise a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
B. They are going to organised a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
C. They are going to organising a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
D. They are going to be organised a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
47. If we want to save wild animals, we need to stop all illegal hunting of them.
A. Hunting wild animals because we want to save them.
B.We won't save wild animals unless we stop all illegal hunting of them.
C. We want to save wild animals if we need to stop all illegal hunting of them.
D. We need to stop all illegal hunting wild animals when we can save them.
48. My mom doesn’t use plastic bags instead of reusable cloth bags to help protect the
environment.
A. My mom doesn’t use reusable cloth bags instead of plastic bags to help protect the
environment.
B. To help protect the environment, my mom avoids using reusable cloth bags.
C. My mom doesn’t like plastic bags instead of reuable cloth bags to help protect the
environment.
D. To help protect the environment, my mom doesn’t use plastic bags instead of reusable cloth
bags.
49. I can’t buy this house because il is quite expensive.
A. If the house is quite expensive, 1 can buy it.
B. If the house is not quite cheap, 1 will buy it.
C. If the house wasn’t quite expensive, 1 couldn't buy it.

D. None is correct
50. I wrote a letter to my neighbours because they littered near my house.
A. Because of littering near my house, I wrote a letter to my neighbours.
B. Because of littering near my house, my neighbours wrote me a letter.
C. Since littering near my house, I wrote a letter to my neighbours.
D. I wrote a letter to my neighbours due to the fact that they tittered near my house.
GLOBAL8 - UNIT 7: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PRONOUNCIATION
Cluster /bl/ Cluster /kl/
black /blæk/ clean / kliːn /

I. Cách phát âm
● Âm/bl/ được tạo ra bởi 2 âm/b/ và /l/

- /b/: mím nhẹ hai môi lại và nâng phần ngạc
mềm để chặn luồng hơi trong khoang miệng,
rồi mở miệng bật hơi từ phía trong ra. Khi phát
âm, dây thanh sẽ rung lên.
- /l/: để đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi của hàm răng
trê. Khi phát âm, luồng hơi sẽ đi qua khoảng
- Kết hợp từ âm/b/ sang âm/l/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/bl/
• Âm /kl/ được kết hợp bởi 2 âm /k/ và /l/
- /k/: mở miệng, cuống lưỡi co lại, chạm
vào phần gạc mềm hay là phần trong cùng của
vòm miệng để chặn luồng khí trong miệng. Sau
đó, bật mạnh luồng khí ra khỏi miệng mà
không làm rung dây thanh trong cổ họng.
- /l/ để đầu lưỡi chạm vào lợi của hàm răng
trên. Khi phát âm, luồng hơi sẽ đi qua khoảng
- Kết hợp từ âm/k/ sang âm/l/ chúng ta được
cụm phụ âm/kl/
Bản word phát hành trên website Tailieuchuan.vn

II. Sự khác nhau giữa /bl/ và/kl/
● Về mặt âm thanh: Sự khác biệt của cụm phụ âm /bl/ xuất phát từ sự khác biệt của vị trí
môi và lưỡi khi bật hơi phát âm âm /b/ và /k/
- Khi phát âm âm /b/ chúng ta mím môi nhẹ, còn âm /k/ chúng ta cần mở miệng.
- Với âm /b/ chúng ta để lưỡi thả lỏng như bình thường, trong khi với âm /k/ chúng ta co
cuống lưỡi lại, chạm vào phần ngạc mềm để chặn luồng khí trong miệng.
- Phát âm âm /b/ làm rung dây thanh trong cổ họng nhưng âm /k/ thì không.
-
1 A. measure B. leather C. mean D. feather

2 A. poison B. visual C. measure D. pleasure
3 A. chemical B. brochure C. mechanical D. orchid
4 A. initial B. tactical C. topical D. critical
6 A. atmosphere B. national C. aquatic D. apartment
7 A. resident B. medical C. illustrate D. electric
8 A. symbolize B. continent C. introduce D. Japanese
9 A. untreated B. measure C. pleasure D. bread
10 A. thermal B. thankful C. there D. thorough

11 A. rubbish B. product C. rubric D. cutting
12 A. warming B. protecting C. littering D. carbon
13 A. species B. recycle C. ecosystem D. renewable

14 A. forest B. toxic C. resource D. coral
15 A. campsite B. plastic C. tornado D. land
1 A. national B. physical C. arrival D. natural

3 A. aquatic B. problematic C. influential D. degradable
6 A. scientific B. fantastic C. majestic D. domestic
8 A. expect B. happen C. local D. wander
9 A. botanical B. dialectical C. economic D. alphabetic
10 A. replace B. abroad C. surprise D. nation
11 A. litter B. global C. carbon D. release
12 A. diverse B. wildlife C. toxic D. campfire
13 A. recycle B. tornado C. ecosystem D. renewable
14 A. oxygen B. dangerous C. neighborhood D. endangered
15 A. serious B. habitat C. quality D. protection
VOCABULARY



hoạt động tự làm ra, sửa chữa hoặc
DIY (do-it-yourself) (/ˌduː ɪt jəˈself/) trang trí đồ vật tại nhà
(n)



carbon footprint single-use products bulding a campfire endangered species

ecosystem saving water harmful substance picking up rubbish
plastic rubbish dumping site marine life 3Rs
1bulding a campfire 2. saving water 3. carbon footprint 4.endangered species

………………………….. ………………………… ………………………… …………………………
5. picking up rubbish 6. … ecosystem 7. … harmful 8. …3Rs

………………………… ……………………… substance ………………………
………………………
9. plastic rubbish 10.single-use 11. dumping site 12. marine life
………………………… products ……………………… ………………………
………………………
ecosystem harmful 3Rs plastic rubbish

substance
carbon footprint single-use tree planting endangered
species
marine life extinction industrial waste dumping site
1. They are trying to protect endangered species such as saolas, dugongs, lynxes, wolves, and several species of
the vulture.
2. Industrial waste is one of the causes of air pollution.
3. Tree planting improves wildlife habitat connectivity, supports biodiversity, and removes harmful pollutants
from the air.
4. An operation is beginning to try to save a species of crocodile from extinction.
5. Science tells us that healthy ecosystems provide humans with things like food, clean water, clean air, and
protection from natural disasters.
6. We should all go green by practicing the 3Rs: reduce, reuse, and recycle, which is always encouraged by
environmentalists.
7. A harmful substance is anything that is contaminated and threatens the safety of man. It can be in the form of
food, water, drugs, fruits, etc.
8. Volunteers gather garbage and plastic rubbish for recycling.
9. Although single-use plastic products are convenient, they are detrimental to the environment.
10. A dumping site is a ground for the disposal of waste materials.
11. Marine life means any type or species of saltwater fish, shellfish, mollusks, coral, or other marine animals.
12. Carbon footprint is a term that represents the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) and methane (CH4) released
into the atmosphere.
protection pollution ecosystem corals species

littering habitat loss diversity footprint
1. Pollution can have serious effects on the balanced ecosystem.
2. Businesses have a major role in environmental protection.
3. With so many areas of woodland being cut down, a lot of wildlife is losing its natural habitat.
4. The sea turtle is an endangered species.
5. Habitat loss is occurring all around the world, and it’s damaging or destroying ecosystems.
6. The company says it is responsible for the pollution in the river.
7. Flying is the biggest contribution to our carbon footprint.
8. About 60-70 per cent of corals growing close to the shore were broken and carried ashore.
9. He got a ticket and was fined for littering.
10.The project has tried to maintain the biological diversity of this rainforest.
1. The river is heavily polluted.

2. Everybody can do something to make our neighborhood green.
3. Could your group do a presentation on what we students can do to protect our environment?
4. Last night I watched a documentary about some endangered species in Asia.
5. The factory dumps its industrial waste right into the river without treating.
6. The music club made so much noise that the residents complained to its owner.
7. Are all types of pollution harmful to the health of humans and animals?
8. The environmentalists are concerned about the oil spills in the East Sea.
9. If we use water carefully, more people will have fresh water.
10.You should never buy products made from endangered animals.
11.A new series of educational programmes shows the importance of wildlife to humans.
12.Animals should be kept in their natural habitats.
13.Earth Hour has grown to become an international movement for the environment.
14.We think it’s very dangerous that you’re climbing the mountain alone.
15.The ecosystem in Con Dao National Park is very diverse with thousands of species.
GRAMMAR
I. Complex sentences with adverb clauses of time. (Câu phức với mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ
thời gian.)
1. Complex sentence (câu phức)
a. Định nghĩa: là câu có một mệnh đề độc lập và ít nhất một mệnh đề phụ thuộc. Mệnh đề độc
lập trong câu là mệnh đề chính. Câu phức được sử dụng khi ta cần bổ sung thông tin để giải thích
hoặc sửa đổi ý của mệnh đề chính trong câu.
b. Ví dụ:
Ex1: I took my dog to the vet because he was feeling sick.
(Tôi đưa con chó của tôi đến bác sĩ thú y vì nó đang ốm.)
⇨ Mệnh đề chính: “I took my dog to the vet, mệnh đề phụ:” he was feeling sick” bổ nghĩa lý
do tại sao” tôi” phải đưa chó của mình đi khám.”
Ex2: After Mary ate snacks, she got a stomachache.
( Sau khi Mary ăn vặt, cô ấy đã bị đau bụng.)
⇨ Mệnh đề chính:” She got a stomachache”, mệnh đề phụ:” Mary ate snack” đã bổ nghĩa lý
do tại sao” cô ấy đau bụng.”
1. An adverb clause ( mệnh đề trạng ngữ)
a. Định nghĩa: Là mệnh đề có chức năng ngữ pháp của một trạng ngữ (bổ nghĩa cho một mệnh
đề khác). Các mệnh đề trạng ngữ được gọi là mệnh đề phụ (là những mệnh đề không diễn tả
được một ý trọn vẹn và không thể đứng độc lập.)
b. Ví dụ:
Ex: When I finish studying, I will go abroad. ( Khi tôi học xong, tôi sẽ ra nước ngoài.)
⇨Nếu chỉ để mệnh đề trạng ngữ” When I finish studying”, thì câu sẽ không rõ nghĩa.
2. An adverb clause of time (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian)
a. Định nghĩa: là những mệnh đề bắt đầu bởi các liên từ chỉ thời gian như: while (trong khi,
trong lúc), when (vào lúc, khi), one, as soon as (ngay khi mà), till, until (cho đến khi), by the
time, before (trước khi), after (sau khi), since (kể từ khi), as long as, so long as ( chừng nào
mà),…
b. Ví dụ:
Ex1: When Mark was 13 years old, he went to Korea.
(Khi Mark 13 tuổi, anh ấy đã đến Hàn Quốc.)
Ex2: I will phone you as soon as I finish my work.
(Tôi sẽ gọi cho bạn ngay khi tôi hoàn tất công việc của mình.)
Ex3: My father was talking on the phone while my mother was helping my sister with her
homework.
(Bố tôi đang nói chuyện điện thoại trong khi mẹ tôi đang giúp em gái làm bài tập về nhà.)
c. Vị trí của mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
- Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian có thể được đặt ở đầu câu hoặc cuối câu. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ
chỉ thời gian đặt đầu câu sẽ được ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy.
Ex1: When Jennie was in Paris, she attended Paris Fashion Week.
(Khi Jennie đến Paris, cô ấy đã tham dự Tuần Lễ Thời Trang Paris.)
Ex2: He’ll wait here until she comes back. ( Anh ấy sẽ đợi ở đây cho đến khi cô ấy quay lại.)
d. Cách phối hợp động từ ở mệnh đề chính với trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian
● Thì hiện tại đơn
when
after
S + V (s.future)/be going to before S + V (simple present)
as soon as
until
Examples:
- Andy will come soon. When he comes, we’ll see him.
- We’ll be able to leave for the station as soon as the bus arrives.
- Lisa will go to bed after she finishes her homework.
● Thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Main clause conjunctions Adverb clause of time
S + V (s.future)/be going to after S + V (present perfect)
Examples:
- John will go home after he has finished his work.
- Lan will work for her uncle’s company after she has graduated from college.
● Thì quá khứ đơn

when
until
S + V (simple past) as soon as S + V (simple past)
before
after
Examples:
- He said goodbye before he left.
- My father went home as soon as he finished work at the office.
- She cried after she received that award.
S + V (past continuous) when S + V (simple past)
Examples:
- Lily was talking on the phone when Linda came.
- They were having dinner when he arrived.
S + V (present perfect) since S + V (simple past)
Examples:
- I have played badminton since 7 years ago.
- They haven’t met Bob since we left school.
S + V (past perfect) by the time S + V(simple past)
before
Examples:
- He had explained everything clearly by the time we started our project.
- I had left before he came.
● Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
S + V (past continuous) while S + V(past continuous)
Examples:
- I was reading a book while my mother was cooking dinner.
- Peter and I were doing our homework while Alex and my brother were playing chess.
Task 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs given.
reduce release volunteer play turn off

raise avoid practise save pick up
1. We all need to do our part to protect the planet.

2. Try to avoid foods which contain a lot of fat.
3. Please turn off the television before you go to bed.
4. The factory had dumped a quantity of toxic waste into the sea.
5. By practicing the 3 Rs, we can save resources for the future and reduce the amount of waste.
6. They will require car makers to reduce emissions of carbon dioxide by 30%.
7. I volunteered to help clean up the beach last week.
8. The volunteers tried to remove litter on the rivers.
9. The campaign has succeeded in raising public awareness of the issue.
10.Schools play an important role in society.
Task 2. Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.
1. When she is ready, we will leave.

2. I’ll send you a text message as soon as I hear from Nam.
3. Before she goes, she will turn off all the computers.
4. I’ll go online when I get home.
5. After we receive your confirmation email, we will send you a link to download the programme.
6. I have to wait until my mum comes home.
7. When Mr. Tan phones, please let me know.
8. Let’s play with the children until it is time to go.
9. He will send them an email as soon as he arrives in London.
10. I will give you my reply before I leave this afternoon.
11. I’ll stay here until Jack gets back, and we’ll go together.
12. When you read his stories, you know that he’s a good writer.
13. You are too young to understand. I will explain it to you when you are older.
14. The children will want to go swimming as soon as they see the river.
15. The plane won’t take off until the clouds go away.
16. He will give you a job when you have enough qualifications.
17. I will finish my homework before my father arrives home late this evening.
18. I will do the next task as soon as I have finished the first one.
19. Mother to her son: I won’t let you watch TV until you finish your homework.
20. He usually surfs the Internet on his smartphone while he is waiting for the bus.
Task 4. Complete the sentences with the correct form of tense of the verbs.
1. He speaks Japanese so well because he comes from Japan.
2. Do you usually go away for Christmas or do you stay at home?
3. Look! Your friend is holding some roses. They look lovely.
4. Have you finished your assignment yet? - No, I haven't.
5. My father usually walks to work but now he is driving his car.
6. I don't think Mary is sleeping because I can hear some noise from her room.
7. My grandparents have brought me up since I was very small.
8. How long has Peter been working in his firm?
9. James always complains. It is hard to please him.
10.I just realized that there are only four weeks to the end of term.
11.This is the second time I have been to London.
12.Now the children don't want to go to sleep. They prefer their mother to tell them bedtime stories.
13.Have they watched a horror movie before? - Yes, they have watched plenty of such movies
before.
14.Jim looks so tired now. He has been working non-stop since the morning.
15.Where’s Mary? - She is listening to a new CD in her room.
16.Don’t forget to take your umbrella with you today. You know it is the raining season now.
17.Jean always learns English at this time every day, but today she is not studying at the moment.
18.What time is the meeting happening tomorrow? I don't know yet. I am waiting for the
announcement.
19.Where have you been living since you moved from your old house?
20.Look! The sun is rising over the ocean. This is the most amazing scene I have ever seen.
Task 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase, A, B, c or D that needs correcting.
1. I cycle or walk to school every day instead of let my father drive me there.
A B C D
2. An ecosystem in Con Dao National Park is diverse with thousands of species.
A B C D
3. Many factories and hospitals are dumping toxic substances into rivers and lake.
A B C D
4. Before we reduce the use of single-use products, we help protect the environment.
A B C D
5. Wildlife habitats cannot be saved until we stop cutting down trees while burning
forests.
A B C D
6. If you saw litter on the street, pick it up and throw it in a rubbish bin.
A B C D
7. Natural disasters cause usually serious damage to our property and the environment.
A B C D
8. Earth Day is a day when many people gather to plant trees and cleaning up parks.
A B C D
9. Habitats of dangerous animals are damaged by human activities.
A B C D
10.Con Dao National Park is rich animal species and is important for their preservation.
A B C D
11.Saving natural resources is of great important to every country.
A B C D
12.I’ll go to supermarket after my mother will come home.
A B C D
13.I am going to speak with the boss when the meeting end
A B C D
14.Peter realized he had forgotten to knock on the door before he had left school.
A B C D
15.Before leaving, you should turn on the light to save energy.
A B C D
LISTENING
Task 1: Listen and decide if the statements are True ( T) or False(F)
1. A flood is land covered by water that is not usually covered by water. ___T____
2. Unless a flood causes some kind of financial damage or loss of life to humans or livestock, it’s not considered a significant
flood. ___T__
3. Floods is the most catastrophic of natural disasters. ___F____
4. Flood often cause loss of life and cause emotional trauma. ___T____
5. Floods affect not only human life but also destroy property. ___ ____
A flood is land covered by water that is not usually covered by water. This means that any time a river,
lake, or other body of water overflows its banks, it’s technically flooding. However, most people think
of the more catastrophic types of floods, as those are the type that cause widespread damage and loss
of life. Unless a flood causes some kind of financial damage or loss of life to humans or livestock,
it’s not considered a significant flood.
Because so much of the damage inflicted by floods has long-lasting consequences, floods are among
the most catastrophic of natural disasters. Flood often results in loss of life and cause emotional
trauma for those who have gone through it. Even if people have not been directly affected by the loss
of life, losing property, houses, or land can cause physiological damage. Especially if the people
affected are unable to rebuild due to the houses being too badly damage, farm land being inundated
with salt water, or lack of resources to rebuild, many find the recovery to be more than just physical.
Task 2: Listen and complete each gap in the table with ONE or TWO word from the recording.
Clean-up Team Clean the central (1) _park________

● Pick up rubbish, bottles, and (2)
_plastic______ bags
● Water small trees and flowers
Donation Team Collect used items
(3) __sort______ the items and put them into
correct bags.
Media Team (4) __Post_______ photos of the event on the
club’s website
Make (5) _suggestion_________ for the club’s
future activities.
Welcome to our club meeting. As you know, we are organising a Go Green Weekend event
next Sunday. Before presenting the event schedule, let me briefly tell you about the teams and
activities. There will be three teams. Each team will take care of one specific task.
The Clean-up Team will be responsible for cleaning the central park in our town. They will pick
up rubbish, bottles, plastic bags, anything that's lying around. They will also water small trees
and flowers in the park.
The Donation Team will collect used items from local people. Then they will have to sort and
put them into the correct bags. This will make delivery much easier and will also help reach the
people who need these items quickly.
The Media Team will be responsible for reporting on the event. They will take photos of the
activities during the event and post them on the club's website. They will also write a report
which will summarise the results of the event and make suggestions for other club activities in
the future.
SPEAKING
Task 1. Match each of the sentences in box A with the corresponding response in box B.
Column A Column B
1. I live right around 13th street.

1-C A. It is the presence of toxic chemicals
in soil.
2. You should update both accounts by next 2- E B. It is long-term changes in
Monday. temperature
3. What do you mean by” soil pollution”? 3- A C. Sorry, was that thirtieth or thirteenth?
4. Could you explain what you mean by” 4- D D. It is the total amount of greenhouses
carbon footprint”? gases that are generated by our
actions.
5. What does” climate change” mean? 5- B E. Sorry, do you mean Monday the 14th,
or Monday the 21st?
6. I advise you not to use plastic bags. They are 6-F F. I don’t get your idea. Can you be more specific?
harmful for the environment.
7. How is climate change affecting 7-H G. Cut down on things that produce greenhouse
our weather? gases.
8. What can individuals do to help 8- G H. It is making places warmer or

combat climate change? colder.
Task 2. Put the sentences into thefor

Write questions correct order parts.
the underlined to make a conversation.
__9___Recycling is important too. It reduces waste and saves resources.

___3__Right, using less plastic is good. It helps keep our oceans clean.
___6__That’s an easy thing to do. It saves electrictity and reduces pollution.
___1__Hey, have you noticed how importan it is to take care of the environment?
__5___And we should also save energy by turning off lights when leave a room.
__10___True, when we recycle, we can make new things from old ones.
__8___Yeah, trees are like nature’s air purifiers. They absorb carbon dioxide.
___4__Definitely. One way we can help is by reducing our use of plastic.
__7___Another thing is planting trees.Trees help clean the air.
__2___Yeah, it’s super important. We need to protect the Earth
READING
1. Why is plastic not environment-friendly?

(Plastic is not environment-friendly) because it pollutes soil and water.
2. What products should we look for when we buy school or home supplies?
We should look for more eco-friendly products.
3. What may make people buy more than they need?
Offers and discounts.
4. What does big consumption lead to?
Big consumption can lead to reducing/exhausting our limited natural resources
5. What does ‘eco-friendly’ mean?
It means not harmful to the ecosystem/environment.
You can help protect the environment through wise shopping.

Firstly, buy sustainable products. Plastic is one of the most significant
contributors to soil and water pollution, endangering both the land and water life.
Fish and animals often eat plastic because they mistake it as food. So, when you’re
buying school supplies like folders and pens, or buying toys and home
accessories, try to look for more eco-friendly alternatives. For example, buy a
reusable bottle for water instead of bottled water. It’s not only cheaper but also
much better for the environment.
Secondly, only buy what you need. Think about your purchasing habits. Do
you buy too many products? Can you do without some of the things that you
often buy? Are you a responsible consumer? Simply buying more because of
tempting offers or discounts will actually cost us and the environment more. By
buying only what you need, you reduce the amount of waste, and thus pollution.
As natural resources are limited, our big consumption can contribute to
exhausting them.
Earth Day Network's mission is to diversify, educate and activate the environmental movement
worldwide. More (1) _____________1 billion people now participate in Earth Day activities (2)
_____________ year. This can make it the largest observance in the world. Members of this
organization (3)_____________ through a combination of education, public policy, and consumer
campaigns.
The first Earth Day (4)_____________ April 22, 1970, activated 20 million Americans from
all walks of life and is widely (5) _____________ with launching the modern environmental
movement. The passage of the landmark Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Endangered Species
Act and (6)_____________ other ground-breaking environmental laws soon followed. Twenty
years (7)_____________, Earth Day went global, mobilizing 200 million people in 141 countries
and lifting environmental issues onto the world stage. Now, this day is becoming (8)
_____________and more popular in over the world.
1. A. of B. than C. then D. with
2. A. much B. many C. each D. other
3. A. to work B. works C. working D. work
4. A. on B. in C. at D. until
5. A. credit B. credits C. credited D. crediting
6. A. much B. many C. little D. few
7. A. later B. latest C. late D. lately
8. A. many B. much C. most D. more
Task 3. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow
Clean Up Australia Day

Grace Rees has recently taken part in Clean Up Australia Day. She spent the day collecting drinks
containers, sweet wrappers and small pieces of paper from a beach near her home.
Grace has been involved in this event for about five years now. ‘I’ve always done it with my
school, but this year my friends and I decided to register as our own group. We think it’s good not
only to pick up the rubbish, but to bring people’s attention to the fact that there is a lot of rubbish
out there. If you do it with friends and family, then it means you can have fun and do something
useful at the same time. It’s an important thing to do. We have such a beautiful environment, and
rubbish spoils it.’
The first Clean Up Day event took place in Sydney in 1989, when Australian Ian Kiernan, who
had just sailed around the world, decided to take action for something he felt strongly about:
the amount of plastic pollution in ocean (1)____________. He was worried that the polluted seas
were affecting sea (2)____________and that this was leading to some of them becoming
(3)____________.
The following year, the day became known as Clean Up Australia Day, and people all over the
continent joined in to collect rubbish. Every year, more and more of the (4) ____________take
part, and today it is one of the most successful community events which improve the
(5)____________.
In 2000, the event became Clean Up The World and over 40 million volunteers from over 120
countries took pan IO change the look of the (6)____________, getting rid of huge amounts of
rubbish.
sk 1. Read the last three paragraphs of the text, and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits
each gap.
1. A. places B. habitats C. locations D. societies
2. A. creatures B. bodies C. pets D. things
3. A. gone B. disappeared C. endangered D. warned
4. A. human B. person C. man D. population
5. A. environment B. climate C. situation D. location
6. A. view B. scenery C. landscape D. picture
Task 2. Read the text and choose the correct answers.
1. What is Grace’s attitude towards Clean Up Australia Day?
A. She doesn’t particularly enjoy the tasks she has to do.
B. She thinks schools should allow students time off to take part in it.
C. She sees it as an opportunity to tell other people about rubbish problems.
2. Ian Kiernan began the event because____________.
A. he realised that some sea creatures had disappeared.
B. he thought people were using too much plastic
C. he noticed that other countries were much cleaner
3. Which comment best describes the Clean Up Australia Day event?
A. It’s a great day for the families to meet up to discuss their problems.
B. It’s a time when people listen to Ian Kiernan’s talk about the environment.
C. It’s a period of time when people work together to achieve something good.
Task 4. Read the passage and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F).
1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution. ___F________
2. Air pollution doesn’t endanger people’s health in some cities. ____F_______
3. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities. ______T_____
4. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution. _____T______

5. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only._____F_____
Air pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other
sources create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution
threatens the health of the people who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution
when they are poured into the waterways. These wastes kill fish and make some areas
unfit for swimming. In addition, many large cities have difficulties in disposing of their
garbage. The amount of garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly filling
up. Citizens, governments, industries, scientists, and business people must work together
in different ways to gradually reduce pollution. For example, most cities have introduced
WRITING
recycling programmes.
Task 1. Use the connector provided at the end of each group of sentences to combine them into one.
1. Everybody in the Green Team was present. We started cleaning the beach. (when)
2. You are brushing your teeth. Don’t let the water run. (while)
3. The fire brigade got the news of the forest fire. They came. (as soon as)
4. We picked up all the litter in the stadium. The stadium was clean. (until)
5. He turned off all the lights and electric devices. He left the house. (before)
6. Phong was in New York. He stayed with his cousin. (when)
7. We must join hands to save our environment. It’s too late! (before)
8. Hoa heard the news about the disaster. She phoned to tell me. (As soon as)
9. He realised he didn’t have enough cash with him. He didn’t buy the suit. (When)
10.At 4 p.m. yesterday, my mother was cleaning the house. I was looking after myyounger
brother. (while)
11.You are in Ha Noi again. You must come and see us then. (when)
12.He finds somewhere to live. Then he’ll give his parents the address. (when)
13.I do the shopping. Then I will come back home. (after)
14.It starts raining. Let’s go home before that. (before)
15.She must apologise to him first. He won’t speak to her until then. (until)
1. When everybody in the Green Team was present, we started cleaning the beach.
2. While you are brushing your teeth, don’t let the water run.
3. As soon as the fire brigade got the news of the forest fire, they came.
4. We picked up all the litter in the stadium until the stadium was clean.
5. Before he left the house, he turned off all the lights and electric devices.
6. When Phong was in New York, he stayed with his cousin.
7. Before it’s too late, we must join hands to save our environment.
8. As soon as Hoa heard the news about the disaster, she phoned to tell me.
9. When he realized he didn’t have enough cash with him, he didn’t buy the suit.
10. While my mother was cleaning the house at 4 p.m. yesterday, I was looking after my younger
brother.
11. When you are in Ha Noi again, you must come and see us.
12. When he finds somewhere to live, he’ll give his parents the address.
13. After I do the shopping, then I will come back home.
14. Before it starts raining, let’s go home.
15. Until she apologizes to him first, he won’t speak to her.
Task 2. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences
1. destroy/ and/ habitats/ a lot of/ burning/ Cutting/ forests/ trees/ wildlife
2. save/ of the year/to/ We/ things/ the earth/ continue/ should/ doing/ every day
3. A volunteer/is/ protection/ organization/ my sister/ as/ for/ animal/ working/ an
4. Reduce/ dumping/ we/ pollution/ waste/ should/ lakes and rivers/ avoid/ to/
5. problems/ that/ global/ will/ think/ in the future/ people/ lots of/ warming/ cause
6. arrives/ we’ll/ as soon as/ leave/ be able to/ taxi/ for/ the/ airport/ the
7. good ways/ recycled materials/ and/ are/ made from/ products/recycling/ protect/ buying/
8. Life/ has/ air/ a/ on/ pollution/ harmful/ our/ effect

9. plastic bottles/ consumption/ should/ bags/ the/ of/ and/ single-use/ we/ products/ reduce/ like
10. visited/ I/ wildlife/ a lot/ last week/ learned/ Cuc Phuong National park/ about/ before/ I
1.Cutting down trees and burning forests destroy a lot of wildlife habitats.
2.We should continue doing things to save the earth every day of the year.
3. My sister is working as a volunteer for an animal protection organization.
4. We should reduce waste dumping and avoid pollution to lakes and rivers.
5. People think that global warming will cause lots of problems in the future.
6. As soon as the taxi arrives, we'll be able to leave for the airport.
7. Buying products made from recycled materials and recycling are good ways to protect
the environment.
8. Air pollution has a harmful effect on our life.
9. We should reduce the consumption of single-use products like plastic bottles and bags.
10.Before I visited Cuc Phuong National Park last week, I learned a lot about wildlife.
Task 3. Write a short paragraph about activities you do on The Earth Day.
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………..
On Earth Day, I engage in various activities to contribute to environmental conservation and

awareness. As an eighth-grade student, I participate in school-led initiatives such as tree planting,
clean-up drives, and educational sessions focused on sustainable practices. These activities not
only foster a sense of responsibility towards the environment but also provide opportunities to
learn about the impact of our daily choices on the planet. Additionally, I take this day to reflect
on my personal habits and make conscious efforts to reduce my ecological footprint, whether it's
by using reusable items, conserving energy, or minimizing waste. Earth Day serves as a reminder
for me and my classmates to be proactive stewards of our planet, understanding the importance
1. A. fish
2. A. polluted B. played C. earned D. died
3. A. factory B. dirty C. laundry D. dry
Exercise 2: Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in
each question.
4. A. pollution B. presentation C. tradition D. intention
5. A. aquatic B. continue C. illustrate D. environment
VOCABULARY and GRAMMAR
6. I think the waste from the factory has __________ the lake.
A. damaged B. pollution C. polluted D. damage
7. If the factory continues dumping poisons into the lake, all the fish and other _________ animals
will die.
A. aquatics B. aquatic C. aquatical D. aquatically
8. He is _________ a lot because it is cold.
A. sneezes B. sneeze C. sneezed D. sneezing
9. Don’t drink that water! It’s __________.
A. contaminated B. contamination C. contaminant D. contaminating
10. A huge amount of _________ chemical waste is dumped into the lake.
A. poison B. poisoning C. poisonous D. poisons
11. The crop was severely ________ by the acid rain.
A. damaged B. poisoned C. polluted D. contaminated
12. Many people _________ litter on the streets.
A. pay B. give C. catch D. throw
13. When _________ pollution happens, the water temperature in streams, rivers and lakes, or
oceans changes.
A. water B. thermal C. temperature D. heat
14. The sight of too many telephones poles, advertising billboards, overhead power lines, or shop
signs may cause _______.
A. light pollution B. air pollution C. visual pollution D. sight pollution
15. Many children around the world are suffering from birth defects because their parents are
_________ to radiation.
A. worked B. exposed C. expressed D. supposed
16. The supply is being tested for contamination.
A. population B. pollution C. combining D. containing
17. The fumes from vehicles is a contributing factor to make people cough.
A. noise B. fuel C. exhaust D. water
18. Several new botanical species have been killed in the last year because of water and soil
pollution.
A. mammals B. plants C. insects D. flowers
19. Cutting trees and burning forests destroy a lot of wildlife habitats.
A. Reducing B. Decreasing C. Carving D. Planting
20. Many wildlife animals are highly endangered these days.
A. at risk B. recommended C. safe D. expensive
21. They were fined for illegally ______________ waste into the river.
A. treating B. dumping C. dealing with D. creating
22.The air becomes polluted ________ we release too much carbon dioxide into it.
A. before B. while C. until D. when
23.How long did the villagers have to wait ________ the rescue team arrived?
A. while B. before C. after D. as soon as
24.________ my family applied the Save Our Energy rules, our monthly use of electricitywent
down.
A. Until B. After C. While D. Till
25.You can’t camp here ________ you get a permit from the local authorities.
A. until B. when C. after D. as soon as
26. The cold weather in this country often makes him ________.
A. sneezing B. sneeze C. to sneeze D. sneezed
27. _______ there was a lot of acid rain, many botanical species died last year.
A. Since B. Cause C. Although D. So
1. 28. ________ we put dustbins in public places, we saw the difference. There was muchless
littering.
A. While B. As soon as C. Till D. Before
29. If the villagers didn’t dump households waste into the river, it _______ less contaminated
now.
A. will be B. is C. could be D. being
30. If Hoa ________ ill, she would join our activity to protect the local environment.
A. wasn’t B. weren’t C. isn’t D. Both A&B
Exercise 5 Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
31. Water pollution(A) is the contamination of bodies(B) of water(C) such(D) lakes, rivers,
oceans, and groundwater.=> such as
32. Polluted(A) water also cause(B) the death(C) of aquatic(D) animals like fish or crabs.=>
causes
33. If we didn’t(A) do nothing(B) to stop global warming, we would(C) see big changes(D) in
the future.=> anything
34. People in our area are all(A) aware about(B) this problem, and we are thinking of(C) some
ways to(D) to solve it.=> of
35. I think I would(A) knock on(B) their door and explained(C) that it was polluting(D) the
area.=> explain
READING
Exercise 6: Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True(T) or False(F).
Environmental pollution is one of the impacts of human activities on the Earth. There are
four types of pollution, namely, air pollution, soil pollution, water pollution and noise pollution.
Most of the air pollution results from the burning of fossil fuels, motor vehicles, factories,
aircraft and rockets. This can cause acid rain which damages water, soil, and plants. Air pollution
also contributes to the greenhouse effect.
Soil pollution is a result of dumping plastic or other waste in the ground and the overuse of
chemicals in growing crops. The long-term effects of soil pollution are contaminated vegetation
and the decrease of soil fertility.
Water pollution is a result of dumping pollutants such as oil and other chemicals in rivers,
which makes the water unclean or contaminated. Rubbish blockages in rivers can also cause
pollution.
The effects of water pollution include the destruction of rivers, lakes and the pollution of
groundwater, surface water and seawater.
Noise pollution is caused by loud and annoying sounds of motor vehicles, railway, aircraft
and jet engines, factory machinery and musical instruments. It can cause stress and psychological
and health problems for humans such as increased heart rate and hearing damage.
Environmental pollution is becoming an increasingly serious problem or threat that needs to
be taken care of as soon as possible, not only for the sake of the environment, but also for the
people that live in it.
(Source: Adapted from Time and date)
T F
36. Environmental pollution results from natural disasters. √
37. The greenhouse effect is a result of water pollution. √
38. Water pollutants such as oil and other chemicals and rubbish blockages √
in river make contaminated.
39. Noise pollution can increase heart rate and damage hearing. √
40. Environmental pollution needs to be taken care to protect the √
environment and the people that live in it.
Exercise 7: Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best
answers each of the questions below.
Pollution is any contamination of the environment which causes harm to the
environment or the inhabitants of the environment. There are three main kinds of pollution.
Air pollution can be caused by liquids, or gases that make the air harmful to
breathe. There are two main types of air pollution: primary and secondary. Primary pollutants
enter the air directly, like smoke from factories and car exhaust. Secondary pollutants are
chemicals that mix together to pollute the air, like mixtures of emissions from vehicles and
factory smoke that change to form more dangerous pollutants in the air and sunlight.
Soil pollution can be caused by pesticides, leakage from chemical tanks, oil spills,
and other chemicals which get into the soil by dumping or accidental contamination. Soil
pollution can also cause water pollution when underground water becomes contaminated by
coming into contact with the polluted soil.
Water pollution can be caused by waste products, sewage, oil spills, and litter in
streams, rivers, lakes, and oceans. Some scientists believe that water pollution is the largest
cause of death and disease in the world, causing about 14,000 deaths in the world each day.
It is not possible for anyone to predict the exact timing and effects of global,
pollution and global climate change brought about by pollution. There, is general agreement by
scientists that the global climate will continue to change, the intensity of weather elfects will
continue to increase, and some species of animals will become extinct.
(Adapted from BBC)
41. What is the most suitable title for the passage?
A. Solutions to pollution
B. Environmental issues
C. Causes and effects of pollution
D. Environmental impacts
42. What kind of pollution is considered as the cause of the most death and disease?
A. Air pollution
B. Water pollution
C. Soil pollution
D. None of the above
43. What is NOT a cause of soil pollution?
A. Chemicals
B. Exhaust fumes
C. Oil sprills
D. Pesticides
44. What kind of pollution may oil sprills cause?
A. Air pollution
B. Water pollution
C. Soil pollution
D. Both B and C are correct
45. According to the agreement of scientists, what is NOT environmental effect caused by
pollution?
A. Global climate change
B. Intensity of weather effects
C. Animal extinction
D. Disappearance of the rainforests
WRITING
Exercise 8: Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root
sentence or best combines the two given sentences.
46. A garden party is going to be organised to raise money for the victims of the flood.
A. They are going to organise a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
B. They are going to organised a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
C. They are going to organising a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
D. They are going to be organised a garden party to raise money for the victims of the flood.
47. If we want to save wild animals, we need to stop all illegal hunting of them.
A. Hunting wild animals because we want to save them.
B.We won't save wild animals unless we stop all illegal hunting of them.
C.We want to save wild animals if we need to stop all illegal hunting of them.
D. We need to stop all illegal hunting wild animals when we can save them.
48. My mom doesn’t use plastic bags instead of reusable cloth bags to help protect the
environment.
A. My mom doesn’t use reusable cloth bags instead of plastic bags to help protect the
environment.
B. To help protect the environment, my mom avoids using reusable cloth bags.
C. My mom doesn’t like plastic bags instead of reuable cloth bags to help protect the
environment.
D. To help protect the environment, my mom doesn’t use plastic bags instead of reusable cloth
bags.
49. I can’t buy this house because il is quite expensive.
A. If the house is quite expensive, 1 can buy it.
B. If the house is not quite cheap, 1 will buy it.
C. If the house wasn’t quite expensive, 1 couldn't buy it.
D. None is correct
50. I wrote a letter to my neighbours because they littered near my house.
A. Because of littering near my house, I wrote a letter to my neighbours.
B. Because of littering near my house, my neighbours wrote me a letter.
C. Since littering near my house, I wrote a letter to my neighbours.
D. I wrote a letter to my neighbours due to the fact that they tittered near my house.

Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Tiếng Anh Lớp 8 Cả Năm - Global Success - Năm 2024 - Có File Nghe (Bản Hs-gv) (Bài 1-8)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Tiếng Anh Lớp 8 Cả Năm - Global Success - Năm 2024 - Có File Nghe (Bản Hs-gv) (Bài 1-8)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 CẢ

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

Short Vowel /ʊ/ Long vowel /u:/

Sugar /'ʃʊgər/ Bamboo /bæmˈbuː/

should /ʃʊd/ phải, nên

remove /rɪ'muːv/ bỏ đi, làm mất đi

2. "u" còn được phát âm là /uː/

tooth /tuːθ/ cái răng

sooth /suːθ/ sự thật

soothe /suːð/ làm dịu, làm bớt đau

booby /'buːbɪ/ người đần độn, khờ khạo

booty /'buːtɪ/ chiến lợi phẩm

bamboo /bæm'buː/ cây tre

boohoo /bu'huː/ khóc huhu

googly /'guːglɪ/ bóng dội ngược

doomsday /'duːmzdeɪ/ ngày tận thế

4. "ou" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp

troupe /truːp/ gánh hát

douche /duːʃ/ vòi hoa sen

wounded /'wuːndɪd/ bị thương

croupier /'kruːpɪə/ người hồ lì (ở sòng bạc)

5. "ui" được phát âm là / uː/ trong một số trường hợp

juice /dʒuːs/ nước cốt, nước trái cây

cruise /kruːz/ cuộc đi chơi trên biển

cruiser /ˈkruːzə/ tuần dương hạm

recruit /rɪˈkruːt/ mộ binh, tuyển lính

1. A. choose B. cool C. good D. tool

1. A. football B. windsurfing C. badminton D. aerobics

WORD PRONUNCIATION MEANING

balance (n) /ˈbæləns/ sự thăng bằng, sự cân bằng

bracelet (n) /ˈbreɪslət/ vòng đeo tay

crazy (adj) rất thích, quá say mê

cruel (adj) /ˈkruːəl/ độc ác

detest (v) căm ghét

fold (v) /fəʊld/ gấp, gập

fond (adj) /fɒnd/ mến, thích

keen (adj) /kiːn/ say mê, ham thích

keep in touch giữ liên lạc (với ai)

kit (n) bộ đồ nghề

leisure (n) /ˈleʒə/ thời gian rảnh rỗi

message (v) /ˈmesɪdʒ/ gửi tin nhắn

muscle (n) /ˈmʌsl/ cơ bắp

origami (n) /ˌɒrɪˈɡɑːmi/ nghệ thuật gấp giấy Nhật Bản

outdoors (adv) /ˌaʊtˈdɔːz/ ngoài trời

prefer (v) /prɪˈfɜː/ thích hơn

puzzle (n) /ˈpʌzl/ trò chơi câu đố / giải đố

resort (n) /rɪˈzɔːt/ khu nghỉ dưỡng

Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.

relaxing snowboarding doing DIY doing puzzle

1. ………………… 2. ………………… 3. ………………… 4. …………………

5. ………………… 6. ………………… 7. ………………… 8. …………………

Task 2. Fill in blanks with the words given.

Task 3. Complete the sentences with the words in the box

hooked relaxing fun

1. I like cooking in my free time. It makes me feel ______ (RELAX)

Verbs of liking + V-Ing/ to-infinitlve.

do stay travel take do

I have enjoyed (meet) you. Hope (see) you again soon.

Task 3. Complete the correct answer a, b, c or d.

1. My students enjoy English very much.

1. Having leisure activities are truly important to the elderly.

Task 1: Listen and complete the sentences. (Track 03)

1. Tuan likes ...................... the Internet in

Task 2:Listen and decide if the statements are True( T) or False( F)